Oxnard City Council
June 29, 2023

Example of a woonerf in Seattle, WA

PLACEMAKING
Create a sense of place and improve ease of navigation to key destinations such as Downtown Oxnard and the Centerpoint Mall

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
C Street
393
212 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

PLACEMAKING

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Oxnard Downtown Management
District piloted a public art project,
“Project: Box Art,” where artists
painted traffic signal control cabinets
(utility boxes) in Downtown
Oxnard (Advisory Committee).
• The Oxnard Cultural Arts Division
and Ventura County Arts Council
have partnered with community
organizations and the City to add
murals in and on community facilities,
such as parks and the City Council
building (Advisory Committee).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Build on “Project: Box Art” to expand
artful utility boxes citywide, with a
focus on commercial destinations.
• In partnership with GCTD, host
citywide bus shelter art programs
to add community-based art and
design at transit stops. Potential
partners include VCTC Transit, the
Oxnard Cultural Arts Division,
Oxnard Performing Arts Center,
and Ventura County Arts Council.
• Install artful, creative crosswalks
and/or quick-build bulbouts to
enhance the visibility of people
walking*. These have been shown
to improve safety at intersections
while also bringing vibrancy and
color into the built environment*.
*See 156 - 157 for implementation
considerations.

Existing artful utility box at 5th Street & A Street in Downtown Oxnard Develop a program to engage community members and organizations to incorporate public art with streetscape elements that reflects the surrounding area

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
Example of a quick-build bulbout with artful elements in Baltimore, Maryland C Street
394
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 213

GREENING
Expand shade coverage

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Downtown C Street primarily has
palm trees along the corridor, which
provide limited shade (Walk Audit).
• “Add Shade” is one of the
top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• In the future, Southern California
is expected to see more high-heat
days that can make it uncomfortable
for people to walk, bike, or ride
transit unless additional shade is
provided. Given the timeline for
trees to grow a full shade canopy,
planting trees today will help cool
the environment long into the
future (STP Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Consider expanding the Green Alley
program along the alley between
Deodar Avenue and Beverly Drive,
which connects to the green alley
in the La Colonia neighborhood.
• In areas planted with palm trees,
consider interspersing or replacing
every other palm tree with a shade
tree to maintain the iconic sense of
place created by the palms, while
incorporating plantings that will provide
future shade as the palms reach the
natural end of their life cycle*.
• In areas with limited sidewalk width,
shade trees and low-level landscaping
can be added with regularly-spaced
planters in the on-street parking lane.
• Prioritize adding regularly spaced
shade trees to provide shade and
cooling, especially around transit
stops and commercial destinations*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Example of a planter with trees and low-landscaping in the parking lane in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Example of complementing palm trees with an understory of shade trees (tipuana tipu) to create a pleasant walking environment in Anaheim, California C Street
395
214 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

GREENING
Increase water retention infrastructure to reduce flooding and support native landscaping

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Green Spaces” is one of
the top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• In the future, Southern California is
expected to experience more high
heat days. Incorporating infrastructure
that increases permeability of the
ground and minimizes pavement can
help manage stormwater and reduce
the “urban heat island effect” created
by excess pavement that absorbs
and holds heat during hot days.

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add low-level landscaping in
median islands and parkways.
• Add permeable pavement in areas
with low vehicle activity, such as bike
lanes, parking lanes, and sidewalks.
• Plant trees and low-level landscaping
in neighborhood traffic circles.
• Where space permits, incorporate
low-level landscaping into bulbouts
with drainage inlets to increase
opportunities for water absorption.

Existing planter with drainage inlet in the La Colonia neighborhood C Street
396
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 215
1 1
2 5
2 3
6 4
5 6
4 3
Strung catenary lights over roadway
Upgraded bus stops with smart shelter
Infill shade trees
Shared street “woonerf”
Wayfinding signage
Pedestrian-scaled lighting with light pole banners

EXAMPLE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
Example improvements along C Street are shown below and described in the numbered legend.

C Street
Project Options:
397
216 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Commercial areas along C Street have a wider right-ofway than the residential areas and can accommodate more greening and streetscape enhancements to prioritize C Street as a multimodal corridor. Some options include:
• Bike lanes that are separated from the travel lane by parked cars and travel between boarding bulb transit stops and the sidewalk.
• Bus stops that include WiFi, seating, and lighting to create a comfortable transit experience.
• Addition of trees to provide shade and cooling.

The diagram below illustrates a typical commercial area along C Street with potential options highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend.

This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study.

C Street
Commercial Areas
Project Options:
1 2
3 4
6 Pedestrian-scaled lighting with light-pole banners
Boarding bulb transit stop
Protected bike lane
Upgraded bus stops with smart shelter
Infill shade trees
1 2
3 4
5 5
6 Wayfinding signage
398
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 217
This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study.

Residential areas along C Street have a more narrow rightof-way than commercial areas, which leaves limited room for greening and streetscape enhancements. The existing bike lane often becomes a bike route so adding traffic calming elements to create a neighborhood greenway can help drivers and
bicyclists share the road safely. Some options include:
• Neighborhood-scaled roundabouts that help slow
vehicle speeds.
• Landscaped curb extensions and trees in the parking
lane that provide shade and stormwater absorption.
• Bus stops that include WiFi, seating, and lighting to create a comfortable transit experience, where space
permits.

C Street
Residential Areas
Project Options:
2 3
Landscaped curb extensions
Upgraded bus stops with smart shelter
1 Shade trees and/or shrubs in planters within parking aisle 2 3
1 The diagram below illustrates a typical residential area along C Street with potential options highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend.
399
218 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Juanita Avenue
Martin Luther King Jr. Drive to 3rd Street

LENGTH OF

CORRIDOR

MILE LONG
1 NUMBER OF LANES
2 0

COMMUNITY FACILITIES
Collision
Summary
Land Use
Transit Routes
Along the
Corridor
Roadway
Characteristics
AADT ESTIMATE (2019)
4,500

POSTED SPEED LIMIT
SPEED
LIMIT
25 DISADVANTAGED
COMMUNITIES: YES
SB 535
AB 1550
Justice 40
TRANSIT ROUTES:
0 18
ALL INJURY COLLISIONS:
1 INVOLVING
SOMEONE BIKING:
6 INVOLVING
SOMEONE WALKING:
(2016-2020) within a Quarter Mile
of Corridor

SCHOOLS
6 JOBS ( = 100)
POPULATION ( = 100)
PARKS
2 1,100
7,000
400
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 219
Oxnard Boulevard
& Vineyard Avenue
Juanita Avenue
C Street
Wooley Road
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
Gisler Avenue
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 Juanita Avenue Other priority corridors
• Provide safe routes to schools for
students walking and biking
• Serve as a key north/south neighborhood connection
for all modes of travel, especially walking and biking

LAND USE & MOBILITY CATEGORIES
• Safe Routes to School
• Slow Streets
• Residential Access Barriers

CORRIDOR CO-BENEFITS
• Increase opportunities for active travel
• Improve roadway safety
• Increase green space
Corridor Vision
Juanita Avenue
401
220 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Juanita Avenue Toolkit
The La Colonia and West Village
neighborhoods face access barriers
due to the railroad along Oxnard
Boulevard to the west and along 3rd
Street to the south. Juanita Avenue
is the primary north/south corridor
within these neighborhoods and many
people walk, bike, and drive along
it. However, sidewalks and roadway
space are narrow, which can result in
challenging visibility and frustrating
conflicts. By clearly emphasizing the
street design for people on foot and
bike, drivers who use Juanita Avenue to
cut through the neighborhood more
quickly may choose alternative routes.

This frees up space for residents or
visitors to the neighborhoods who
have to walk, bike or drive to get to
their destinations.

Slow Street elements can make Juanita
Avenue a more comfortable place for
people who walk and bike while still
allowing for local access for drivers.

Greening can provide cooling,
stormwater retention, and air
quality benefits given this area’s
proximity to rail activity and
density of Downtown Oxnard. Many students walk and bike along Juanita Avenue Juanita Avenue
402
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 221

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Students and families often have to
walk in the street because sidewalks
are narrow (Focus Group).
• The majority of the community relies
on walking, biking, and riding transit
for transportation (Focus Group).
• The schools located along Juanita
Avenue are part of the City’s
Safe Routes to School project
(Advisory Committee).

Prioritize people walking and biking for safe routes to school and general neighborhood travel

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Improve visibility by adding
pedestrian-scale lighting.
• Improve crossings by installing
bulbouts or tightening curb radii,
which can straighten crosswalks,
shorten crossing distances, improve
visibility, slow down turning
vehicles, and provide more space
for people waiting at corners.
• Slow vehicles down and increase
bicyclist and pedestrian visibility with:
» Bulbouts
» Converting minor street stopcontrolled intersections to all-way stop-controlled intersections*.
» Neighborhood traffic circles
» Raised intersections
» Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons
» Red curb
» Speed humps
• Upgrade crosswalks to high-visibility
striping (note, this already happens
when streets are resurfaced).
• Widen sidewalks*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Demonstration Project 1 at Juanita Avenue & Colonia Road illustrated how a bulbout (temporarily made with cones and plants) could slow down vehicles, improve pedestrian visibility, and shorten pedestrian crossing distances Community members expressed support for flashing beacons along Juanita Avenue, such as the one at Juanita Avenue & 1st Street
People walking often had to walk in the street due to narrow sidewalk widths Juanita Avenue
403
222 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Speeding is a concern in the La
Colonia neighborhood as people
driving often use Juanita Avenue
as a cut through street. Other
opportunities to connect to major
roads such as Oxnard Boulevard,
Rose Avenue and 3rd Street are
limited (Demonstration Project).
• Existing transit routes serve bus
stops along 3rd street but there
are limited opportunities to cross
the street (Focus Group).

Improve neighborhood connectivity, especially across major barriers such as the railroad and major arterials

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Explore adding pedestrian crossing
opportunities across 3rd Street to
facilitate transit access, such as with a
Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon or RRFB.
• Transforming Camino del Sol into a
slow street perpendicular to Juanita
Avenue can create a slow street
network, serve high school-related
pedestrian demand, and discourage
speeding through the neighborhood.

The transformation could reduce
the number of lanes along Camino
del Sol and open additional land
that could be repurposed as:
» An extension of the community
garden at Camino del Sol
and Oxnard Boulevard
» A linear park with recreational
facilities, such as fields,
courts, playgrounds, and/or
outdoor fitness stations
» Neighborhood traffic circles
with additional space for
shade trees and greening
People walking and biking across Camino del Sol cross multiple travel lanes Juanita Avenue
404
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 223

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Pedestrian lighting, trash cans,
and greening were top roadway
amenities identified by community
members (Demonstration Project).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add wayfinding signage to highlight
key destinations, especially schools.
• Add trash cans around schools, parks,
and community facilities. Students
and community members could
help design the exterior of trash
cans to add community-based art.
• Increase the amount of public
art in parks and community
facilities to build on the existing
murals in the community.

Existing mural, designed and created by local youth, near Del Sol Park in La Colonia neighborhood

PLACEMAKING
Invest in amenities and improvements that strengthen the existing sense of place and meet the needs of the community

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
Juanita Avenue
405
224 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

PLACEMAKING

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Oxnard Downtown Management
District piloted a public art project,
“Project: Box Art,” where artists
painted traffic signal control cabinets
(utility boxes) in Downtown
Oxnard (Advisory Committee).
• The Oxnard Cultural Arts Division
and Ventura County Arts Council
have partnered with community
organizations and the City to add
murals in and on community facilities,
such as parks and the City Council
building (Advisory Committee).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• In partnership with GCTD, host
citywide bus shelter art programs
to add community-based art
and design at transit stops near
Juanita Avenue. Potential partners
include VCTC Transit, the Oxnard
Cultural Arts Division, Oxnard
Performing Arts Center, and
Ventura County Arts Council.
• Install artful, creative crosswalks
to enhance the visibility of people
walking around schools and parks*.

These have been shown to improve
safety at intersections while
also bringing vibrancy and color
into the built environment*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Example of a Cesar Chavez-theme bus shelter design in Milwaukee, Wisconsin Develop a program to engage community members and organizations to incorporate public art with streetscape elements to reflect the surrounding area

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
The crosswalks between green alleys in La Colonia could be an opportunity to pilot artful crosswalks Juanita Avenue
406
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 225
Expand shade coverage

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Shade” is one of the
top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• There are a limited number of trees
along Juanita Avenue, particularly
south of Colonia Road (Walk Audit).
• In the future, Southern California
is expected to see more high-heat
days that can make it uncomfortable
for people to walk, bike, or ride
transit unless additional shade is
provided. Given the timeline for
trees to grow a full shade canopy,
planting trees today will help cool
the environment long into the
future (STP Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Expand existing shade tree coverage
by filling in shade tree gaps*.
• In areas with limited sidewalk width,
shade trees and low-level landscaping
can be added with regularly-spaced
planters in the parking aisle.
• Increase tree coverage in parks.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Many areas along Juanita Avenue and in the La Colonia neighborhood have parkways that would benefit from trees and landscaping
GREENING Juanita Avenue
407
226 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

GREENING
Increase water retention infrastructure to reduce flooding and support native landscaping

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Green Spaces” is one of
the top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• In the future, Southern California is
expected to experience more high
heat days. Incorporating infrastructure
that increases permeability of the
ground and minimizes pavement
can help manage stormwater and
reduce the “urban heat island effect”
created by excess pavement that
absorbs and holds heat during
hot days (Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Incorporate permeable
pavement in places like the
parking lane near Colonia Park
and along the green alleys.
• Where space permits, incorporate
low-level landscaping into bulbouts
with drainage inlets to increase
opportunities for water absorption.

The parking lane near Colonia Park could be a candidate for permeable pavement Juanita Avenue
408
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 227
This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study.

Juanita Avenue is a residential corridor with a narrow rightof-way that serves as a key corridor for neighborhood travel and safe routes to schools and parks. Many people, especially students and families, walk along and around Juanita Avenue.

Options to slow vehicle speeds and prioritize multimodal travel include:
• Raised intersections that increase pedestrian visibility and slow vehicles down at intersections.
• Infill of shade trees, addition of low-level drought tolerant landscaping, and permeable paving to help buffer noise and provide shade and stormwater absorption where space
permits.

The diagrams below illustrates typical intersections along Juanita Avenue with potential options highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend.

Juanita Avenue
Project Options:
2 Raised intersection
Wayfinding signage
Artful intersection*
Tightened curb radii
Landscaped curb extensions
Permeable paving in parking lane
1 New shade trees & drought tolerant landscaping
2 3
4 5
6 7
7 RAISED INTERSECTION CURB EXTENSIONS
1 3
4 5
6 *See pages 156 - 157 for implementation considerations. 409
228 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
5th Street and
Del Norte Boulevard
5th Street: C Street to Del Norte Boulevard
Del Norte Boulevard: 5th Street to US-101 Freeway

LENGTH OF

CORRIDOR

MILES LONG
5 NUMBER OF LANES
2-4
1 COMMUNITY FACILITIES
Collision
Summary
Land Use
Transit Routes
Along the
Corridor
Roadway
Characteristics

DISADVANTAGED
COMMUNITIES: YES
SB 535
AB 1550
Justice 40
TRANSIT ROUTES:
1 194
ALL INJURY COLLISIONS:
8 INVOLVING
SOMEONE BIKING:
13 INVOLVING
SOMEONE WALKING:
(2016-2020) within a Quarter Mile
of Corridor

SCHOOLS
5 JOBS ( = 100)
POPULATION ( = 100)
PARKS
0 14,000
7,000

POSTED SPEED LIMIT
SPEED
LIMIT
35 ADT ESTIMATE (2022)
13,000
5TH STREET FROM

C STREET TO

ROSE AVENUE
5TH STREET FROM ROSE

AVENUE TO DEL NORTE

BOULEVARD AND DEL

NORTE BOULEVARD
SPEED
LIMIT
55 410
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 229
Oxnard Boulevard
& Vineyard Avenue
Juanita Avenue
C Street
Wooley Road
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
Gisler Avenue
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 Corridor Vision
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard Other priority corridors • Create a regional active transportation corridor
• Improve sustainable, safe connections between Downtown Oxnard and the Oxnard Transit Center to major employers along 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard

LAND USE & MOBILITY CATEGORIES
• First/Last Mile to Transit
• Major Commercial District
• No Sidewalks
• Residential Access Barriers
• Regional Active Transportation Corridor

CORRIDOR CO-BENEFITS
• Increase opportunities for active travel
• Improve roadway safety
• Increase access to jobs
• Increase green space
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
411
230 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
The Oxnard Transit Center serves as an entry point
to Downtown Oxnard along 5th Street
5th Street and Del Norte
Boulevard Toolkit
These corridors serve as key connections between places people live and places people work, particularly for industrial, agricultural, and warehouse jobs. Although many people drive, others walk and bike next to heavy truck traffic, railroad crossings and a high volume of vehicles that are often
traveling at high speeds. If there were a safe and comfortable facility for walking and biking, more people working along these corridors might choose the lower cost option of biking to work instead of driving.

Enhancing pedestrian and bicycle safety will improve
employment access and expand the regional active
transportation network.

Improving employee commute options in partnership with large employers can also help increase the number of residents who are able to access employment opportunities.
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard will continue to serve as key regional connections but can also prioritize local travel to serve as a gateway into the City as 5th Street connects to Downtown Oxnard. People walking along 5th Street often do not have sidewalk and are next to a high volume of vehicles traveling at high speeds 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
412
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 231

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Bicycle and Pedestrian
Facilities Master Plan recommends
at multi-use path from Oxnard
Boulevard to Del Norte Boulevard
(Advisory Committee).
• The Ventura County Transportation
Commission Regional Transportation
Improvement Program for 2022
identifies improvements along US-101
as a top priority. One of the projects
is widening the Del Norte Bridge
over US-101 (Advisory Committee).

Improve regional connections, especially for active transportation

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add opportunities for people to cross
5th St, particularly at transit stops and
to access the Oxnard Transit Center.
• Assess feasibility of reducing
the existing roadway to one
lane in each direction and
constructing a multi-use path
• As part of the City’s CIP projects to
upgrade the Del Norte Interchange,
the City can upgrade curb ramps,
add green conflict striping, and
upgrade to high visibility crosswalks.
• Coordinate with railroads to improve
pedestrian safety and accessibility
at railroad crossings on 5th St*.
• Extend the bike lane on Del Norte
Boulevard, which ends at Camino
Avenue, across the US-101 freeway
overpass to Ventura Boulevard.
• Fill sidewalk gaps along the corridor.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations
The pedestrian path alternates between asphalt, sidewalk (above), and dirt paths(below) along 5th Street
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
413
232 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

MOBILITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Oxnard Transit Center is a
destination frequented by many
residents (Pop Up Events).
• Downtown Oxnard has high
pedestrian activity given the many
jobs and community facilities, such
as parks, libraries, and communitybased organizations (Focus Group). • 5th St is two lanes along most of the
corridor, but widens to four lanes as it
approaches Downtown Oxnard, creating
additional exposure where vehicles are
most likely to encounter other modes.

Prioritize walking and bicycling activity as 5th Street transitions into Downtown Oxnard

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add bulbouts or tighten curb radii at
intersections to shorten pedestrian crossing
distances and increase pedestrian visibility.
• Add green conflict striping for bike lanes
at major intersections and driveways.
• Consider back-in angled parking throughout
Downtown Oxnard to improve drivers’
awareness and visibility of people biking*.
• Ensure there are pedestrian
crossing opportunities in close
proximity to transit stops.
• Explore reconfiguration of 5th Street
from B Street to C Street in Downtown
Oxnard, near Plaza Park, to expand
existing park space and build on existing
business district character to encourage
bicycle and pedestrian activity.
• Given limited right of way, stripe
sharrows along 5th Street in Downtown
Oxnard, or construct Class II bike lanes
where sufficient right of way exists.
• Stripe high visibility crosswalks and add
directional curb ramps with resurfacing.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations
Existing bulbout at 5th Street & A Street in Downtown Oxnard 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
414
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 233

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Connecting farmworker housing,
such as Villa Las Brisas, to agricultural
jobs is a key priority at the
regional level (Focus Group).
• Local hire agreements are an
important employment strategy for
the City (Advisory Committee).
• There are sidewalk gaps along
5th Street as the land uses
alternate between industrial and
agricultural uses (Walk Audit).

Provide more non-auto options to travel to and from employment centers

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Building on the City’s existing
Transportation Demand Management
Ordinance, launch a transportation
management organization (TMO) to
provide carpooling and vanpooling
services for employees across multiple
job sites. The TMO could be funded in
part by employers whose employees
would directly benefit from this service.
• Coordinate with GCTD to
consider extending transit service
further east along 5th Street.
• Expand the transportation options at
Oxnard Transit Center to incorporate a
mobility hub, which may include bikeshare,
carshare, secure bike parking, wayfinding,
and/or electric vehicle charging stations.
• Upgrade bus stops with shelters, shade
structures (e.g. trees or other physical
structures), real-time arrival information,
lighting, benches, trash cans, and bike racks.

Example of a mobility hub in Culver City, California
MOBILITY 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
415
234 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The transit providers at Oxnard
Transit Center are planning for
increased bus and rail service,
which could encourage more
ridership and travel to/from
Oxnard (Advisory Committee).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add wayfinding signage to
highlight key destinations, such
as the Oxnard Transit Center,
City Hall, and Plaza Park.
• Add distance markers along 5th
Street to show proximity to
Downtown Oxnard. Providing the
number of minutes to get to a
destination on foot can help reduce
the perceived distance of travel and
encourage more people to walk.
• Add pedestrian-scale lighting along 5th
Street towards Downtown Oxnard.
• Transition streets in Downtown
Oxnard, such as B Street near Plaza
Park, into a “woonerf,” or living/
shared street, to slow vehicle speeds
and encourage walking and biking*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Example of downtown wayfinding in Hattiesburg, Missouri

PLACEMAKING
Emphasize 5th Street as a gateway to the City, especially Downtown Oxnard

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
Existing pedestrian lighting in Downtown Oxnard at 5th Street & B Street 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
416
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 235

PLACEMAKING

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Oxnard Downtown Management
District piloted a public art project,
“Project: Box Art,” where artists
painted traffic signal control cabinets
(utility boxes) in Downtown
Oxnard (Advisory Committee).
• The Oxnard Cultural Arts Division
and Ventura County Arts Council
has partnered with community
organizations and the City to add
murals in and on community facilities,
such as parks and the City Council
building (Advisory Committee).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• In partnership with GCTD, host
citywide bus shelter art programs
to add community-based art and
design at transit stops. Potential
partners include VCTC Transit, the
Oxnard Cultural Arts Division,
Oxnard Performing Arts Center,
and Ventura County Arts Council.
• Build on “Project: Box Art” to expand
artful utility boxes citywide, with a
focus on commercial destinations.
• Install artful, creative crosswalks
to visually prioritize pedestrians
in Downtown Oxnard. These
have been shown to improve
safety at intersections while
also bringing vibrancy and color
into the built environment*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Example of artful bus shelter with student art in Milwaukee, Wisconsin Develop a program to engage community members and organizations to incorporate public art with streetscape elements to reflect the surrounding area

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
417
236 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Expand shade coverage

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Shade” is one of the
top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• There is existing placemaking
and greening in Downtown
Oxnard, but some tree wells are
missing trees (Walk Audit).
• In the future, Southern California
is expected to see more high-heat
days that can make it uncomfortable
for people to walk, bike, or ride
transit unless additional shade is
provided. Given the timeline for
trees to grow a full shade canopy,
planting trees today will help cool the
environment long into the future.

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add trees to existing tree
wells that are missing trees.
• Prioritize adding regularly spaced
shade trees to provide shade
and cooling along 5th Street
and Del Norte Boulevard*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Existing tree wells (in between light poles on right side of image) along 5th Street near Meta Street in Downtown Oxnard
GREENING 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
418
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 237

GREENING
Increase water retention infrastructure to reduce flooding and support native landscaping

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND

COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Green Spaces” is one of
the top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• In the future, Southern California is
expected to experience more high
heat days. Incorporating infrastructure
that increases permeability of the
ground and minimizes pavement can
help manage stormwater and reduce
the “urban heat island effect” created
by excess pavement that absorbs
and holds heat during hot days.

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add low-level landscaping in
median islands and parkways.
• Where space permits, incorporate
low-level landscaping into bulbouts,
with roadway drainage inlets as
needed, to increase opportunities
for water absorption.

Existing median with landscaping at 5th Street & C Street 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
419
238 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study. 5th Street connects Downtown Oxnard to industrial and
agricultural employment opportunities and to the surrounding region. Options to repurpose the wide existing right-of-way for a safer walking and biking experience include:
• A multi-use path that is separated from vehicular traffic. • New shade trees and low-level drought tolerant
landscaping to buffer traffic noise and provide shade and stormwater absorption.
• Upgraded bus stops that include wifi, seating, and lighting to create a comfortable transit experience.
• Mobility hubs at Oxnard Transit Center and/or
employment clusters to provide more job access.

The diagram below illustrates a typical segment of 5th
Street and Del Norte Boulevard with potential options
highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend. 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
Project Options:

Pedestrian-scaled lighting with light pole banners
Distance markers
Mixed-use path
Wayfinding signage
Mobility hub
New shade trees
Missing sidewalk infill
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 7
1 2
5 3
4 6
420
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 239 421
240 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Gisler Avenue
Channel Islands Boulevard to California Street/Date Street

LENGTH OF

CORRIDOR

MILE LONG
1 NUMBER OF LANES
2 0

COMMUNITY FACILITIES
Collision
Summary
Land Use
Transit Routes
Along the
Corridor
Roadway
Characteristics
AADT ESTIMATE (2019)
6,000

POSTED SPEED LIMIT
SPEED
LIMIT
25 TRANSIT ROUTES:
0 40
ALL INJURY COLLISIONS:
2 INVOLVING
SOMEONE BIKING:
5 INVOLVING
SOMEONE WALKING:
(2016-2020) within a Quarter Mile
of Corridor
5,900
POPULATION ( = 100)
PARKS
1 JOBS ( = 100)
600

DISADVANTAGED
COMMUNITIES: YES
SB 535
AB 1550
Justice 40

SCHOOLS
3 422
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 241
Gisler Avenue
Oxnard Boulevard
& Vineyard Avenue
Juanita Avenue
C Street
Wooley Road
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
Gisler Avenue
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 Gisler Avenue Other priority corridors
Corridor Vision
• Provide safe routes to schools for
students walking and biking
• Serve as a key north/south neighborhood connection
for all modes of travel, especially walking and biking
• Prioritize neighborhood travel and
discourage cut-through traffic

LAND USE & MOBILITY CATEGORIES
• Safe Routes to School
• Slow Streets
• Residential Wide Right of Way

CORRIDOR CO-BENEFITS
• Increase opportunities for active travel
• Improve roadway safety
• Increase green space
423
242 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Gisler Avenue Toolkit
The Cal-Gisler neighborhood is similar to many residential neighborhoods in Oxnard: dense houses with compact parcel sizes and alleys providing access to the back of lots. The neighborhood is bordered by the railroad and industrial uses to the east, limiting access for people on foot and on bike where there are barriers.

Gisler Avenue is a primary north/south corridor and
many people walk, bike, and drive along this street.

Oxnard Boulevard and Saviers Road are major arterials
that border the Cal-Gisler neighborhood, and Gisler
Avenue is often used as a cut-through for drivers
looking to avoid congestion on these roadways. As a
result, speeding and volume of traffic is a concern for residents who are walking and biking in the neighborhood, especially for students traveling to and from school.

Slow Street elements can make Gisler Avenue a more
comfortable and safe place for people who walk and bike while still allowing for local access for drivers.

Greening can provide cooling, stormwater retention, and air quality benefits given this area’s proximity to rail activity and industrial uses to the east.

Cyclists were observed biking on the sidewalk along Gisler Avenue Gisler Avenue
424
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 243

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Speeding and volume of traffic
is a concern in the Cal-Gisler
neighborhood as people driving
have limited opportunities to
connect to major roads, and often
use Gisler Avenue as a cut-through
between Oxnard Boulevard
and Channel Islands Boulevard
(Demonstration Project).
• The City of Oxnard is installing
bike lanes on Cloyne Street, which
is the continuation of Gisler
Avenue south of Channel Islands
Boulevard (Advisory Committee).
• The schools located along Gisler
Avenue are part of the City’s
Safe Routes to School project
(Advisory Committee).

Prioritize people walking and biking for safe routes to school and general neighborhood travel

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add pedestrian-scale lighting.
• Improve crossings by installing
bulbouts or tightening curb radii,
which can straighten crosswalks.
• Near schools, stripe crosswalks on
minor streets to encourage students
to cross at designated locations.
• Provide additional crossing
opportunities with marked crosswalks
where there are large gaps between
existing crosswalks, particularly around
commercial uses, schools, and parks.
• Upgrade crosswalks to high-visibility
striping (note, this already happens
when streets are resurfaced).
• Widen sidewalks to support pedestrian
activity, especially for people pushing a
stroller or using a mobility device like a
wheelchair, and around neighborhood
retail (e.g. 4 Way Meat Market).

High pedestrian activity was observed at the California Street & Date Street intersection Gisler Avenue
425
244 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

MOBILITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Gisler Avenue is used as an alternative
route to Saviers Road since the
intersections of Oxnard Boulevard
& Date Street and Gisler Avenue
& Channel Islands Boulevard are
signalized and facilitate turning
movements (Walk Audit).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Slow vehicles down and increase
bicyclist and pedestrian visibility with:
» Bullboats
» Converting minor street stopcontrolled intersections to all-way stop-controlled intersections*.
» Neighborhood traffic circles
» Raised intersections
» Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons
» Red curb
» Speed humps
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Existing flashing beacon at Gisler Avenue & Fir Avenue
Prioritize neighborhood travel by limiting cut-through traffic

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY
Gisler Avenue
426
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 245

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Oxnard Downtown Management
District piloted a public art project,
“Project: Box Art,” where artists
painted traffic signal control cabinets
(utility boxes) in Downtown
Oxnard (Advisory Committee).
• The Oxnard Cultural Arts Division
and Ventura County Arts Council
have partnered with community
organizations and the City to add
murals in and on community facilities,
such as parks and the City Council
building (Advisory Committee).
• Pedestrian lighting, trash cans,
and greening were top roadway
amenities identified by community
members (Demonstration Project).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add trash cans around schools and
parks. Students and community
members could help design
the exterior of trash cans to
add community-based art.
• Add wayfinding signage to highlight
key destinations such as parks
and nearby commercial plazas.
• Install artful, creative crosswalks
to enhance the visibility of people
walking around schools and
parks*. These have been shown
to improve safety at intersections
while also bringing vibrancy and
color into the built environment.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations
Example of artful trash cans decorated for Earth Day in El Paso, Texas

PLACEMAKING
Develop a program to engage community members and organizations to incorporate public art with streetscape elements to reflect the surrounding area.

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
Example of a student participating in an artful crosswalk in Tampa, Florida Gisler Avenue
427
246 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Expand shade coverage

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Add Shade” is one of the
top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• There are a limited number of trees
along Gisler Avenue (Walk Audit).
• In the future, Southern California
is expected to see more high-heat
days that can make it uncomfortable
for people to walk, bike, or ride
transit unless additional shade is
provided. Given the timeline for
trees to grow a full shade canopy,
planting trees today will help cool
the environment long into the
future (STP Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Expand existing shade tree coverage
by filling in shade tree gaps*.
• In areas with limited sidewalk width,
shade trees and low-level landscaping
can be added with regularly-spaced
planters in the parking aisle.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Many segments of Gisler Avenue lack shade coverage
GREENING Gisler Avenue
428
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 247

GREENING
Adding bulbouts at intersections near schools, such as Laurel Street & Gisler Avenue, would shorten pedestrian crossing distances, increasing pedestrian visibility, and potentially provide space for low-level landscaping Increase water retention infrastructure to reduce flooding and support native landscaping

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Green Spaces” is one of
the top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• In the future, Southern California is
expected to experience more high
heat days. Incorporating infrastructure
that increases permeability of the
ground and minimizes pavement
can help manage stormwater and
reduce the “urban heat island effect”
created by excess pavement that
absorbs and holds heat during hot
days (STP Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Where space permits, incorporate
low-level landscaping into bulbouts
with drainage inlets to increase
opportunities for water absorption.
• Plant and maintain landscaping
on parkways.

Gisler Avenue
429
248 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study.

Gisler Avenue is a residential corridor with a narrow rightof-way that serves as a key corridor for neighborhood travel and safe routes to schools and parks. Options to slow vehicle speeds and prioritize multimodal travel include:
• Landscaped curb extensions at intersections improve
visibility, slow vehicle turning speeds, and increase
stormwater absorption.
• New mid-block crosswalks (where warranted) and traffic calming features, especially near schools and parks.
• Addition of art in crosswalks and other public infrastructure to beautify public spaces and reflect the community*.

The diagrams below illustrates typical intersections and segments along Gisler Avenue with potential options
highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend.

Gisler Avenue
Project Options:
4 2

NEIGHBORHOOD

ROUNDABOUT

TRAFFIC CALMING ARTFUL COMMUNITY
1 Speed humps
Mid-block crossing
Artistic intersection*
*See pages 156 - 157 for implementation considerations. 1 Neighborhood roundabout
1 2
3 4
3 430
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 249 Gisler Avenue
431
250 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

LENGTH OF

CORRIDOR

MILES LONG
2 NUMBER OF LANES
4 1

COMMUNITY FACILITIES
Collision
Summary
Land Use
Transit Routes
Along the
Corridor
Roadway
Characteristics
ADT ESTIMATE (2022)
14,000-
22,000

POSTED SPEED LIMIT

VENTURA ROAD

TO C STREET
SPEED
LIMIT
40 VICTORIA AVENUE

TO VENTURA ROAD
SPEED
LIMIT
45 DISADVANTAGED
COMMUNITIES: YES
SB 535
AB 1550
Justice 40
PARKS
6 SCHOOLS
4 TRANSIT ROUTES:
2 199
ALL INJURY COLLISIONS:
13 INVOLVING
SOMEONE BIKING:
12 INVOLVING
SOMEONE WALKING:

POPULATION ( = 100)
JOBS ( = 100)
2,700
(2016-2020) within a Quarter Mile
of Corridor
Wooley Road
Victoria Avenue to C Street
16,000
432
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 251
Wooley Road
Oxnard Boulevard
& Vineyard Avenue
Juanita Avenue
C Street
Wooley Road
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
Gisler Avenue
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 Wooley Road Other priority corridors
Corridor Vision
• Enhance safety for people walking and biking,
especially around railroad crossings
• Improve access across Wooley Road given limited
connection opportunities due to railroad

LAND USE & MOBILITY CATEGORIES
• First/Last Mile to Transit
• Residential Access Barriers
• Safe Routes to School
• Safety Opportunity Corridor or Intersection

CORRIDOR CO-BENEFITS
• Increase opportunities for active travel
• Improve roadway safety
• Increase green space
433
252 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Wooley Road Toolkit
Wooley Road serves as an important east/west connection across the City of Oxnard. In addition to serving vehicles, pedestrians, bicyclists, and buses, it is a regional freight corridor with a rail facility in the middle of the road connecting the Port of Hueneme to Downtown Oxnard
and the broader region. The neighborhoods along Wooley
Road are primarily residential and people who walk, bike and ride transit must navigate both the railroad and Wooley Road’s high volume of fast vehicles. Pedestrian crossings are spaced far apart, creating a barrier for those who want to access nearby destinations north or south of Wooley Road • Enhancing pedestrian and bicycle safety improves
the connectivity of neighborhoods along
Wooley Road and provides residents more
sustainable options to travel around the City.
• Increasing shade and water absorption features provides cooling and air quality benefits for residents, as
well as stormwater management benefits to limit
the impacts of flooding events. This is especially
important along Wooley Road, which is an
important evacuation route from the coast.

The vision for Wooley Road is to enable it to continue
to provide key city and regional connections, while also improving the conditions for those who travel locally,
especially using sustainable and active modes. Improving the pedestrian and bicycle conditions will help those who already use sustainable modes, and encourage more people to do so.

Many existing pedestrian crossings along Wooley Road
are not fully accessible for all
The existing parkway along much of Wooley Road has space readily available to plant shade trees and landscaping
Wooley Road
434
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 253

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The City has a planned project to add a
buffer to the existing bike lane as part
of resurfacing (Advisory Committee).
• Many people were observed biking
on the sidewalk next to the existing
bike lane, indicating that the existing
bike lane does not feel comfortable
enough given the high-speed, highvolume context (Walk Audit) Enhance and fill gaps in the bike lane network

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add green conflict striping for bike lanes
at major intersections and driveways.
• Assess the feasibility of removing
the third lane on westbound Wooley
Road between E Street and the
Five Points intersection (Wooley
Road & Saviers Road & Oxnard
Boulevard) to repurpose space for a
bike lane and/or wider sidewalks.
• Continue bike lanes on Wooley Road
along the neighborhood commercial
corridor from I Street to H Street:
» Bike lane could be striped along
the curb to create parkingprotected bike lane.
» Angled parking could be converted
to back-in angled parking with
conflict markings for bikes*.
• Increase visibility for bicycles while
crossing large intersections with bike
boxes and/or two stage left turn boxes.
• The existing bike lane could be
separated from the vehicle travel lanes
by a striped buffer or physical elements,
such as bollards, concrete/landscaped
barrier, or a relocated parking lane,
based on roadway width and context.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations
The existing bike lanes on Wooley Road turn into a Bike Route along the commercial corridor from I Street to H Street, which generates high bike, pedestrian, and micromobility activity Wooley Road
435
254 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Many people walk around the residential
neighborhoods (Walk Audit).
• Seaview Estates and Via Marina were identified
as neighborhoods with residential access
barriers due to limited crossing opportunities
along Wooley Road (Pop Up Events).

Expand and enhance pedestrian amenities and crossing opportunities

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add pedestrian refuge islands, RRFBs, and/
or pedestrian signals for marked crosswalks
with long crossing distances given the volume
and speed of vehicles along Wooley Road.
• Coordinate with railroads to improve pedestrian
safety and accessibility at railroad crossings*.
• Fill in sidewalk gaps, such as the segment along
Wooley Road east of Patterson Road, and
widen sidewalks throughout entire corridor*.
• Identify additional pedestrian crossing opportunities along Wooley Road wherever possible given
the presence of the railroad. At some locations
along the corridor, marked crosswalks are
nearly 4,000 feet from one another, providing
very few opportunities to cross safely.
• Improve crossings by installing bulbouts or
tightening curb radii, which can straighten
crosswalks, shorten crossing distances, improve
visibility, slow down turning vehicles, and provide
more space for people waiting at corners.
• Shift the lane drop (from 3 to 2 lanes) that occurs
along westbound Wooley Road between E Street
and C Street to occur east of C Street to reduce
potential vehicle/pedestrian conflicts at the existing
flashing beacon at Wooley Road & E Street.
• Upgrade crosswalks to high-visibility striping
during resurfacing (note, this already
happens when streets are resurfaced).
• Upgrade the existing flashing beacon at
Wooley Road & E Street to a pedestrian
signal given the existing number of lanes,
posted speed limit, and vehicle volumes.
• Use the City’s forthcoming Leading Pedestrian
Interval (LPIs) guidelines to install LPIs at
signalized crossings along Wooley Road.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations
Most sidewalks along Wooley Road could comfortably fit one person in width Bulbouts can provide more space for people waiting to cross the intersection Wooley Road
436
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 255

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Bus stops along Wooley Road
generally have limited amenities, with
only a sign post, bench, and/or trash
can and limited shade (Walk Audit).
• Several bus stops along Wooley
Road are flagged in the GCTD
Bus Stop Improvement Plan to
add lighting and additional space
for ADA-accessible boarding/
alighting (Advisory Committee).

Improve comfort and safety for people waiting to ride the bus

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Upgrade bus stops with shelters,
shade structures (e.g. trees or
other physical structures), realtime arrival information, lighting, benches, trash cans, and bike racks.

Existing bus stop along Wooley Road with a bus stop sign and shade provided by a tree Wooley Road
437
256 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

PLACEMAKING

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Wooley Road provides east/west
connections through Oxnard
and is also a key evacuation
route (Advisory Committee).
• The majority of residential
neighborhoods are separated from
Wooley Road with a brick wall, and
limited entry/exit points from the
neighborhood for both vehicles
and pedestrians (Walk Audit).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add wayfinding signage throughout
the area to highlight key destination
and provide evacuation guidance.
• Add landscaping to bulbouts and/
or center medians to create
entryways into neighborhoods.

Example of evacuation signage on Patterson Road & 5th Street Create a sense of place for each of the neighborhoods along Wooley Road and strengthen connections to key destinations, such as the coast/beaches and Downtown Oxnard

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
Wooley Road
438
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 257

GREENING
Tree coverage is not consistent along Wooley Road. Segments with shade tree coverage (top photo) felt significantly different from segments with limited shade tree coverage (bottom photo) Expand shade coverage

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Shade” is one of the
top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• Shade tree coverage along
Wooley Road ends east of
Novato Drive (Walk Audit).
• The parkway along Wooley Road
had limited landscaping (e.g. bushes
and trees) but generally had existing
dirt patches, indicating opportunities
for new landscaping (Walk Audit).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Prioritize adding regularly
spaced shade trees to provide
shade and cooling*.
• Tree coverage is not consistent
along Wooley Road. Segments with
shade tree coverage felt significantly
different from segments with
limited shade tree coverage.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Wooley Road
439
258 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

GREENING
Increase water retention infrastructure to reduce flooding and support native landscaping

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Green Spaces” is one of
the top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add low-level landscaping in
median islands and parkways.
• Coordinate with commercial
plaza owners to support the
addition of more landscaping
and permeable pavement into
parking lots near Wooley Road
from C Street to Saviers Road*.
• Partner with Ventura County to assess
the feasibility of building a linear park
and/or multi-use path on the existing
flood channel along Ventura Road.
• Where space permits, incorporate
low-level landscaping into bulbouts
with drainage inlets to increase
opportunities for water absorption.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Existing flood channel along Wooley Road
Wooley Road
440
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 259
441
260 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study.

From Victoria Avenue to Novato Drive, Wooley Road has a wide median primarily planted with palm trees. The wide travel lanes could be narrowed to accommodate protected bike
facilities and sidewalk improvements. Some options include:
• Refuge islands that provide pedestrians additional
protection while crossing the intersection.
• Bicycle facilities that provide protection from vehicular traffic. • Infill of shade trees and addition of low-level drought tolerant landscaping to provide shade and stormwater absorption. • Bus stops that include WiFi, seating, and lighting
to create a comfortable transit experience.

The diagram below illustrates a typical segment of Wooley Road without a railroad in the median with potential options highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend.

Wooley Road
No Railroad in Median
Project Options:

Crosswalk with intersection protection
Pedestrian-scaled lighting with light pole banners
Upgraded bus stops with smart shelters
New shade trees
Protected bike lane
1 1
2 3
4 5
2 3
4 5
442
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 261
This drawing is conceptual in nature. It does not showcase actual proposed designs in specific locations, rather is intended to describe a range of possible improvements appropriate for this corridor. All proposals are subject to feasibility review and further study.

From Novato Drive to Saviers Road/Oxnard Boulevard,
Wooley Road has a railroad running along the middle of
the wide median with landscaping and shrubs. The railroad limits the number of crossing opportunities, particularly for pedestrians. In addition to the options for Wooley Road with a railroad in the median, additional options include:
• Protected crossings at the railroad for pedestrians.
• Addition of low-level drought tolerant landscaping on both sides of the railroad right-of-way.

The diagram below illustrates a typical segment of Wooley Road with a railroad in the median with potential options highlighted in yellow and described in the numbered legend.

Wooley Road
Railroad in Median
Project Options:

ADA-accessible railroad crossing
Pedestrian-scaled lighting with light pole banners
Drought tolerant landscaping
Protected bike lane
1 2
3 1
4 2
3 4
443
262 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

LENGTH OF

CORRIDOR

MILE LONG

0.25 NUMBER OF LANES
4 0

COMMUNITY FACILITIES
Collision
Summary
Land Use
Transit Routes
Along the
Corridor
Roadway
Characteristics
ADT ESTIMATE (2022)

POSTED SPEED LIMIT

CHANNEL

ISLANDS BLVD
SPEED
LIMIT
45 VICTORIA
AVENUE
SPEED
LIMIT
50 DISADVANTAGED
COMMUNITIES: YES
SB 535
AB 1550
Justice 40
PARKS
0 SCHOOLS
0 TRANSIT ROUTES:
1 37
ALL INJURY COLLISIONS:
3 INVOLVING
SOMEONE BIKING:
0 INVOLVING
SOMEONE WALKING:
(2016-2020) within a Quarter Mile
of Corridor
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue
POPULATION ( = 100)
1,200
JOBS ( = 100)
1,000
21,000

CHANNEL ISLANDS BLVD
33,000

VICTORIA AVENUE
444
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 263
Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
Oxnard Boulevard
& Vineyard Avenue
Juanita Avenue
C Street
Wooley Road
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue
5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard
Gisler Avenue
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 Corridor Vision
Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue Other priority corridors • Improve access to the beach for residents, employees, and visitors who rely on walking, biking, and riding
transit as their main forms of transportation
• Incorporate wayfinding to connect people to destinations around the beach and to other parts of Oxnard, such as
Downtown Oxnard and Oxnard College

LAND USE & MOBILITY CATEGORIES
• Access to Recreation
• First/Last Mile to Transit
• Major Commercial District
• Micromobility Hub
• Safety Opportunity Corridor or Intersection

CORRIDOR CO-BENEFITS
• Increase opportunities for active travel
• Improve roadway safety
• Increase access to jobs
• Increase green space
445
264 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Channel Islands Boulevard
& Victoria Avenue Toolkit
The Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue intersection is a key entryway to the Channel Islands Harbor and
beaches, which provide recreational and employment
opportunities. These destinations are difficult to access without a car since the closest transit stops are still about a mile from the beach and lack comfortable and
continuous bicycle facilities and sidewalks. Improvements to this intersection will help provide equal access to these key recreational opportunities for all Oxnard residents regardless of vehicle ownership or mode choice.

Enhancing pedestrian and bicycle safety makes major
commercial destinations and recreational opportunities
accessible to more people and improves the connectivity of neighborhoods around Victoria Avenue and Channel Islands Boulevard
First/Last Mile improvements refer to the first and last part of someone’s trip from point A to point B, where the “middle” part is a bus ride. These improvements provide safe and comfortable access to transit, better serving existing and new bus riders, and providing connection to final destinations near the beach and harbor facilities.

Channel Islands Boulevard and Victoria Avenue will continue to serve as key regional connections for vehicles and can also provide better recreational access for people walking and biking. Improvements can also better identify this intersection as a gateway into the City. Strengthening north/south
connections along Victoria Avenue and east/west connections along Channel Islands Boulevard will expand the number of employment and recreational opportunities that residents can access using more sustainable modes, especially riding transit, walking, and biking.

Many people on bikes choose to ride on the sidewalk
along Channel Islands Boulevard and Victoria Avenue
The closest bus stop (on Channel Islands Boulevard, east of Victoria Avenue) is approximately one mile from the beach
Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
446
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 265

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The needs of people who currently walk
and bike should be met before expanding to
newer transportation modes, such as electric
vehicles and micromobility (Focus Group).
• Many bicyclists ride on the sidewalk instead of
the existing bike lanes, and the project team
noted that bike facilities were not continuous
through the intersection (Walk Audit).
• People with mobility needs, such as wheelchairs
or strollers, have difficulty navigating narrow
sidewalks that are blocked by signal poles or
other signage (Walk Audit and Focus Group).
• The Ventura County Regional Bikeway
Wayfinding Plan includes regional bike
routes along Channel Islands Boulevard and
Victoria Avenue (Advisory Committee).

Enhance bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure to accommodate existing activity

MOBILITY

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Implement a protected intersection with
bulbouts, high-visibility crosswalks, and green
conflict striping. Protected intersections
provide a high degree of comfort and
separation for bicyclists and pedestrians
but require a large intersection footprint.

This location is an excellent candidate for
a protected intersection treatment.
• Along the corridors leading up to the
intersection, add green conflict striping for bike
lanes at driveways and major intersections.
• As an alternative to the protected
intersection treatment, install bike boxes
and two stage left turn boxes.
• Improve crossings by installing bulbouts or
tightening curb radii, which can straighten
crosswalks, shorten crossing distances, improve
visibility, slow down turning vehicles, and provide
more space for people waiting at corners.
• Upgrade crosswalks to high-visibility
striping (note, this already happens
when streets are resurfaced).
• Widen sidewalks to accommodate pedestrian
activity and improve accessibility for people
with strollers or using mobility devices*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations
Example of a protected intersection in Chicago, Illinois Example of a two stage left turn bike box in San Francisco, CA People with additional mobility needs, such as a stroller, had difficulty navigating the corner of the Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue intersection.

Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
447
266 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS

MOBILITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• Many residents in the central neighborhoods
of Oxnard have rarely visited the beach,
potentially because it is difficult to
do without a car (Focus Group).
• The Gold Coast Transit District Short-Range
Transit Plan had “Harbor & Beach” routes
but these routes were discontinued due
to low ridership (Advisory Committee).
• The parking lot near the GCTD stop on
Channel Islands Boulevard had many open
spaces on a weekend afternoon, which
could be an opportunity to repurpose
extra parking space (Walk Audit).
• The “last mile” between the transit stop at
Victoria Avenue and the beach could be
walkable if the sidewalk were continuous
and comfortable (Walk Audit).

Provide more non-auto options to travel to and from Channel Islands Harbor and beaches

MOBILITY OPPORTUNITY

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• A partnership between The Channel
Islands Harbor, City of Oxnard, GCTD,
and/or property owner(s) could manage
a local circulator to connect people
between transit stops, mobility hub(s),
beaches, and commercial plazas.
• Expand the existing bike lane on Channel
Islands Boulevard into a “slow lane,” for
neighborhood electric vehicles (NEV), e-bikes,
bicycles, and potential future local circulator.
• Expand sidewalks and install wayfinding
and landscaping to provide a pleasant
and comfortable path of travel to
the beach, reducing the perceived
distance of the “last mile.”
• In partnership with GCTD, coordinate with
plaza owner(s) to implement a mobility hub,
which could include bikeshare, carshare,
scootershare, secure bike parking, wayfinding,
and/or electric vehicle charging stations.
• Upgrade bus stops with shelters, shade
structures (e.g. trees or other physical
structures), real-time arrival information,
lighting, benches, trash cans, and bike racks.

Example of a local circulator in Long Beach, California Example of a designated space for scooter share in Culver City, California Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
448
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 267

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMMUNITY

INPUT (SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria
Avenue intersection is a key regional
connection point (Advisory Committee).
• Channel Islands Harbor is a top destination for
many Oxnard residents (Pop Up Events).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add wayfinding signage to highlight key destinations
and mobility options (e.g. mobility hubs and transit
stops). Providing the number of minutes to get to a
destination on foot can help reduce the perceived
distance of travel and encourage more people to walk. Existing wayfinding near Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue

PLACEMAKING
Build on the existing signage around Channel Islands Harbor to designate the area as a gateway into Oxnard and the beaches

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COMMUNITY

INPUT (SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• The Oxnard Downtown Management District piloted
a public art project, “Project: Box Art,” where artists painted traffic signal control cabinets (utility boxes) in Downtown Oxnard (Advisory Committee).
• The Oxnard Cultural Arts Division and Ventura
County Arts Council have partnered with community
organizations and the City to add murals in and
on community facilities, such as parks and the
City Council building (Advisory Committee).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• In partnership with GCTD, host citywide bus shelter
art programs to add community-based art and design at
transit stops. Potential partners include VCTC Transit, the Oxnard Cultural Arts Division, Oxnard Performing
Arts Center, and Ventura County Arts Council.
• Build on “Project: Box Art” to expand artful utility boxes citywide, with a focus on commercial destinations.
• Install artful, creative crosswalks to enhance
the visibility of people walking around major
shopping centers, the harbor, and beaches*.
*See pages 156 - 157 for implementation considerations.

Example of a beach-themed artful crosswalk in Lompoc, California *Note: this artful crosswalk uses colors that may be less likely to be deemed in conflict with MUTCD
Develop a program to engage community members and organizations to incorporate public art with streetscape elements that reflects the surrounding area

PLACEMAKING OPPORTUNITY
Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
449
268 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Expand shade coverage

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Shade” is one of the
top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• There are a limited number of trees
that provide shade coverage along
Channel Islands Boulevard and
Victoria Avenue (Walk Audit).
• In the future, Southern California is
expected to see more high-heat days
that can make it uncomfortable for
people to walk, bike, or ride transit
unless additional shade is provided.

Given the timeline for trees to grow a
full shade canopy, planting trees today
will help cool the environment long
into the future (Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Prioritize adding regularly spaced
shade trees to provide shade
and cooling around transit stops
and commercial destinations*.
• In areas with limited space to add
trees, such as Channel Islands
Boulevard over Channel Islands
Harbor, incorporate shade structures.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Example of bridge shade structure in Jacksonville, Florida GREENING Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
450
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 269
Existing landscaping in the commercial plaza next to Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue intersection

GREENING
Increase water retention infrastructure to reduce flooding and support native landscaping

GREENING OPPORTUNITY

EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND COMMUNITY INPUT
(SOURCE OF FEEDBACK)
• “Add Green Spaces” is one of
the top priorities for community
members (Pop Up Events).
• Each commercial plaza has a
large parking lot that is primarily
asphalt (Walk Audit).
• In the future, Southern California is
expected to experience more high
heat days. Incorporating infrastructure
that increases permeability of the
ground and minimizes pavement
can help manage stormwater and
reduce the “urban heat island effect”
created by excess pavement that
absorbs and holds heat during
hot days (Framework Report).

POTENTIAL OPTIONS
• Add low-level landscaping in
median islands and parkways.
• Commercial plaza owners could add
more landscaping and permeable
pavement in the parking lots*.
• Where space permits, incorporate
low-level landscaping into bulbouts
with drainage inlets to increase
opportunities for water absorption.
• Partner with Ventura County to
assess the feasibility of building a
linear park and/or multi-use path
on the existing flood channel along
Channel Islands Boulevard.
*See pages 156 - 157 for
implementation considerations.

Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue
451
270 | CHAPTER 06: PRIORITY LOCATIONS
Many project options
are part of, or can be
incorporated into, existing
City programs and future
projects. Some of the more
major changes require
additional coordination,
outreach, and/or planning on
a project-by-project basis.

These considerations are
noted here for the options
with an asterisk(*).
• Activating pedestrian-oriented spaces, such as Downtown Oxnard, with significant changes like a woonerf would require public outreach and input to transition the street to a shared design. See Chapter 4 for additional information about woonerfs and Chapter 8 for additional discussion around phasing long-term projects. • Artful, creative crosswalks have been implemented in various locations and well received by those communities, but before considering these designs, the City should fully consider legal implications and develop criteria and guidance to ensure the design and placement of artful crosswalks serve their primary purpose of providing a designated place for pedestrians to cross the street, while also incorporating art into the environment. Some applications of decorative crosswalks have been determined to be in conflict with the federal MUTCD. The Asphalt Art Safety Study assessed average crash rates before and after implementation of creative crosswalks and/or intersections, and found decreases in crash rates involving pedestrians, in the rate of crashes leading to injuires, and total crash rates. The study also includes behavior observations, which found decreases in conflicts between pedestrian and drivers and increases in drivers yielding to pedestrians with the right of way. • Artistic intersections have been implemented in various locations and well received by those communities, but before considering these designs, the City should fully consider legal implications. In the FAQ for Chapter 3 of the Federal MUTCD, FHWA states that, as long as they are not within the marked crosswalks, “intersection murals and street artwork are not traffic control devices and the MUTCD most likely does not apply directly,” but also states that these treatments “have potential to compromise motorist safety” and are not allowed under the “Rights-ofway” section of the Code of Federal Regulations (23 CFR § 1.23).

Considerations for Implementation
452
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 271
• Back-in angled parking, which helps improve visibility of cyclists, should be installed at a district-level, such as throughout Downtown Oxnard, to avoid confusion for people driving. As this design would be new to many people, public outreach and sufficient signage signage is would be critical items for implementation.
• Creating a slow speeds corridor with neighborhood traffic circles, bulbouts, and/or all-way stop-controlled intersections would require traffic studies, such as collecting traffic counts and warrants, to determine the appropriate intersection designs along a corridor; see Chapter 4 for additional information about each intersection design. In addition to traffic studies, public education and outreach to continue the conversation around slow speed corridors and traffic calming would benefit implementation.
• Improving pedestrian safety and accessibility at railroad crossings would require collaboration with railroads to identify stakeholders, develop design standards, and coordinate on right-of-way before conducting public outreach, developing projects and applying for funding. The City can apply for planning grants and set aside infrastructure funding to support these coordination efforts. See Chapter 8 for additional details on inter-agency coordination.
• Landscaping and stormwater retention features in parking lots could be achieved citywide by developing landscaping and stormwater management design guidelines for surface parking lots.
• Shade tree selection should consider planter size and maintenance need to avoid unintended consequences such as sidewalk uplift from roots. • Widening sidewalks may require coordination with property owners to acquire sufficient right-of-way.
453
07 272 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS 454
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 273

Implementing the
Vision and Next Steps
Chapter 07
455
274 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
The City of Oxnard has
several options to achieve
the vision for the priority
locations shown here, as well
as other locations throughout
the City. These will be
informed by community input,
engineering feasibility, funding,
and inter-agency coordination.

This chapter describes the next steps for implementing the STP:

1. Phasing and Developing Projects

2. Funding

3. Evaluation
Phasing and Developing Projects
The options presented for each priority location have varying levels of effort and timelines depending on the coordination, outreach, and studies required for implementation. This section walks through key project outreach, analysis, and implementation considerations for each priority location, which will inform project development and funding timelines. The considerations are organized in the following categories:

Chapter 7:

Implementing the
Vision and Next Steps
Delivering the Vision
Outreach
Coordination Identifies the jurisdictions that may need to be involved in project development, funding, and/or implementation
Stakeholders Groups that could support project implementation and/or provide input
Analysis
Traffic Warrants Analyses to determine appropriate location-specific strategies Environmental Studies
Analysis required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), and depending on federal funding sources, also required by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
Operational Studies Traffic studies to determine effects of potential locationspecific strategies Right-of-Way Acquisition Options that may require right-of-way acquisition or coordination
Implementation Phasing
“Immediate” options, such as signing and
striping, are not specifically called out as they are
already part of ongoing City programs.

Near-term options may require public outreach, inter-agency coordination, securing funding, and/or detailed design.

Long-term options are anticipated to require extensive
public outreach, complex inter-agency coordination,
feasibility studies in order to secure implementation
funding, detailed design, and planning studies
Potential Funding Sources Funding sources that may align well with priority location options 456
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 275

OXNARD BOULEVARD AND VINEYARD AVENUE
Delivering the Vision Oxnard Boulevard and Vineyard Avenue Outreach
Coordination
• Caltrans
• Union Pacific Railroad
• Ventura County Watershed Protection District
Stakeholders
• Commercial plaza owners (e.g. The Collection and Esplanade Shopping Center)
• Gold Coast Transit District
• Wagon Wheel development
Analysis
Traffic Warrants • Potentially for pedestrian crossing improvements Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source
Operational Studies • Assess the effects of various bicycle, pedestrian, and operational improvements
Right-of-Way Acquisition • Temporary Construction and Utility Easements may be necessary
Implementation
Phasing
Phasing Near-Term (within 5 years of project initiation):
• Artful streetscape elements
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
• Greening elements
• Mobility hub pilot (e.g. EV carshare, circulator)
• Wayfinding
Phasing Long-Term(5-10+ years of project initiation):
• Corridor-level bicycle and pedestrian improvements
• Railroad crossing safety improvements
• Regional mixed use path
Potential Funding Sources
• Federal: INFRA, MEGA, RAISE, Reconnecting Communities • State: STP-Sustainable Communities, Urban and Community Forestry, AHSC, TCC, Land and Water Conservation Fund
• Regional and Local: Sustainable Communities Program
457
276 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS

JUANITA AVENUE
Delivering the Vision Juanita Avenue
Outreach
Coordination • Southern California Edison
Stakeholders
• Gold Coast Transit District
• Neighborhood Councils and Residents
• Schools
Analysis
Traffic Warrants • Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons
• Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons
Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source Operational Studies • N/A
Right-of-Way Acquisition • Sidewalk widening
• Temporary Construction and Utility Easements may be necessary Implementation
Phasing
Near-Term:
• Artful streetscape elements
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
• Greening elements
• Wayfinding
Long-Term:
• Corridor-level bicycle and pedestrian improvements
Funding Sources
• Federal: Reconnecting Communities, SS4A
• State: STP-Sustainable Communities, Urban and Community Forestry, TCC
• Regional and Local: Sustainable Communities Program, Go Human Mini-Grant

C STREET
Delivering the Vision C Street
Outreach
Coordination • Genesee & Wyoming Ventura County Railroad Stakeholders
• Commercial plaza owners (e.g. Centerpoint Mall)
• Gold Coast Transit District
• Neighborhood Councils and Residents
• Oxnard Downtown Management District
Analysis
Traffic Warrants • Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons
Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source Operational Studies • Operations analysis for intersections around Plaza Park Right-of-Way Acquisition • Temporary Construction and Utility Easements may be necessary Implementation
Phasing
Near-Term:
• Artful streetscape elements
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
• Greening elements
• Mobility hub pilot (e.g. EV carshare, circulator)
• Wayfinding
Long-Term:
• Corridor-level pedestrian improvements
• Railroad crossing safety improvements
• Reconfigure intersections around Plaza Park
Potential Funding
Sources
• Federal: Reconnecting Communities
• State: Urban and Community Forestry, AHSC, TCC
• Regional and Local: VCTC
458
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 277
5TH STREET AND DEL NORTE BOULEVARD
Delivering the Vision 5th Street and Del Norte Boulevard Outreach
Coordination
• Caltrans
• Union Pacific Railroad
• Southern California Edison
Stakeholders
• Gold Coast Transit District
• Large employers (e.g. Amazon, Haas Automation Inc, JM Smucker Co, Proctor & Gamble)
• Neighborhood Councils and Residents
• Oxnard Downtown Management District
• Oxnard Transit Center
Analysis
Traffic Warrants • Pedestrian Hybrid Beacons
Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source Operational Studies • 5th Street traffic operations study for potential lane reductions at intersections
Right-of-Way Acquisition • Sidewalk widening
• Temporary Construction and Utility Easements may be necessary Implementation
Phasing
Near-Term:
• Artful streetscape elements
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
• Greening elements
• Mobility hub pilot (e.g. EV carshare, bikeshare)
• Transportation Management Organization
• Wayfinding
Long-Term:
• Corridor-level bicycle and pedestrian improvements
Funding Sources
• Federal: INFRA, MEGA, RAISE, Reconnecting Communities • State: STP-Sustainable Communities, AHSC, TCC, Land and Water Conservation Fund
• Regional and Local: Sustainable Communities Program

GISLER AVENUE
Delivering the Vision Gisler Avenue
Outreach
Coordination • Southern California Edison
Stakeholders • Neighborhood Council and Residents
• Schools
Analysis
Traffic Warrants • All-Way Stop-Control
• Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons
Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source Operational Studies N/A
Right-of-Way Acquisition • Sidewalk widening
• Temporary Construction and Utility Easements may be necessary Implementation
Phasing
Near-Term:
• Artful streetscape elements
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
• Greening elements
• Wayfinding
Long-Term:
• Corridor-level bicycle and pedestrian improvements
Funding Sources
• State: Urban and Community Forestry Grant, TCC
• Regional and Local: Sustainable Communities Program, Go Human Mini-Grant
459
278 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS

WOOLEY ROAD
Delivering the Vision Wooley Road
Outreach Coordination • Genesee & Wyoming Ventura County Railroad Stakeholders • Neighborhood Councils and Residents
Analysis
Traffic Warrants • Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon
Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source Operational Studies • Lane configuration changes at Wooley Road & Saviers Road & Oxnard Boulevard
Right-of-Way Acquisition • Temporary Construction and Utility Easements may be necessary Implementation
Phasing
Near-Term:
• Artful streetscape elements
• Greening elements
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
• Wayfinding
Long-Term:
• Corridor-level bicycle and pedestrian improvements
• Linear park
Funding Sources
• Federal: INFRA, RAISE, Reconnecting Communities, SS4A, MEGA
• State: Adaptation Planning, HSIP, STP-Sustainable Communities, STP-Climate Adaptation, Urban and Community Forestry, TCC • Regional and Local: Sustainable Communities Program

CHANNEL ISLANDS BOULEVARD & VICTORIA AVENUE
Delivering the Vision Channel Islands Boulevard & Victoria Avenue Outreach
Coordination
• City of Port Hueneme
• Ventura County Channel Islands Harbor
• Naval Base Port Hueneme
Stakeholders • Commercial plaza owners (e.g. Oliveira Plaza Shopping Center) • Neighborhood Councils and Residents
Analysis
Traffic Warrants N/A
Environmental Studies • CEQA and potentially NEPA study depending on funding source Operational Studies • Lane configuration changes related to the protected intersection Right-of-Way Acquisition N/A
Implementation
Phasing
Near-Term:
• Artful streetscape elements
• Greening elements
• Mobility hub pilot (e.g. EV carshare, circulator)
• Slow Lane for Neighborhood Electric Vehicles (NEVs) and bikes • Wayfinding
Mid-Term:
• Bicycle and pedestrian intersection treatments
Long-Term:
• Corridor-level bicycle and pedestrian improvements
• Linear park
Funding Sources
• Federal: Reconnecting Communities
• State: Urban and Community Forestry, Adaptation Planning, STP-Climate Adaptation, TCC
460
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 279

BARRIERS AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR IMPLEMENTATION
As part of the stakeholder engagement, the project team held discussions focused on the barriers and opportunities for project implementation. This information can help the City develop realistic project timelines and anticipate challenges that might arise.

Barriers to Implementation Opportunities for Implementation Culture Shift
• Auto-centric metrics and standards
• Lack of familiarity with new
types of roadway design
• Preference for speed over safer
and more environmentallyfriendly modes of travel
• Pursue temporary or pilot projects first, to
introduce new roadway designs to the community
• Build support by highlighting co-benefits
of sustainable modes of travel, such as
improvements to safety, air quality, and health
• Projects and strategies in the STP align with new
Vehicle Miles Traveled (VMT) metrics that are used
to analyze the impacts of new development, creating
consistency with other City of Oxnard policies
Extensive
Coordination
• Coordination for multijurisdictional projects
• Varying project timelines
across multiple agencies
• Build on partnerships developed and
strengthened through the STP to continue regular
coordination meetings and share information,
funding, and partnership opportunities
• Identify if upcoming projects have components that
can be phased earlier with ongoing projects when
possible to incorporate incremental coordination
Funding
Constraints
• Short timelines to implement
grant-funded projects
• Limited or lack of funding to
develop plans and implement
infrastructure improvements
• Identify local or grant funding for coordination and
planning studies for complex projects to prepare
for large grant applications for construction
• Continue to pair bicycle and pedestrian
improvements with roadway resurfacing projects
to take advantage of construction efficiencies
• Coordinate greening and sustainable
transportation improvements with
private development fee programs
Implementing
Process
• Lack of guidelines or plans in place
• Difficulty mobilizing community
and political support
• Continue to explore developing policies,
such as the Speed Hump policy and Leading
Pedestrian Interval policy, to serve as a
framework for infrastructure projects
• Update building, roadway design, and landscaping
standards to make sustainable elements
(e.g. shade, bike lanes, and stormwater
retention) the baseline for all projects
• Engage potential project champions, such
as community-based organizations and
neighborhood council members, to provide
input and enhance community engagement
461
280 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
Funding Sources
Sustainable transportation and urban greening projects can be funded through a wide range of sources: federal, state, regional, local, and private funding programs. The sources in this chapter may be used to fund a broad scope of projects targeting air quality, greenhouse gas emissions, affordable housing, road safety, equity, and transportation.

Federal Funding Programs
Infrastructure for Rebuilding
America (INFRA) Grants

GRANTOR
USDOT

DESCRIPTION
INFRA (Nationally Significant Multimodal Freight
& Highway Projects) program funds multimodal
freight and highway projects of national or regional
significance that improve safety, generate economic
benefits, reduce congestion, enhance resiliency, and
improve critical freight movements.

TIMELINE
Dates for the next round of funding are not
available yet
Previous cycle closed May 2022 through
the Multimodal Project Discretionary Grant
Opportunity (MPDG)

SCORING CRITERIA
Projects are scored on a scale of 0 – 3 for the
following key objectives: (1) safety; (2) state of good repair; (3) economic impacts, freight movement,
and job creation; (4) climate change, resiliency,
and the environment; (5) equity, multimodal
options, and quality of life; and (6) innovation
areas: technology, project delivery, and financing
EQUITY
Projects that may benefit an area of persistent
poverty or a historically disadvantaged
community receive additional consideration

MOBILITY
National Infrastructure Project Assistance
(also known as “Megaprojects” or MEGA)

GRANTOR
USDOT

DESCRIPTION
The National Infrastructure Project Assistance
program primarily covers large and complex highway,
rail, or bridge projects that are difficult to fund
by other means and likely to generate regional
economic, mobility, or safety benefits. Funding
supporting railway-highway grade separation or
elimination projects may be applicable for Oxnard.

TIMELINE
Dates for the next round of funding
are not available yet
Previous cycle closed May 2022 through
the Multimodal Project Discretionary
Grant Opportunity (MPDG)

SCORING CRITERIA
Projects are scored on a scale of 0 – 3 for the
following key objectives: (1) safety; (2) state of good repair; (3) economic impacts, freight movement,
and job creation; (4) climate change, resiliency,
and the environment; (5) equity, multimodal
options, and quality of life; and (6) innovation
areas: technology, project delivery, and financing
EQUITY
Projects that may benefit an area of persistent
poverty or a historically disadvantaged
community receive additional consideration
462
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 281
Federal Funding Programs (continued)
RAISE Grants

GRANTOR
USDOT

DESCRIPTION
The Rebuilding American Infrastructure with
Sustainability and Equity (RAISE) Discretionary
Grant program funds surface transportation
infrastructure projects that will improve
safety; environmental sustainability; quality
of life; mobility and community connectivity;
economic competitiveness and opportunity
(including tourism); state of good repair,
partnership and collaboration; and innovation.

Planning, preparation, or design of
projects that do not result in construction
are also eligible for funding.

TIMELINE
Application Deadline: February 28, 2023
Awards Announcement: June 28, 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Planning and Capital applications are qualitatively
scored on a low, medium, and high rubric across
the following criteria: safety; environmental
sustainability; quality of life; mobility and community connectivity; economic competitiveness and
opportunity; state of good repair, partnership
and collaboration; and innovation
EQUITY
Funding is set aside for projects located
in an area of persistent poverty or a
historically disadvantaged community.

Projects that target at least 40% of
resources and benefits to disadvantaged
communities will be prioritized.

MOBILITY
Reconnecting Communities Pilot Program –
Planning and Capital Construction Grants

GRANTOR
USDOT

DESCRIPTION
The Reconnecting Communities Pilot
Program provides grant funding for Planning
and Construction. Planning grants fund the
study of removing, retrofitting, or mitigating
an existing facility to restore community
connectivity, conduct public engagement,
and other transportation planning activities.

Construction grants fund projects to remove,
retrofit, mitigate, or replace an existing facility.

Note: the City of Oxnard submitted a planning
grant application for the Oxnard Boulevard/
Channel Islands Interchange in October 2022.

The proposed project would complete a
feasibility study of retrofitting the Oxnard
Boulevard interchange to replace the 2-lane
Channel Islands bridge with an option that is
more friendly to pedestrians and bicyclists.

TIMELINE
Dates for the next round of funding
are not available yet
Previous cycle closed October 2022 with awards
announcement expected for early 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Planning applications are qualitatively scored
on a low, medium and high rubric on the
following criteria: Equity, Environmental Justice
and Community Engagement; Mobility and
Community Connectivity; Community-Based
Stewardship, Management, and Partnerships; and
Equitable Development and Shared Prosperity
EQUITY
Projects that may benefit an area of persistent
poverty or a historically disadvantaged
community receive additional consideration
463
282 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
Federal Funding Programs (continued)
Safe Streets and Roads for All Grant Program

GRANTOR
USDOT

DESCRIPTION
The Bipartisan Infrastructure Law established
the Safe Streets for All (SS4A) program to
provide grant funding to develop and implement
Vision Zero safety plans. Current legislation
emphasizes funding of planning efforts, but the
focus on implementation funding is expected
to increase over the next few years.

TIMELINE
Notice of Funding Opportunity
anticipated for Spring 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Awards are separated into Action Plan Grants and
Implementation Grants and rated on a qualitative
low, medium, high scale. Applications that are
competitive for the Action Plan Grants include
safety impact and equity considerations. For
Implementation Grants, projects and strategies
that are prioritized include those that involve
roadway safety, incorporate equity considerations,
use effective practices and strategies, and consider
sustainability and economic competitiveness.

EQUITY
For Implementation Grants, projects
and strategies that incorporate equity
considerations are prioritized

MOBILITY
State Funding Programs

MOBILITY
California Office of Traffic
Safety Grant Programs

GRANTOR
California Office of Traffic Safety (OTS)

DESCRIPTION
OTS administers traffic safety grants in the
following areas: Alcohol Impaired Driving, Distracted
Driving, Drug-Impaired Driving, Emergency
Medical Services, Motorcycle Safety, Occupant
Protection, Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety, Police
Traffic Services, Public Relations, Advertising,
and Roadway Safety and Traffic Records.

The Oxnard Police Department received
two OTS grants for Fiscal Year 2021-2022:
• Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety grant for classroom
and community education
• Selective Traffic Enforcement Program Grant
for DUI checkpoints, DUI enforcement,
traffic enforcement, bike/ped enforcement,
distracted driver enforcement, motorcycle
safety enforcement, traffic safety educational
presentations, “Know Your Limit” campaigns, and
training officers for DUI investigations.

TIMELINE
Next funding opportunity: 2023 TBD
Previous cycle closed January 2022.

SCORING CRITERIA
Grant applications are evaluated to determine
if the project addresses a serious problem that
is supported through comprehensive crash data
analysis and targets high-risk populations, high-risk
behaviors, and high crash locations
EQUITY
Special consideration is given to projects serving
high-risk populations
464
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 283
State Funding Programs (continued)
Active Transportation Program

GRANTOR
California Transportation Commission

DESCRIPTION
The Active Transportation Program (ATP) is a
statewide competitive grant application process
with the goal of encouraging increased use of active
modes of transportation. The ATP consolidates
existing federal and state transportation programs,
including the Transportation Alternatives Program
(TAP), Bicycle Transportation Account (BTA),
and State Safe Routes to School (SRTS), into a
single program with a focus to make California
a national leader in active transportation.

TIMELINE
ATP typically runs on a two year cycle with the
next round of applications expected for 2024
Previous cycle closed June 2022

SCORING CRITERIA
Applications are evaluated on benefits to
disadvantaged communities, potential to
increase users, potential to reduce collisions,
extent of public participation and planning, and
consistency between the scope and plan
EQUITY
Applications are evaluated on benefits
to disadvantaged communities

MOBILITY
SB 1 Local Streets and Roads Program

GRANTOR
California Transportation Commission

DESCRIPTION
SB 1 dedicates approximately $1.5 billion per
year in new formula revenues apportioned by
the State Controller to cities and counties

TIMELINE
Previous cycle closed September 2022

SCORING CRITERIA
Funds are distributed based on a formula. Counties
are eligible to apply for additional funding, and
Oxnard may have opportunities to partner with
Ventura County for work on county-owned roads.

EQUITY
None specified
465
284 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
State Funding Programs (continued)
SB 1 Local Partnership Program

GRANTOR
California Transportation Commission

DESCRIPTION
The SB 1 Local Partnership Program provides
formulaic funding for transportation improvement
projects to local and regional transportation
agencies that have passed sales tax measures,
developer fees, or other imposed transportation fees

TIMELINE
2024 TBD
Previous cycle closed November 14, 2022

SCORING CRITERIA
Higher priority will be given to projects with the
following criteria: (1) accessibility; (2) air quality
and greenhouse gases; (3) community engagement;
(4) cost effectiveness; (5) deliverability; (6)
projects that leverage funds above the required
matching funds amount; (7) safety; (8) system
preservation; (9) transportation, lane use, and
housing goals; (10) vehicle-miles traveled
EQUITY
Higher priority given to projects addressing
accessibility, especially for disadvantaged or
historically impacted and marginalized communities

MOBILITY
Solutions for Congested Corridors

GRANTOR
California Transportation Commission

DESCRIPTION
The Solutions for Congested Corridors program
supports projects that implement specific
transportation performance improvements and are
part of a comprehensive corridor plan, by providing
more transportation choices while preserving
the character of local communities and creating
opportunities for neighborhood enhancement

TIMELINE
TBD
Previous cycle closed December 2, 2022

SCORING CRITERIA
Applications are scored and selected based on:
(1) safety; (2) congestion; (3) accessibility; (4)
economic development, job creation and retention;
(6) air pollution and greenhouse gas emission
reductions; (7) efficient land use; (8) level of
matching funds; (9) timely project completion
EQUITY
Special consideration given for projects that increase
accessibility for disadvantaged or historically
impacted and marginalized communities
466
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 285
State Funding Programs (continued)

MOBILITY
Sustainable Transportation Planning
Grant - Sustainable Communities

GRANTOR
Caltrans

DESCRIPTION
The Sustainable Communities grant funds local and
regional multimodal transportation and land use
planning projects that further the region’s Regional
Transportation Plan Sustainable Communities
Strategy, contribute to the State’s greenhouse gas
reduction targets, address the needs of underserved
communities, and assist in achieving the Caltrans
Mission and Grant Program Objectives. The grant
is broken down into Competitive and Formula.

TIMELINE
Applications due March 9, 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Applications are scored based on criteria
including safety, congestion, accessibility,
economic development, air pollution and
emissions reductions, efficient land use, level of
matching funds, and timely project completion
EQUITY
50% of Sustainable Communities Competitive
grants are earmarked to benefit underserved
communities, which include:
• At or below 80% AB 1550
• At or above 75% free or reduced meals
• At or above 75% CalEnviroScreen 4.0
• At or below 25% California Healthy Places Index
• Regionally/locally-defined underserved
communities
Highway Safety Improvement Program

GRANTOR
Caltrans

DESCRIPTION
The Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP)
is a federal-aid program to states for the purpose
of achieving a significant reduction in fatalities and
serious injuries on all public roads. California’s
Local HSIP focuses on infrastructure projects with
nationally recognized crash reduction factors. HSIP
funds are eligible for work on any public road or
publicly-owned bicycle or pedestrian pathway or
trail, or on tribal lands for general use of tribal
members that improves the safety for its users.

Note: The City of Oxnard submitted a grant
application in September 2022 for two projects:

Ventura Road from Teal Club to Wooley Road and
Bard Road from Saviers Road to Pleasant Valley Road

TIMELINE
HSIP typically runs on a two-year cycle with the
next round of applications expected for 2024
Previous cycle closed September 12, 2022. Awards
Announcement expected for January 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Projects are scored based on the benefit/
cost ratio. Funding set-asides are available
for certain safety countermeasures or safety
improvements when common roadway safety
concerns are identified statewide. The benefit/
cost ratio calculation may not be required for
projects that meet the criteria of the set-asides.

EQUITY
Set-asides for tribal lands; otherwise no
additional equity considerations
467
286 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
State Funding Programs (continued)
Affordable Housing and Sustainable
Communities Program

GRANTOR
California Strategic Growth Council

DESCRIPTION
The Affordable Housing and Sustainable Communities
(AHSC) Program aims to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions by funding projects that implement
land use, housing, transportation, and agricultural
land preservation practices to support infill and
compact development and improve connectivity
and accessibility to jobs, housing, and services.

The AHSC program funds three project types:
• Transit-Oriented Development
• Integrated Connectivity
• Rural Innovation

TIMELINE
Round 7 applications due March 21, 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive projects include active transportation
and transit improvements and demonstrate
greenhouse gas efficiency estimated by the total
greenhouse gas emission reductions per dollar
EQUITY
Projects located in or benefiting disadvantaged
communities may receive priority for funding.

Disadvantaged communities are defined as one of the
following:
• Census tracts receiving the highest 25% of overall
scores in CalEnviroScreen 4.0
• Census tracts lacking overall scores in
CalEnviroScreen 4.0 due to data gaps but receiving
the highest 5% of CalEnviroScreen 4.0 cumulative
pollution burden scores
• Census tracts identified in the 2017 DAC
designation as disadvantaged, regardless of their
scores in CalEnviroScreen 4.0
• Lands under the control of federally recognized Tribes Transformative Climate Communities Program

GRANTOR
California Strategic Growth Council

DESCRIPTION
The Transformative Climate Communities (TCC)
Program empowers communities most impacted by
pollution to choose their own goals, strategies, and
projects to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and local
air pollution. The TCC program includes planning,
project development, and implementation grants:
• Planning grants fund planning activities to support
disadvantaged communities in preparing for future
funding opportunities
• Project development grants fund pre-development
and basic infrastructure activities to support
disadvantaged communities to meet their climate
and community resilience goals
• Implementation grants fund neighborhood-level
proposals that include multiple coordinated
projects to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and
achieve other community benefits

TIMELINE
Round 5 Notice of Funding Opportunity is anticipated
for March 2023 with applications due Sumer 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive Planning and Implementation projects
address several of the following elements: community
engagement, displacement avoidance, workforce
development and economic opportunities, climate
adaptation and resilience, leverage funding, data
collection and indicator tracking.

Competitive Project Development projects identify
a clear community vision and consider feasibility
(including long-term operations and maintenance).

EQUITY
Communities ranked in the top 25% of
CalEnviroScreen are prioritized for funding

MOBILITY, GREENING, AND PLACEMAKING
468
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 287
State Funding Programs (continued)

GREENING AND PLACEMAKING
Recreational Trails Program

GRANTOR
California Department of Parks and Recreation

DESCRIPTION
The Recreational Trails Program (RTP) provides
annual funding for recreational trails and trailsrelated projects for non-motorized and motorized projects. Eligible projects include acquisition
of easements, development and rehabilitation
of trails, and construction of new trails. In
addition, eligible motorized projects also include
maintenance of existing trails, purchase and lease
of trail construction and maintenance equipment,
assessment of trail conditions for accessibility
and maintenance, and educational programs.

TIMELINE
Future funding timeline TBD
Applications were due April 7, 2022 for
federal fiscal years 2021, 2022, and 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive projects clearly describe how
deficiencies are specifically addressed and how
the project will provide access to all modes,
with an emphasis on users with disabilities
EQUITY
Projects that provide equitable access, particularly to users with disabilities, receive additional points in the scoring criteria
Statewide Park Development and
Community Revitalization Program

GRANTOR
California Department of Parks and Recreation

DESCRIPTION
The Statewide Park Program competitive grants
aim to create new parks and new recreation
opportunities in critically underserved communities
across California. Funded projects develop and/
or acquire land to create a new park, expand
an existing park, or renovate an existing park.

TIMELINE
2022/2023 timeline TBD
Previous 2021/2022 cycle applications
were due July 14, 2021

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive projects address a critical lack of
park space in areas with significant poverty and
include community-based planning where park
design is informed by resident engagement
EQUITY
Projects located in areas with significant poverty
with a critical lack of park space receive additional
points in the scoring criteria
469
288 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
State Funding Programs (continued)

GREENING AND PLACEMAKING
Urban and Community Forestry Grant

GRANTOR

CAL FIRE

DESCRIPTION
CAL FIRE’s Urban and Community Forestry Grant
Program provides funding to projects that help
create a sustainable urban forest, increase the
long-term benefits from urban trees, improve the
public’s understanding and appreciation of urban
trees, and advance urban forest management and
tree care. Eligible project types must focus on urban
forest expansion and improvement, management
activities, or education and workforce development.

TIMELINE
2022/2023 timeline TBD
Previous 2021/2022 cycle applications
were due July 14, 2021

SCORING CRITERIA
2022/2023 guidelines and resources
will be released in early 2023
EQUITY
Special consideration is given to projects serving
disadvantaged and/or low-income communities
Land and Water Conservation Fund

GRANTOR
California Department of Parks and Recreation

DESCRIPTION
The Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF)
provides grants for the acquisition or development of
public outdoor recreation features and areas. Eligible
projects include creation of a new park, expansion of an existing park, creation of a wildlife corridor that supports public viewing and outdoor recreational use, addition of recreation features (e.g. courts, fields, restrooms, lighting), and creation of a recreational/active transportation trail that connects neighborhoods to workplaces, schools,
homes, and other recreational opportunities.

TIMELINE
Applications due June 1, 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Higher priority will be given to projects that
clearly define an unmet need, place new acreage
under LWCF protection, and serve a park
deficient or economically disadvantaged area
EQUITY
Projects that serve a disadvantaged area receive
additional points under the scoring criteria.

Disadvantaged areas are defined based on the
Community FactFinder Report and/or the Park
Access Tool Report, and include the following:
• Project creates a new park in an area with no
other parks within a half-mile radius
• Project area’s half-mile radius has a median
household income that is at or less than 80% of
state average
• Project is in a city or county that has more than
the state average of residents living further than a
half-mile from a park
• Project is in a city or county with a higher
percentage than the state average of residents
living in areas with a ratio of less than three acres
of parkland per 1,000 people
470
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 289
State Funding Programs (continued)

GREENING AND PLACEMAKING
Urban Greening Grant Program

GRANTOR
California Natural Resources Agency

DESCRIPTION
The Urban Greening program funds projects
that promote a long-term approach to
addressing climate change to improve the
environment. Eligible projects include:
• Tree-canopy/shade trees
• Bioswales and rain gardens to mitigate
stormwater runoff
• Green streets and alleyways

TIMELINE
The program anticipates one funding cycle,
but the final number of funding cycles depend
on the number of competitive applications
The first funding cycle is closed and awards
announcement anticipated March 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive applicants will propose projects that
reduce greenhouse gas emissions, expand/enhance
parks and green spaces, and achieve multiple benefits
EQUITY
Special consideration is given to projects
located in or benefiting disadvantaged
communities (defined as the top 25% scoring
census tracts in CalEnviroScreen 4.0 or
census tracts with median household incomes
at or below 80% of statewide average)
Environmental Enhancement and
Mitigation Grant Program

GRANTOR
California Natural Resources Agency

DESCRIPTION
The Environmental Enhancement and Mitigation
grant program is an annual program to fund projects
that directly or indirectly relate to the environmental impact of modifying existing transportation facilities
or for the design, construction, or expansion of new
transportation facilities. Eligible projects include:
• Urban forestry projects to offset vehicular
emissions of carbon dioxide
• Acquisition or enhancement of resource
lands to mitigate the loss of land acquired for
transportation improvements
• Mitigation projects beyond the scope of the lead
agency assessing the environmental impacts of a
proposed transportation improvement

TIMELINE
2023 timeline TBD

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive urban forestry projects clearly define
the connection between the related transportation
facility and proposed project and propose
plantings that require minimal maintenance.

Competitive land acquisition projects propose
resource lands that protect natural systems,
contain rare/endangered species, serve as wildlife
corridors, or protect agricultural lands.

Competitive mitigation projects provide
maximum environmental benefits over
the long term and serves the greatest
geographic area and/or number of people.

EQUITY
Special consideration is given to projects serving
disadvantaged and /or low-income communities
471
290 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
State Funding Programs (continued)

GREENING AND PLACEMAKING
Storm Water Grant Program

GRANTOR
California State Water Resources Control Board

DESCRIPTION
The Storm Water Grant Program funds
projects that promote the beneficial use of
stormwater and dry water weather runoff
in California. Green infrastructure projects,
including green street medians, green roofs,
and porous/previous pavement, are eligible.

TIMELINE
Details for the next round of
funding, if any, are unknown
Round 2 implementation projects
were awarded in February 2021

SCORING CRITERIA
Not specified
EQUITY
Not specified
Sustainable Transportation Planning
Grant - Climate Adaptation

GRANTOR
Caltrans

DESCRIPTION
The Climate Adaptation Planning Grant
Program funds local and regional identification
of transportation-related climate vulnerability
through the development of climate adaptation
and project-level adaptation planning to identify
project and strategies to develop climate
resilient transportation infrastructure.

TIMELINE
Applications due March 9, 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive applicants will propose projects
that align with existing plans (e.g. climate action
plans), collaborate with diverse stakeholders,
consider adaptation needs of environmental
resources (e.g. beaches or wetlands) near
the transportation system, and/or consider
public access and complete streets
EQUITY
50% of Sustainable Communities Competitive
grants are earmarked to benefit underserved
communities, which include:
• At or below 80% AB 1550
• At or above 75% free or reduced meals
• At or above 75% CalEnviroScreen 4.0
• At or below 25% California Healthy Places Index
• Regionally/locally defined underserved
communities
472
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 291
State Funding Programs (continued)

GREENING AND PLACEMAKING
Extreme Heat and Community
Resilience Grant Program

GRANTOR
Governor’s Office of Planning and Research

DESCRIPTION
This program will help communities prepare for
the impacts of extreme heat. Eligible projects will
include, but are not limited to, developing heat
action plans, providing mechanical or natural shade,
increasing building and surface reflectance, providing
passive or low-energy cooling, and promoting
evaporative cooling.

TIMELINE
TBD

SCORING CRITERIA
Scoring criteria are not yet available
EQUITY
Not yet specified
Adaptation Planning Grant Program

GRANTOR
Governor’s Office of Planning and Research

DESCRIPTION
The Adaptation Planning Grant program provides
funding to provide communities with the resources
to identify climate resilience priorities and support
the development of a pipeline of climate resilience
infrastructure projects across the state. Activities
eligible for funding must fall into the four phases
outlined in the 2020 California Adaptation Planning
Guide:
• Explore, Define, and Initiate
• Assess Vulnerability
• Define Adaptation Framework and Strategies
• Implement, Monitor, Evaluate, and Adjust

TIMELINE
Applications due March 31, 2023

SCORING CRITERIA
Higher priority will be given to projects that address
community need and adaptive capacity by outlining
a process to identify planning activities based on the
needs of vulnerable communities and prioritizing
projects based on feasibility
EQUITY
Special consideration is given to projects serving
disadvantaged and /or low-income communities
473
292 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
State Funding Programs (continued)

GREENING AND PLACEMAKING
Regional Resilience Planning and
Implementation Grant Program

GRANTOR
Governor’s Office of Planning and Research

DESCRIPTION
The Regional Resilience Planning and Implementation
Grant Program funds projects to help address
local, regional, and tribal climate resilience needs
and build a pipeline of climate resilient planning
and implementation projects at the regional scale.

TIMELINE
Notice of Funding Opportunity
anticipated for Spring 2023
Awards announcement expected for Summer 2023.

SCORING CRITERIA
The draft grant guidelines indicate that
applications will be scored on a “Poor” to
“Excellent” scale based on meeting the eligibility
and technical requirements, overall relationship
to statewide planning efforts, and articulating
a concrete work plan and project timeline.

EQUITY
25% of grant funds are intended for disadvantaged
communities (defined by the applicant)
Go Human Mini-Grant Program

GRANTOR
Southern California Association of Governments
(SCAG)

DESCRIPTION
The Go Human Mini-Grant Program aims to build
street-level community resiliency and increase
street safety, particularly for people most harmed
by traffic injuries and fatalities. Community-based
organizations, non-profits, and social enterprises are
eligible to apply for mini-grants; the City of Oxnard
may have an opportunity to support and partner
with applicants.

TIMELINE
The next funding cycle is TBD
The 2022 funding cycle closed April 2022

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive applicants are able to
demonstrate project cost effectiveness
EQUITY
Funding is distributed to prioritize equity, particularly within communities that have been historically disinvested or in disadvantaged communities Local and Regional Funding Programs

MOBILITY
474
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 293
Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality,
Transportation Development Act, and SB 1
State of Good Repair Joint Grant Program

GRANTOR
Ventura County Transportation Commission
(VCTC)

DESCRIPTION
VCTC funds projects that mitigate congestion and
reduce vehicle emissions (Congestion Mitigation and
Air Quality); foster an increase in transit ridership,
bicycling, or walking (Transportation Development
Act Article 3 Bicycle and Pedestrian); and implement
capital projects that maintain transit assets in a
state of good repair (SB 1 State of Good Repair).

Note: The City of Oxnard submitted a successful
application to install Accessible Pedestrian Signals
throughout the city in the last call of projects.

TIMELINE
2023 TBD
Previous cycle closed September 23, 2022

SCORING CRITERIA
For transit projects, the majority of points
are awarded for “Air Quality Improvements
and Special Considerations”.

For non-transit projects, the majority of points
are awarded for “Air Quality Improvements
and Special Considerations” and “Network
Connectivity Including Multi-Jurisdictional/
Multi-Agency/Multi-modal Projects”.

EQUITY
The Air Quality Improvements and Special
Considerations criterion provides the flexibility
and opportunity for applicants to discuss ways
in which the proposed project will benefit City/
County residents; for example:improving air quality,
reducing VMT, serving older areas without recent
improvements, reducing speeds, making major
improvements to accessibility and/or to serve lower
income residents.

Local and Regional Funding Programs

MOBILITY
Sustainable Communities Program

GRANTOR
Southern California Association of Governments
(SCAG)

DESCRIPTION
The SCAG Sustainable Communities program
provides direct technical assistance to SCAG
member jurisdictions to complete planning and
policy efforts that enable implementation of
the regional Sustainable Communities Strategy.

Grants are available in four categories:
• Civic Engagement, Equity & Environmental Justice
• Smart Cities & Mobility Innovations
• Housing & Sustainable Development
• Active Transportation & Safety

TIMELINE
Civic Engagement, Equity & Environmental Justice
Notice of Funding Opportunity anticipated early
2023 with applications tentatively due Spring 2023.

Awards are anticipated Spring-Summer 2023.

Other application categories closed in 2020-2021

SCORING CRITERIA
Competitive applicants for the upcoming Civic
Engagement, Equity & Environmental grant program
focus on inclusive & equitable engagement, which
includes engaging with priority populations (see
definition under Equity considerations below) and
inclusive, diverse & equitable engagement
EQUITY
SCAG has identified Priority Populations for this
funding category, which include:
• SB535 Disadvantaged Communities
(CalEnviroScreen 4.0)
• SCAG Communities of Concern
• TCAC/HCD Opportunity Areas
• AB 1550 Communities
475
294 | CHAPTER 07: IMPLEMENTING THE VISION & NEXT STEPS
Potential Private Funding Sources

MOBILITY, GREENING, AND PLACEMAKING
Business Improvement Districts
Business Improvements Districts (BID) are a
collaboration between business owners in a
defined area to pool funding for agreed-upon
improvements in the district. Improvements
generally focus on beautification and improving
access for customers. In addition to marketing, public
safety, and street cleaning/maintenance, BIDs could
fund landscaping and trees, sidewalk improvements,
and pedestrian crossing enhancements.

Development Agreements
The City negotiates development agreements
on a case-by-case basis to specify the standards
and conditions that will govern development of a
property. As new developments are proposed, the
City could negotiate with developers to contribute
towards the funding of mobility, greening, and
placemaking improvements or for developers to
implement such improvements themselves.

Public Private Partnership
Innovative walking and biking projects can be
implemented with the assistance and funding from
private entities. These types of projects may or may
not occur in the public right-of-way and support the
investments made by a city to encourage more use
of the facilities.

These projects may include green streets and
pedestrian plazas, bike share programs, scootershare programs, EV circulator shuttles, EV charging infrastructure, and multi-use trails. One example is
the sponsorship of Santa Monica’s temporary Breeze
bicycle sharing program by Hulu which ran for about
five years before ending service in 2020.

Development Fees
The City has development fees to fund various
types of infrastructure, which could be expanded
to include fees assessed for transportation impacts.

For example, a fee may be adopted for each PM
peak hour trip that is generated by a project. This
funding can be combined with funds from other
projects to establish a source of funds to construct
the improvements that are on an adopted project
list, which can include a variety of projects that
serve several travel modes. Oxnard’s Mobility Fee
Program could be updated to include a broader
array of sustainable transportation projects.
476
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 295
Evaluation
An ongoing evaluation program helps to inform future project development and allows the City to understand how it is performing relative to the goal of encouraging sustainable modes of travel and increasing urban greening. In addition, an evaluation program can serve as an important educational tool to communicate the City of Oxnard’s progress towards achieving the goals of the STP and to encourage community members to get involved.

Performance Metric Purpose Source

MOBILITY
Collision Trends
Track safety trends, particularly
for collisions involving people
walking and biking
Annual Traffic Safety Report
(from the Oxnard Local
Road Safety Plan)
Miles of installed bicycle facilities by class
Track progress towards enhancing
bicycle infrastructure and filling
bicycle network gaps
Department of Public Works
Percent of Oxnard residents
who are within walking distance
of shared e-scooters, e-bikes,
and/or neighborhood EVs
Track progress toward expanding
clean vehicle infrastructure Department of Public Works Number of pedestrian projects
(e.g. high-visibility crosswalks,
upgraded curb ramps, flashing
beacons, pedestrian signals)
Track progress towards enhancing
pedestrian infrastructure and
filling pedestrian network gaps
Department of Public Works
Percent of people who walk, bike, and
ride transit to work by neighborhood
Track trends to assess impact
of improvements and help
prioritize improvements
U.S. Census American
Community Survey
Percent of transit riders who
walk and bike to transit by
neighborhood or council district
Track demand for first/
last mile connections to help
prioritize improvements
Gold Coast Transit District
Passenger Survey

PLACEMAKING AND GREENING
Number of artful streetscape elements
(e.g. murals, artful crosswalks,
or artful utility boxes)
Track progress towards increasing
community-based art citywide
Department of Parks & Recreation,
Cultural Arts Commission, and/
or Community Organizations
Wayfinding program coverage
Track progress towards providing
adequate wayfinding information to
people on foot and on bicycle
Department of Public Works
Number of stormwater retention
projects (e.g. bioswales, permeable
pavement, median landscaping) by
neighborhood or council district
Track progress towards increasing
stormwater retention features citywide Department of Parks & Recreation Number of trees planted by
neighborhood or council district
Track progress towards increasing
shade coverage citywide Department of Parks & Recreation 477
296 | CHAPTER 01: INTRODUCTION
Appendices
478
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 297
Appendix A: Community Engagement Plan
Appendix B: Community Engagement Summaries
Appendix C: Cost Estimates
479
480

Community
Engagement Plan
Appendix A
481
Community
Engagement Plan
Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan
Revised: October 28, 2021
482
Contents
1 Outreach Goals
4 Outreach Calendar
Focus Groups & Advisory
Committee Meetings 5
Workshops &
Demonstration Projects 6
8 Project Website
9 Promotion
2 Strategies / Lessons Learned
10 Key Organizations & Stakeholders
11 Performance Metrics
12 Project Brand
page #
483
Build project awareness
Review outreach methods
Review preliminary project ideas
Prioritize proposed projects
Review draft Plan
This Plan lays out our team’s strategy for engaging
the Oxnard community during the preparation of the
Sustainable Transportation Plan. The project team will
use this as a guiding document, referring back to it to track progress and check that the original project intent is being met. This Plan is a “living document” that will be updated with lessons learned from focus groups and
initial outreach meetings.

The goals of the outreach strategy are to:
• Invite a broad spectrum of stakeholders into the
project process, inclusive of all ages, languages
spoken, neighborhoods, and socio-economic
status.
• Ensure that underserved communities;
particularly in communities where English is a
second language, where incomes are lower,
and where car ownership is below average, are
actively involved in the process.
• Create a fun process that is memorable,
meaningful, and easy-to engage with.
• Empower residents and community members to
take part in shaping the final Plan.
• Rely on quantifiable inputs that guide project
decisions and build support for the Plan.
• Educate and inform Oxnard residents and
stakeholders about the project.

Outreach Goals
Community Touch Points Engagement Topics
Focus Groups
Advisory Committee
Workshops/Demonstration Projects
Project Website
Workshops-in-a-Box
Promotion/E-blasts
Identify issues and opportunity areas
Develop plan goals and vision
1 484
Strategies / Lessons Learned
Overview
This section provides an overview of key outreach
strategies and lessons learned. These strategies stem
from the project team and the City’s collective knowledge and experience of engagement with Oxnard residents
and community members. In addition to the outreach
goals on the previous page, the following strategies guide our engagement approach.
• Make Project Materials & Language Accessible
• Translation and Interpretation are Necessary at
Every Level
• Engage CBOs
• Engage Youth
• Engage Underserved Communities
• Avoid Meeting Fatigue
• Respond to COVID-19 Safety Protocols
Make Project Materials & Language Accessible
For outreach efforts in Oxnard, it is important to
ground engagement and outreach efforts in community
knowledge and make sure materials, messaging, and
outreach are accessible to community members. This
includes how we frame and present the project to
residents who will not have a technical background.

The framing of the project includes language used to
advertise and promote participation in the project. The level of involvement in a project often coincides with
community members’ ability to understand the project’s
purpose. All outward facing materials will:
• Keep language short and sweet;
• Use clear and easy to understand text; avoid
planning jargon
• Use graphics and diagrams
• Consider colorblind legibility
• Be available in Spanish
Translation and Interpretation are Necessary at
Every Level
Building community member participation requires
implementation strategies that promote participation
from all residents. In the City of Oxnard, we must
consider the implication of conducting engagement
with Spanish-speaking and Mixteco communities. The
project team will need to create meeting platforms
and multilingual processes that create spaces that
promote participation from these community residents.

In addition to making all project materials available in Spanish, the project team will bring Spanish and Mixtec speaking representatives to help facilitate workshops/
demonstration projects. MICOP will be engaged to
provide Mixteco/indigenous translation as necessary.

Engage CBOs
Community organizations also play a crucial role in
implementing an effective engagement strategy. For
many parts of Oxnard, community-based organizations
have strong relationships with residents whom the
City cannot or has not yet reached. Partnering with
non-profits and CBOs encourage relationship-building
between the City and residents, as there are limitations to the project team’s ability to build long-term relationships with residents. As community-based organizations have
relationships with residents, the project team can learn how each organization reaches the residents they work
with and understand the engagement strategies in
day-to-day organizing efforts with residents of Oxnard.

Communicating and engaging with these community
organizations can further increase their participation and support of outreach efforts. Kearns and West will contact CBOs identified in the Stakeholder List and invite them to participate in the process.

Engage Youth
Youth can provide key insight to conditions on the
ground, especially around schools and other key
destinations. A partnership with Oxnard City Corps,
Oxnard Police Activities League, or a key youth
organization will provide a captive youth audience for
engagement. This may involve reaching out directly to a youth organizer that can interface with high-school aged youth to help staff workshop/demonstration projects.

The project team can train youth to help with workshop
installation and facilitation. A workshop-in-a-box could also be held with a youth organization. Youth organizers will also be invited to attend and participate in the
Advisory Committee meetings.

Engage Underserved Communities
Underserved communities typically lack access to
resources and suffer from a combination of economic,
health, and environmental burdens. For this plan,
underserved communities include areas where English is
a second language, incomes are lower, and car ownership is below average. These areas will be identified by Fehr & Peers. Community based organizations such as MICOP
and CAUSE will also be engaged to strategize outreach
towards underserved communities and farmworkers.

At least one of the three workshops/demonstration
projects will be located in an underserved community
of interest. A workshop-in-a-box could also be held in
these communities. Publicity should be sent to these
neighborhoods.
2 485
Strategies / Lessons Learned (Continued)
Avoid Meeting Fatigue
All engagement touch points will be coordinated with
other existing efforts (BikeVentura, CAAP, Oxnard
Housing Element, Oxnard LRSP, and other efforts to
be identified from Focus Groups) to avoid meeting
fatigue. Meetings from other efforts will be consolidated when possible. Meeting hosts will bring energy and
enthusiasm to meetings to hold the attention of the
audience. For virtual meetings, a familiar and accessible platform such as Zoom will be used. Because there are
a number of projects happening concurrently in the City, it is important to host creative, fun, and non-traditional interactions. This could mean piggy backing off other
existing community events. People should also be able to participate on their own time (e.g. in a socially distanced manner and/or in short increments that don’t require a
lot of time). Incentives are great tools to increase turnout; the team may partner with local businesses to raffle a
prize for participation, if budget allows.

Respond to COVID-19 Safety Protocols
Due the unknown nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, this
engagement plan provides a flexible approach, offering
options for engagement and interactions that support
various comfort levels for social distancing (see page 7).

The Focus Groups and Advisory Committee meetings will
be held virtually.

Avoiding ‘Plannerese’
The project team will ensure that front-facing collateral does not include overly technical language or jargon. The goal is invite everyone to participate by creating content that is easy-to-understand and friendly to multiple
audiences, especially those unfamiliar with urban planning terminology. While the exact wording will depend on the context, audience, and format, a few examples include:

Cyclists… People [who are] riding bicycles
Pedestrians… People [who are] walking
Sustainable transportation modes… Walking, biking, and other human-powered modes of travel Sustainability… Strategies that help to protect the environment Greening… Trees and planting
Sense of place / placemaking… Street design that is welcoming, appealing, and makes people feel safe Living street… A street that has trees and planting along its length Activity centers… Areas in Oxnard where there are a lot of people walking, biking, and shopping Tactical urbanism… Quick and low-cost designs that help to improve the city / the street Community engagement/outreach… When we speak with people about the project in community meetings and workshops / participation by the community / community collaboration Livability… Elements in a city that improve quality of life, such as good sidewalks, bike lanes, street trees, bus shelters, etc.

Road diet… Reducing the number of traffic lanes on the street to make room for sidewalks, bike lanes, and other elements
Mobility… The ways we get around the city, for example walking, biking, and taking the bus / the ability of people to move easily around the city Instead of saying… Consider using...
3 486
Outreach Calendar
The calendar above will help keep our team on track.

Preparation for each large outreach meeting will begin at least two months in advance to ensure adequate time to
generate materials and promote each event.

July
2021 2022 2023
Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Public Engagement Plan
Project Branding & Identity
Focus Groups
Workshops/Demonstration Projects
Workshops-in-a-Box
Project Website & Promotion
Final Plan Development
Draft Deliverable Final Deliverable City Council Meetings Plan Adoption Website/Project Collateral (E-blast) (E-blast) (E-blast) (E-blast) (E-blast) (E-blast) Advisory Committee Meetings
4 487
FOCUS GROUP FOCUS GROUP ADVISORY COMMITTEE 1 ADVISORY COMMITTEE 2 ADVISORY COMMITTEE 3 PROJECT TEAM • Introduce the Sustainable
Transportation Plan
• Lead discussion on draft
goals and objectives
and draft Community
Engagement Plan
• Present existing conditions
analysis, plan framework, and
Community Engagement Plan
• Lead discussion on plan goals
and objectives
• Introduce the Sustainable
Transportation Plan and
Advisory Group Protocol*
• Present draft concepts for
workshop #1
• Present project status
updates, preliminary project
ideas, workshop #1 findings
• Present draft concepts for
workshop #2
• Present project status
updates, revised alternatives,
workshop #2 findings
• Present draft Sustainable
Transportation Plan
• Present draft concepts for
workshop #3
INVITEES • Provide input on draft
goals and objectives and
initial outreach methods
• Provide input on Advisory
Committee invite list
• Provide input on existing
conditions analysis, plan
framework, and plan goals and
objectives
• Provide input on preliminary
project ideas
• Provide input on revised
project alternatives
• Provide input on draft Plan
• Identify project advocates or
implementation partners
Focus Groups & Advisory Committee Meetings
Roles & Responsibilities
*The Advisory Group Protocol document will outline
objectives, roles, schedule, and responsibilities for
Advisory Committee meetings. The document will be
developed by Kearns & West.

Provide feedback on Community Engagement Plan
Develop goals and objectives
Review project ideas, provide technical feedback
Provide input on the draft plan
• Provide input on Community Engagement Plan • Provide input on draft workshop concepts and outreach performance metrics Kearns & West will lead two Focus Groups and three
Advisory Committee meetings. The two initial Focus
Groups are intended to serve as listening sessions to
gather initial thoughts on goals, visioning and input on outreach methods. The Advisory Committee will provide:
input on workshop and demonstration project concepts;
publicity support; and input on project ideas, draft
concepts, and the draft plan. Roles and responsibilities for each meeting are outlined above.
• Provide publicity support; drive traffic to engagement activities 1 2 1 2 3

FOCUS GROUPS ADVISORY COMMITTEE
5 488
Workshops & Demonstration Projects
Workshops and
Demonstration Projects
The project team will develop three tactical urbanism
workshops/demonstration projects. The workshop
demonstration projects will be designed by Here LA.

Facilitation of workshops will be carried out by Fehr and Peers and Kearns and West. Although the workshops will
be further developed as the Plan progresses, an outline of the concepts is included on page 7. The workshops will focus on gathering both qualitative and quantitative data to guide project decisions and build support for the plan.

A graphic summary of findings will be provided within 2 weeks following each workshop event. All engagement
mechanisms will be fun, interactive, inviting for youth to participate, and accessible. Workshops will be held
in areas where people naturally gather or frequent to
increase visibility and grab the attention of passerbys.

The workshops will also be held during an appropriate
time of day when community members are likely out and
about.

Guiding Principles
Potential Outreach Locations
Provide light touch engagement opportunities 4 for socially distanced interaction 5 Limit use of complex language;
avoid planning jargon
1 Conduct workshops in the field to reach
non-traditional audiences
6 Colorful, eye-catching, and fun
2 Gather qualitative and quantitative data to
guide project decisions
3 Accessible for all ages, languages spoken,
and abilities
Based on conversations with Community-BasedOrganizations, the following locations were recommended as potential sites for workshops, meetings, and publicity. The team will consider leveraging these
locations during future outreach efforts:
• Bike Ventura community bike shop
• Centerpointe Mall
• Channel Island Harbor
• Local Oxnard parks
• Oxnard City College & CSUCI
• Oxnard Transit Center
• Port Hueneme Beach
• MICOP monthly mensuales
• Soccer games (e.g. at Del Sol Park)
• Swapmeet at Ventura College
• The Collection
Workshop-in-a-Box
Here LA will develop materials for a workshop-ina-box, allowing City staff and other members of the project team (where budget allows) to hold
additional conversations with community members.

The workshop-in-a-box will include a presentation that
provides an overview of the plan, an overview of active transportation, and an interactive activity to gather
data for the plan. The workshop-in-a-box could engage
specific groups such seniors and youth and can be held
at regular standing community meetings. The benefit
of using the workshop-in-a-box is that all of the inputs will be able to be compiled and aggregated, providing a single set of key takeaways. The project team will host one workshop-in-a-box facilitation training for City staff.

City staff will conduct up to 5 workshops-in-a-box
at standing meetings in Oxnard. Workshop-in-a-box
meetings should also be coordinated with pop-ups
to encourage wider City participation. Based on
conversations with local CBOs, the following groups may be considered for these workshops.
• Parent groups/local schools
• MICOP monthly mensuales
• Bike Ventura Youth Group in La Colonia
• 805 AAPI Solidarity
• BLM Ventura
6 489
Workshop 1 - Visioning
Purpose
• Introduce the Sustainable Transportation Plan to
Oxnard residents and community members.
• Generate overarching visions and goals.
• Identify geographic issue areas.
• Educate community members about sustainable
transportation.

Engagement Concept
• A community generated art piece such as a mural
or sculpture. Community members will respond to
a question by adding to the art piece. The resulting
piece will be a visual display of community goals and
visions.
• Socially distanced interaction: A QR code will be
on display for participants to respond to the same
prompt via their mobile device. The project team will
add to the art installation for QR code participants.

Location
• Centrally located area with high foot traffic, ideally in partnership with another event or festival.
• Locations to be suggested by Focus Group.

Duration
• 1/2 day (4 hours) at event or festival.
• Or 3 high foot traffic locations in different
neighborhoods, 2 hours each (6 total hours).

Workshop 2 - Refinement
Purpose
• Test draft project ideas & vet preliminary designs
with the community.
• Build project awareness, drive people to the project
website to interact with an online map.

Engagement Concept
• Tactical build out of up to 2 design concepts with
temporary informational signage and opportunities
to provide feedback. The tactical build out will be a
1/2 day pilot installation.
• Socially distanced interaction: Self guided walking
tour with temporary signage displaying example
improvements to the street. Participants respond
to prompts via a text-to-vote response system.

Community based organizations within the Advisory
Committee will be activated to lead and engage
community members to participate in the walking
tour.

Location
• At up to 2 high priority intersections or blocks. This could be locations with high pedestrian and bicycle
involved collisions, or locations naturally frequented
by people.

Duration
• 1/2 day (4 hours) for tactical build out.
• 2 week period for self guided walking tour.

Workshop 3 - Prioritization
Purpose
• Prioritize proposed projects in the draft Sustainable Transportation Plan.
• Demonstrate a proposed project in the draft
Sustainable Transportation Plan.
• Build project awareness and drive people to the
project website.

Engagement Concept
• Tactical build out of a proposed project with
interactive opportunities to prioritize proposed
projects identified in the draft plan. The tactical build out will be a 1/2 day demonstration project and may
be semi-permanent as budget and concept allows.
• Socially distanced interaction: Augmented Reality
scenes in real space, where participants would be
able to view (through a personal mobile device)
three to five proposed recommendations in its
setting in situ. Through this Augmented Reality
interface, participants would be prompted to
vote and provide thoughts about the proposed
recommendations that come to life before their
eyes.

Location
• At a proposed project location in the draft
Sustainable Transportation Plan where people also
naturally gather.

Duration
• 1/2 day (4 hours) for pop-up.
• 1 week period for Augmented Reality experience.

Workshops & Demonstration Projects (Continued)
7 490
Project Website
Overview
The project website will be the go-to resource for the
community. The purpose of the website is to disseminate information and provide project updates. The website
will have a clean and clear look that is consistent with the City website layout and follows the established
brand. The website will be hosted by the City. Kearns and West will support the development of the website. The
website will be updated throughout the plan process to
feature upcoming events, project updates, and resources.

Website updates will occur five times throughout the
plan process and will be coordinated with e-blasts,
upcoming events, and key milestones. Copy and collateral for the website will be provided 2 weeks in advance of
publication.

Map Atlas Story Map
The website will also hold an interactive Map Atlas,
to be developed by Fehr and Peers. Visitors of the
Map Atlas will be able to review findings from the
existing conditions analysis, and provide location based comments for the project team. The prompt for the
location based comments will be coordinated with
workshop/demonstration project #1.

Inviting Image
Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan
Upcoming Events
What is the Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan?
Why Participate? Join the Project
Name:

Email:

Comments for the team
Date: ____________
Where: ____________
Event Description: ________________
______________________________
______________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
Logo
Name
Map Atlas
Story Map
Home
Meeting Information
Resources
Workshop #1 Summary
Project infosheet
Draft Plan
Background Documents
Advisory Committee Meeting Minutes
8 491
Promotion
Project Collateral
Various marketing materials will be prepared to publicize the project and raise awareness. Materials will be
formatted as appropriate for large format boards, letter size prints, postcard takeaways, email pngs, and social media jpeg/gifs. Project infosheets, workshop collateral, and templates for e-blasts and social media posts will
also be designed.

E-Blasts & Social Media
Six e-blasts will occur throughout the duration of the
plan. E-blasts will provide project updates, notifications, and promote upcoming workshops via established
email listservs and the stakeholder list included in
this Engagement Plan. The campaign will also include
social media posts to Facebook, Instagram, Twitter,
and Nextdoor. The Focus and Advisory Groups will
also be activated to send collateral to their respective organizations and contacts. E-blasts will be sent 1 month in advance of workshops and another could also be sent
1 week prior to events as a follow up reminder. Kearns
and West will create and manage publicity and the City
will disseminate the information. Social Media content, including graphics, copy, and date/time of publication
will be provided to the City one week in advance of
publication date.

Example Social Media Posts

1. Project Kick-off
The City of Oxnard is working on a plan to improve the
experience for people walking and biking. Come build a
community art piece at our first workshop! Visit bit.ly/ OnxardSTP for more for info.

2. Workshop #2
Come check out a temporary installation of example
infrastructure improvements and let us know what you
think. Can’t make it? Take a self guided walking tour and text to vote your support for project ideas.

3. Workshop #3
Mark your calendars! Let us know which projects are your top priority and visit us as the next workshop. You can also experience the projects in Augmented Reality!

4. Project Update
Development of the City of Oxnard’s Sustainable
Transportation Plan is underway! Your input is an
important part of the plan and is influencing project
decisions. Here’s what we heard so far... (Outreach
summary)

5. Draft Plan
Take a look at the draft Sustainable Transportation Plan! Let us know what you think.

6. Final Plan
The final Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan is here! Here are next steps.

City of Oxnard
Downtown Oxnard
Oxnard Fire Dept
Oxnard Police Dept
https://www.oxnard.org/
https://www.facebook.com/CityofOxnard
https://www.instagram.com/cityofoxnard_official
https://twitter.com/CityofOxnard
https://nextdoor.com/city/oxnard--ca/
https://www.oxnard.org/fire-department
https://www.facebook.com/oxnardfiredepartment
https://www.instagram.com/oxnardcityfire
https://twitter.com/OxnardFire
https://www.oxnardpd.org/
https://www.facebook.com/OxnardPD
https://www.instagram.com/oxnardpolice
https://twitter.com/OxnardPolice
https://downtownoxnard.org
https://www.facebook.com/DowntownOxnard
https://www.instagram.com/downtownoxnard
https://twitter.com/DowntownOxnard
Additional handles to be added by City. E-blast content will also be provided to the Focus and Advisory Groups to promote through their respective networks.

City Social Media Handles
9 492
Key Organizations & Stakeholders
City Departments
• Community Development - Planning
• ER Division
• Engineering
• Fire
• GIS Coordinator
• Housing
• Parks
• Public Works
• Police
• Transportation & Mobility
Regional Agencies
• CA State Beach
• Gold Coast Transit District (GCTD)
• Metrolink
• Port Hueneme
• Ventura County
• Ventura County Air Pollution Control District
• Ventura County Economic Development Assoc.
• Ventura County Harbor
• Ventura County Public Health
• Ventura County Transportation Commission (VCTC)
• US Navy
Virutal Communities
• @805resourcecenter (Instagram)
• @Vivaoxnard (Instagram)
• Citizens for a Better Oxnard (Facebook)
• Oxnard INCO (Facebook)
Education
• CSU Channel Islands
• Hueneme Elementary School District
• Ocean-View Elementary School District
• Oxnard Adult School
• Oxnard College
• Oxnard School District
• Oxnard Union High School District
• Rainbow Connection Family Resource Center
• Rio Elementary School District
• School parent groups
• Ventura County Office of Education
Other Institutions
• All Saints Episcopal Church
• Bethel AME Church
• Our Lady of Guadalupe Church
• Oxnard Community Food Pantry
• Oxnard Revival Center
• National Health Foundation
• Nyeland Promise
• SDA Community Health Services
• St John’s Regional Medical Center
• UFW Foundation
Business Professional
• Chamber of Commerce
• Economic Development Collaborative
• Farm Bureau of Ventura County
• Oxnard Young Professionals Group (OXYP)
• Northrop Grumman Corporation
Non-profits/CBOs
• 805 AAPI Solidarity
• Bike Ventura
• BLM Ventura County
• Central Coast Alliance United for Sustainable
Economy (CAUSE)
• Conejo Valley Cyclists (Bike)
• Cycle Cal Coast (Bike)
• Community Advocacy Coalition
• Community Environmental Council
• Friends of Santa Clara River
• MICOP (Mixteco/Oaxaquenos)
• Onxard City Corps
• Oxnard Police Activities League
• Riverpark Neighborhood Council
• Sierra Club Los Padres Chapter
• The Nature Conservancy
10 493
Performance Metrics
Attendance:
• Focus Groups: 10+ participants
• Advisory Committee: 15+ participants
• Workshops: 50 inputs at each workshop
• Workshop-in-a-box: City attends at least 5
community presentations
Social Media Reach:
• Send e-blasts through social media outlets of at
least: 3 community based organizations, 3 city
agencies, 1 regional agency, and 1 educational agency
Publicity Frequency:
• Monthly updates to project website
• Monthly social media posts
Equity and Accessibility
• All workshop materials and collateral to include
Spanish and in-person live translation
• Reach out to at least 2 youth organizations to
establish partnerships
• All collateral material checked to comply with ADA
standards
• Input tracked in final plan via summary diagram to
show how community input informed final decisions
• Hold at least 1 of the workshop/demonstration
projects in an underserved community
11 494
The project brand includes style, tone, layout,
and graphic components and can be applied and
developed for various project elements such as
postcards, invites, and announcements, along with the
draft and final Plan.

The brand mixes friendly and bright colors with
illustrated accents. Clear, crisp local imagery is also integrated. A friendly family of icons is used to help
readers navigate the plan document.

Logo
The project logo depicted right, uses a retro and
playful font.

Project Brand
12 495
Project Brand
1F2C5F E3E65B 82C55D EC008C
Header 1: Franklin
Gothic Heavy 50pt
Subheader: Gil Sans MT Bold 16pt
Body Text: Gil Sans MT 12pt
Colors and Fonts
Colors in the brand are bright and poppy. Fonts are
bold and easy to read.
(Continued)
13 496
Icons
Icons (right) help the reader find what they are
looking for in the document.

Section Markers
Markers (below) are used to accompany
illustrations or separate text.

Project Brand (Continued)
14 497
Photos
Use full bleed, high-resolution, Oxnard-specific images throughout the document.

Project Brand (Continued)
15 498
Layouts
Example page layouts are included below. Three column
(two row) grid. Exaggerated text size variation for body and headers. White space is encouraged.

Date X, 2021
Why Now?
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui
tescid mod quia volupta doluptam
doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum
et aut et, officil lorerna temquam
serum qui de comnihic totatiae es
ma non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis
aut quatusHendam, arum suntur?
Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta
doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita
perrum et aut et, officil lorerna
temquam serum qui de comnihic
totatiae es ma non reperum restio
tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut
facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt
hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum
suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod
quia volupta doluptam doluptam
era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et,
officil lorerna temquam serum
qui de comnihic totatiae es ma
non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut
quatusTur, quaturestis unt, sit am re
nos sandem. Aborerumquam volut
fugitat entiatu rehent, aliquiam id
eos con cuptintin ratiur, quia is
utas dolupti odit, et quaecti dit aut
venissi nvellitium, aci culparumqui
dolumet pos dolorrum cus.

Ta doluptam, sum quo molesequid
elibus, simus quodiost, si
voluptature volor sequid eatem
a el modis unt et autatur, ut
quis doluptas erum qui odipsum
idempor emperiorit, sit quae
Why Now?
voluptatur aliquam rae evelicat de
verovid ut eatet ditam et incipsa
nditatur, consequiam, omnia aut
eos aut a inci doluptate nobit
voluptat praecer enienem olorion
nonsequidit id quam, ut parciet
eicatinctus, necto dolorepudae
nullabo. Abo. Laborestio maximag
natempelit, volorum que
verferum que vernam custrum
autempore dolore, sunt, tet abo.

Nequi odi ssequamet atem nis
iusaperuptadolumet pos dolorrum
cus.

Ta doluptam, sum quo molesequid
elibus, simus quodiost, si
voluptature volor sequid eatem
a el modis unt et autatur, ut
quis doluptas erum qui odipsum
idempor emperiorit, sit quae
voluptatur aliquam rae evelicat de
verovid ut eatet ditam et incipsa
Health Benefits of
Green Streets
Date X, 2021
Getting Around in
Oxnard
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui
tescid mod quia volupta doluptam
doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum
et aut et, officil lorerna temquam
serum qui de comnihic totatiae es
ma non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis
aut quatusHendam, arum suntur?
Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta
doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita
perrum et aut et, officil lorerna
temquam serum qui de comnihic
totatiae es ma non reperum restio
tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut
facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt
hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum
suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod
quia volupta doluptam doluptam
era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et,
officil lorerna temquam serum
qui de comnihic totatiae es ma
non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut
quatusTur, quaturestis unt, sit am re
nos sandem. Aborerumquam volut
fugitat entiatu rehent, aliquiam id
eos con cuptintin ratiur, quia is
utas dolupti odit, et quaecti dit aut
venissi nvellitium, aci culparumqui
dolumet pos dolorrum cus.

Ta doluptam, sum quo molesequid
elibus, simus quodiost, si
voluptature volor sequid eatem
a el modis unt et autatur, ut
quis doluptas erum qui odipsum
idempor emperiorit, sit quae
voluptatur aliquam rae evelicat de
verovid ut eatet ditam et incipsa
nditatur, consequiam, omnia aut
eos aut a inci doluptate nobit
voluptat praecer enienem olorion
nonsequidit id quam, ut parciet
eicatinctus, necto dolorepudae
nullabo. Abo. Laborestio maximag
natempelit, volorum que verferum
que vernam custrum autempore
dolore, sunt, tet abo. Nequi odi
nobitat ibusam faccusam quo
quissim olorruntur si di venimet
officipsa nihicip idempore pliasit
aeperna tendae. Ebis quamenimo
optatios deliqui atectiusam
sendemodis sunt reiusam simolor
raecaborum necture strume sed
Date X, 2021
How do Oxnard
Residents Get Around
Town?
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui
tescid mod quia volupta doluptam
doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum
et aut et, officil lorerna temquam
serum qui de comnihic totatiae es
ma non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis
aut quatusHendam, arum suntur?
Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta
doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
Bicycle Walk Transit Walk
Scooter Bus Bicycle Transit
Walk Bicyle Walk Transit
Scooter Walk Bicycle Transit
Walk Scooter Walk Train
Bus Walk Scooter Skateboard
Walk Bicycle Motorcycle Drive
Walk Bicycle Transit Train
Bus Drive Walk Bus
Date X, 2021
Example Projects
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui
tescid mod quia volupta doluptam
doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum
et aut et, officil lorerna temquam
serum qui de comnihic totatiae es
ma non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis
aut quatusHendam, arum suntur?
Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta
doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita
perrum et aut et, officil lorerna
temquam serum qui de comnihic
totatiae es ma non reperum restio
tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut
facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt
hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum
suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod
quia volupta doluptam doluptam
era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et,
officil lorerna temquam serum
qui de comnihic totatiae es ma
non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut
quatusTur, quaturestis unt, sit am re
nos sandem. Aborerumquam volut
fugitat entiatu rehent, aliquiam id
eos con cuptintin ratiur, quia is
utas dolupti odit, et quaecti dit aut
venissi nvellitium, aci culparumqui
What We’ve Heard
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum restio tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem.

Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum restio tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum restio tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut quatusTur, quaturestis unt, sit am re nos sandem. Aborerumquam volut fugitat entiatu rehent, aliquiam id eos con cuptintin ratiur, quia is utas dolupti odit, et quaecti dit aut venissi nvellitium, aci culparumqui
Case Study 2
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum restio tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem.

Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum restio tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum restio tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita Date X, 2021
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum Sustainability in
Oxnard is
multi-faceted.

Chapter 2
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum Sustainability in
Oxnard is
multi-faceted.

Chapter 2
Date X, 2021
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et, officil lorerna temquam serum qui de comnihic totatiae es ma non reperum Sustainability in
Oxnard is
multi-faceted.

Chapter 2
Date X, 2021
What is Active
Transportation?
Hendam, arum suntur? Eces aliqui
tescid mod quia volupta doluptam
doluptam era dem. Itasita perrum
et aut et, officil lorerna temquam
serum qui de comnihic totatiae es
ma non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis
aut quatusHendam, arum suntur?
Eces aliqui tescid mod quia volupta
doluptam doluptam era dem. Itasita
perrum et aut et, officil lorerna
temquam serum qui de comnihic
totatiae es ma non reperum restio
tore, tem quiae volorit atiates aut
facepelita eosam fuga. Nam, sunt
hici odis aut quatusHendam, arum
suntur? Eces aliqui tescid mod
quia volupta doluptam doluptam
era dem. Itasita perrum et aut et,
officil lorerna temquam serum
qui de comnihic totatiae es ma
non reperum restio tore, tem
quiae volorit atiates aut facepelita
eosam fuga. Nam, sunt hici odis aut
quatusTur, quaturestis unt, sit am re
nos sandem. Aborerumquam volut
fugitat entiatu rehent, aliquiam id
eos con cuptintin ratiur, quia is
utas dolupti odit, et quaecti dit aut
venissi nvellitium, aci culparumqui
dolumet pos dolorrum cus.

Ta doluptam, sum quo molesequid
elibus, simus quodiost, si
voluptature volor sequid eatem
a el modis unt et autatur, ut
quis doluptas erum qui odipsum
idempor emperiorit, sit quae
voluptatur aliquam rae evelicat de
verovid ut eatet ditam et incipsa
nditatur, consequiam, omnia aut
eos aut a inci doluptate nobit
voluptat praecer enienem olorion
nonsequidit id quam, ut parciet
eicatinctus, necto dolorepudae
nullabo. Abo. Laborestio maximag
natempelit, volorum que verferum
que vernam custrum autempore
dolore, sunt, tet abo. Nequi odi
nobitat ibusam faccusam quo
quissim olorruntur si di venimet
officipsa nihicip idempore pliasit
Project Brand (Continued)
16 499
500

Community
Engagement
Summaries
Appendix B
501
Oxnard Sustainable
Transportation Plan:

Inter-Agency Charette
9:00-9:10 Introductions
9:10-9:20 Project overview & goals
9:20-9:25 Goals of today’s meeting
9:25-9:45 Existing conditions overview
• Plans & Policies Review
• Map Atlas & Existing Conditions
9:45-10:00 Break-out room discussions
Active Transportation and Safety
• Challenge of balancing goal to build cohesive community in coastal areas that support multimodal transportation with emergency evacuation demand (e.g., for tsunami).
• Challenges around educating students, especially college students, about sustainable transportation options.
• How to create a multi-modal transportation culture where the road is for everyone. Infrastructure improvements are not enough to encourage people to use sustainable transportation modes if there are real and/or perceived safety issues.
• Caltrans District 7 is working on a districtwide active transportation plan, which will include a Level of Stress analysis for state owned facilities.

August 5, 2021
9:00AM – 11:00AM
LOCATION:

Microsoft Teams
Organizations Represented:
• Caltrans District 7
• City of Oxnard:

Community
Development, Housing,
Public Works, and Fire
• City of Ventura
• County of Ventura,
Public Works Agency
• CSU Channel Islands
• Gold Coast Transit
District
• Hueneme Elementary
School District
• Oxnard College
• Oxnard Harbor District
(Port of Hueneme)
• Oxnard Union High
School District
• Ventura County
Transportation
Commission
• Southern California
Regional Rail Authority
(Metrolink)
502
Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan: Inter-Agency Charette 8/5/21

Transit and Electric Vehicles (EVs)
• Discussion around EVs are often focused on private or smaller vehicle fleets, but there will be a big push for funding and incentives made available for clean fuel medium and large freight vehicles.
• The Oxnard community supports expansion of EV infrastructure to improve access and for the potential to create cleaner air.
• Metrolink is working on providing more regular schedules to facilitate coordination with local bus service.
• Transit agencies’ service is often affected by factors outside of their control, such as connections to transit stops, amenities around transit stops, and congestion (opportunity for bus lanes or transit signal priority).
• Land use practices need to be transit supportive (nexus of transportation and land use).

Green Infrastructure
• STP should describe opportunities to incorporate greening into current and new projects (citywide initiative and standalone projects).
• Best practices include planting native or adaptive trees, implementing urban greening innovations, and planning for maintenance.
• Green infrastructure should also be usable, such as providing walking paths. --BREAK--
10:05-10:30 Break-out room report-back
10:30-10:55 Mapping activity
• Link to interactive web map to leave comments: https://arcg.is/0f4Pj1 ◦ Please provide feedback by 8/13/21
◦ If you have any questions about using this web map, you can reach out to Rachel Om ([email protected])
10:55-11:00 Next steps
• Provide any additional input on the Oxnard STP engagement strategy (e.g. community organizations to reach out to) to Debbie O’Leary ([email protected]) or Chelsea Richer ([email protected]) by 8/13/21
• If you are interested in joining the Project Advisory Committee, please let Debbie or Chelsea know by 8/13/21
503
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee Meeting Summary 1
City of Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan: Advisory Committee Meeting 1 Summary

1. Introduction
The City of Oxnard (City) is preparing a Sustainable Transportation Plan (STP), which will pair prior multimodal transportation planning efforts with extensive community engagement to form an implementation plan towards a sustainable mobility future for people who live, work, and visit Oxnard. As part of the process, the City has established an Advisory Committee to provide input on preliminary project ideas, project alternatives, and draft plan. The Advisory Committee is comprised of agency representatives, city departments, and at large stakeholders.

2. Objectives
The objectives of the first Advisory Committee meeting were to:
• Gather input on proposed outreach activities, including Pop-up Workshop 1. • Receive feedback on critical elements of the Community Engagement Plan. • Establish Advisory Committee protocols.
• Identify best practices for engaging communities, including identifying needs, ideas, and goals for engaging their communities.
• Identify current community efforts and topics of interest among stakeholders and CBO's.

3. Participants
The following organizations participated in the Advisory Committee on December 1, 2021:
• Tim Bochum, City of Oxnard Public Works Department, Transportation & Mobility • Gilbert Downs, Oxnard College
• Scott Brewer, City of Oxnard Fire Department
• Kathleen Mallory, City of Oxnard Planning Department
• Caleb Brock, Caltrans
• Giles Pettifor, Port Hueneme
• Amanda Fagen, VCTC Planning
• John Puglisi, Rio School District
• David Huang, Metrolink
• Austin Novstrup, Gold Coast Transit
• Benjamin Medina, Caltrans
The following organizations were also invited but were unable to attend:
• Elsa Brown, City of Oxnard Housing Department
• Derek Towers, City of Ventura
• Claire Grasty, VCTC Transit
• Celina Zacarias, CSU Channel Islands
• Corina Cherry, Oxnard Union High School District
• Joe Hilton, Hueneme School District
• Glenn Derossett, Ventura County
504
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee Meeting Summary 2

4. Format
The Advisory Committee meeting #1 primary purpose was to introduce the Advisory Committee members to the STP, the committee's purpose, and role in the overall project process. During the meeting, Advisory Committee members were prompted to ask questions & provide feedback on specific components of the project.

The following topics were covered as part of the meeting agenda:

1. Project Overview

2. Advisory Committee Protocols

3. Outreach Strategy

4. Framework Report Update

5. Major Themes
The following section identifies major themes identified in the discussion.

Outreach Strategy
Planning Coordination
The City should consider all local and regional planning efforts and coordinate, if possible, this includes the Oxnard General Plan Update and the Ventura County Comprehensive Transportation Plan. Advisory Committee members noted that improved coordination could benefit all planning projects. Coordination can help address confusion among community members that do not know how to differentiate among planning projects, which causes participation fatigue. In addition, improved communication could improve data distribution among the various planning efforts.

Engagement Opportunities
Engagement opportunities should be tailored to reach youth, use of technology, and incorporate including QR codes & project websites. In addition, there are opportunities for partnerships with schools and youth centers by developing curriculums and programs that introduce planning efforts to students.

Priority Areas
Advisory Committee members noted that access is a core question: understanding who gets to ride & who doesn't. It was shared that there needs to be a general understanding that specific areas in the community areas will be prioritized over others both for service and access.

Framework Report
Project Opportunities
The project team should consider clean energy, housing infrastructure, habitat restoration, open space planning, cool streets, and sea-level rise. There are potential funding opportunities with crossjurisdictional projects in these identified areas.

Density and Development
Parking management should be consistent with preferred development and density practices that reduce single-passenger trips.

Safety
Safety is a reoccurring theme important for the STP. Advisory Committee members shared that safety includes street lighting for pedestrian safety and student safety. As a note, the Oxnard STP project is coordinating efforts with the ongoing Oxnard Local Road Safety Plan project. 505
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee Meeting Summary 3

6. Next Steps
• The project team will share the Framework Report with Advisory Committee for feedback. • The project team will provide the Advisory Committee with advertising materials for the upcoming outreach efforts.
506
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 2 Meeting Summary 1
City of Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan: Advisory Committee Meeting 2 Summary

1. Introduction
The City of Oxnard (City) is preparing a Sustainable Transportation Plan (STP), which will pair prior multimodal transportation planning efforts with extensive community engagement to form an implementation plan toward a sustainable mobility future for people who live, work, and visit Oxnard. The project team facilitated its second Advisory Committee meeting to provide an update on outreach activities and gather input on draft priority locations and prioritization criteria. The Advisory Committee is comprised of agency representatives, City departments, and at large stakeholders.

2. Objectives
The objectives of the first Advisory Committee meeting were to:
• Gather input on outreach activities, including Pop-up Workshop 1, Advisory Committee 1, and Focus Group 2
• Receive feedback on Draft Priority Locations & Categories • Receive feedback on Prioritization Criteria
• Review and receive feedback on Sustainable Transportation Strategies

3. Participants
The following organizations participated in the Advisory Committee on March 14, 2022:
• Scott Brewer, City of Oxnard Fire Department
• Caleb Brock, Caltrans
• Gilbert Downs, Oxnard College
• Amanda Fagen, VCTC Planning
• Claire Grasty, VCTC Planning
• David Huang, Metrolink
• Austin Novstrup, Gold Coast Transit
• Kathleen Mallory, City of Oxnard Planning Department
• Benjamin Medina, Caltrans
• Giles Pettifor, Port Hueneme
• Margaret Schoep, Gold Coast Transit
• Ricardo Vasquez, City of Oxnard Police Department

4. Format
The Steering Committee Meeting #2 primary purpose was to provide Steering Committee members with an update on outreach activities and gather feedback on priority areas and criteria process. During the meeting, steering committee members were prompted to ask questions & provide feedback on specific components of the project.

The following topics were covered as part of the meeting agenda:

1. Project Team Welcome and Introductions
507
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 2 Meeting Summary 2

2. Report Back: Report back: Pop-up Events, Advisory Committee, & Focus Group 2

3. Draft Priority Locations

4. Prioritization Criteria

5. Sustainable Transportation Strategies

6. Next Steps

5. Major Themes
The following section identifies the questions and comments identified in the discussion of each topic.

Outreach Activities
Pop-Up Events
No comments or questions were asked about the Pop-up events held in December 2021.

Advisory Committee 1
No comments or questions were asked about the Advisory Committee 1 debrief presentation.

Focus Group 2
No comments or questions were asked about the Focus Group 2 debrief presentation.

Draft Priority Locations
The project team presented the process of how draft priority locations were identified. The project team explained that draft priority locations were identified by reviewing existing planning and policy documents, community engagement input, and data sources. The project team then provided an overview of draft priority locations by previewing a virtual map of all identified locations.

Questions and comments from the Advisory Committee are highlighted below. • Are maps reflective of community feedback?
• Does the existing residential priority areas match community feedback? • Has the project received specific feedback reflected in the current map? • Outreach teams for Port Hueneme have been doing outreach in the south part of the City and have gathered 500 resident surveys on community priorities and issues. Parking and street lighting have been identified as community priorities.
• Ventura County Transportation Commission (VCTC) completed surveys asking residents to identify areas of concern and many of the responses were in Oxnard. • Gold Coast Transit is working on a bus stop improvement plan. Staff will share preliminary data from this plan.
• Struggle with the relationship between commercial and industrial. There are industrial areas that have high employment numbers.
• There is a need to facilitate conversations around the transition to clean energy for all employers in the City.
• Gold Coast Transit: Short Range Transit Plan included harbor and beach routes, but there were challenges with transit ridership.
• Consider the 2017 Countywide Bicycle Plan, as it looks at regional connectivity and has a good list of projects and priorities.
• Establish connections to Point Magu, as it is a significant employment area of the region. • How was Wooley Rd. identified as a transit corridor?
• The goal of identifying Wooley Rd. as a transit corridor was to consider access to the beach. 508
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 2 Meeting Summary 3
Prioritization Criteria
The project team presented the process of identifying priority locations and locations for concept designs.

The team shared draft criteria and asked the Advisory Committee what other things should be considered when determining locations for concept design.

Questions and comments from the Advisory Committee are highlighted below. • The project team might consider proximity to other services. Project proximity might not necessarily include transit services and other services. • Making improvements where existing services already are can be more productive and helpful than stretching out. For example, transit aims to maintain frequency and quality of service versus higher distribution with low quality.
• What information does crash history include?
• Injury collisions include vehicle to vehicle and vehicle with pedestrians and bikes. • Regional connectivity is a high priority for Ventura County. • Constructability should also be considered as part of the prioritization process. Consider what projects are easier to complete.

Sustainable Transportation Strategies
The project team shared potential infrastructure and policy/program strategies considered as part of the draft plan. The project team highlighted some of these strategies.

Questions and comments from the Advisory Committee are highlighted below. • How does the project incorporate parking with active transportation? Implementation of some strategies can result in the loss of parking.
• The project team will consider parking as its identifying strategies. • Is sea level rise considered as part of this project? • We need to prioritize the transition to zero-emission equipment and infrastructure, including transitioning school buses from diesel.
• Is there consideration of routes to school bus stops? • The City has a Safe Routes to School program kicking off to address this topic. • What are the building and safety standards considerations for EV stations? Is the project team considering ADA building standards?

6. Next Steps
• The project team will share the draft priority areas for feedback. • The project team will be launching a demonstration project in May 2022. Information regarding the demonstration project will be shared with the Advisory Committee. • Concept plans for the seven priority locations will be identified in Summer 2022. • The draft plan will be shared in Fall 2022. The Advisory Committee will be notified when the draft plan is ready for review.
• The second demonstration project will be launched in Fall 2022. 509
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 3 Meeting Summary 1
City of Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan:

Advisory Committee 3
Meeting Summary

1. Introduction
The City of Oxnard (City) is preparing a Sustainable Transportation Plan (STP), which will pair prior multimodal transportation planning efforts with extensive community engagement to form an implementation plan towards a sustainable mobility future for people who live, work, and visit Oxnard. The community engagement process included establishing an Advisory Committee to provide input on preliminary project ideas, project alternatives, and draft plan feedback. The Advisory Committee is comprised of agency representatives, City departments, and at large stakeholders.

As part of the process, the City held the third and final meeting with the Committee on October 11, 2022.

This meeting was an opportunity for the City to share Project updates, gather feedback on priority location recommendations, and share information on upcoming engagement activities.

The third Advisory Committee had the following objectives:
• Share updates on the Sustainable Transportation Plan. • Gather feedback and considerations for priority locations. • Provide information on upcoming engagement activities, including Demonstrations Project #2

2. Participants
The following individuals participated in the third Advisory Committee on October 11, 2022. • Scott Brewer – City of Oxnard: Fire
• Caleb Brock – Caltrans
• Corrina Cherry – Oxnard Union High School District
• Gilbert Downs – Oxnard College
• Amanda Fagan – VCTC Planning
• Claire Grasty – VCTC Transit
• David Huang - Metrolink
• Jasmin Kim - City of Oxnard: Community Development Department • Austin Novstrup – Gold Coast Transit District
• James Santiago – Caltrans
• Derek Towers – City of Ventura

3. Advisory Committee Agenda Topics
The following section highlights agenda topics covered during the Advisory Committee and input gathered at each section.
510
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 3 Meeting Summary 2
Project Recap
The project team provided a recap on Demonstration Project #1 that took place in May 2022. The information included details on the pilot project installations and activities. In addition, the team shared key themes identified by community members on the Walk Audit conducted in June 2022. A separate summary of the Walk Audit is available on the project website. The following section identifies comments and questions from Advisory Committee related to Demonstration Project #1 and the Walk Audit:
• Are there any bike lanes painted in green?
◦ The project team shared they observed green conflict striping with a dash pattern for bike lanes approaching several intersections. The City shared they are using green conflict striping for new bike lanes.
• Can crosswalks be painted in different colors? Participants shared they have seen crosswalks painted in colorful/artistic designs and wondered how this could be achievable. ◦ The main observations on the walk audit were the standard white crosswalks and the yellow crosswalks near schools. The presenters shared that colored crosswalks and intersections are something they are currently exploring with the City.
• Would it be possible to have a recommendation that roadway designs enact the NACTO (National Association of City Transportation Officials) standards moving forward? I believe the City still uses the MUCTD (Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways) engineering guide.
◦ Presenters made a note of this comment and will incorporate this recommendation into the guide.

STP Report Outline
The project team provided a brief outline of the Sustainable Transportation Plan Report, highlighting the catalog of enhanced streetscape elements. Elements included: transit stop amenities, green street components, intersection treatments, complete street design elements, bicycle facilities, sidewalk facilities, and mobility hubs. Members from Fehr and Peers posed questions to the group to help gather more information on each of the elements. The following section identifies comments and questions from Advisory Committee.

Transit stop amenities: What are transit riders asking for? • During the walk audit, the STP team identified shade improvements to transit stops, adequate and accessible seating, and lighting as priorities for transit riders. The STP team also observed there were instructions on how to access real-time information in the information panels that previously held static timetables.
• Gold Coast Transit District shared that they received requests for the printed schedule when they first rolled out the real-time information, but passengers eventually transitioned to using the realtime information via the application. • A participant noted that cell phone reception is weak near Oxnard College and along the route between Oxnard College and CSU Channel Islands.

Complete street design elements, bicycle facilities, sidewalk facilities: What have you seen elsewhere that you would like Oxnard to consider?
• For complete street design elements, the group suggested the City consider installing solar panels and charging on lighting posts and shade structures. In addition, they recommended 511
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 3 Meeting Summary 3
implementing more traffic calming measures, wider bulb-outs near crosswalks, and bus bulbs to give existing narrow sidewalks more space.
• For bicycle facilities, the group shared that bike racks, lockers, and fix stations should be a priority, especially near bus stops.
• For sidewalk facilities, the group recommended more access to trash receptacles, bus signage that includes a schedule panel with multilingual information, artful bus stops (either by utilizing new design concepts and colors), and landscaping on sidewalks as priorities. • The group commented on opportunities to include more signage related to inundation, evacuation, and tsunami warnings.

Green street components: Examples of urban greening?
• The group suggested native landscaping, which is made up of native trees and plants that can survive without high maintenance, as examples of urban greening.

Mobility hubs: What are the conversations around micro-mobility in your jurisdiction? • The group discussed the existing Caltrans project to identify potential mobility hubs. A major topic included energy: how can we implement more solar panels and considerations for electrification at mobility hubs?
Facilitators allowed time for any additional items to be discussed. The following topics were brought up by the Advisory Committee members.
• Tourism: It would be a good idea to create a bus route that could be used by residents, but also involve tourists to attract visitors to the City and specific destinations. ◦ The project team invited agencies in the meeting to give an update on the Micro Transit Pilot Project. Gold Coast Transit project shared they are still working on the pilot but are considering Oxnard College and the mall as two primary nodes. • First/last mile connection strategies
◦ Gold Coast Transit Project conducted a study for first/last mile connection strategies that was focused on Naval Base Ventura County.

Priority Locations
To guide the discussion, the project team shared the criteria used to identify priority locations. For each of the seven locations identified, the project team addressed the corridor focus, land use, and mobility categories, and posed questions to the group for more insight on the key challenges. Due to time constraints, this section did not receive feedback from participants during the session. The Advisory Committee was encouraged to send additional input after the meeting.

Demonstration Project #2
The project team shared their experience drafting the proposals and the education that went into talking to the community about street design benefits, including shared goals for the second demonstration project which will take place on November 19th at the intersection of C Street & Maywood Way, in front of St. Anthony’s Church. The demonstration project will be an opportunity for community members to learn about proposed improvements on the priority corridors and provide feedback on the improvements.

Participants were asked to share their thoughts after the meeting. The Advisory Committee asked the team to consider how to involve community members who cannot physically be at the demonstration 512
Oxnard STP Advisory Committee 3 Meeting Summary 4
location and the possibility for online surveys. The project team shared they will have an online page available for people to submit comments so they can engage in the process.

4. Next Steps
The project team shared the next steps for the City of Oxnard STP, which will include providing post Advisory Committee meeting feedback, Demonstration Project #2, and providing the group with additional updates on the STP report.
513
Oxnard STP Focus Group 1 Actions and Strategies Recommendations 1 City of Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan:

Focus Group 1
Findings and Strategy Recommendations

1. Introduction
The City of Oxnard (City) is developing a Community Engagement Plan (Plan) for the Sustainable Transportation Plan (STP). As part of the process, the project team led a focus group with key communitybased organization stakeholders who work with communities in Oxnard. The project team identified the stakeholder participants for the focus group and coordinated invites to each. The focus group served as a listening session to gather initial thoughts on goals, visioning, and input on outreach methods and strategies.

2. Objectives
The Focus Group had the following objectives:
• Build and deepen existing relationships with community-based organizations and the City. • Identify communities that have been historically left out of planning processes and environmental justice communities in Oxnard.
• Build best practices for engaging residents and the communities historically excluded from planning processes.
• Identify best practices for engaging communities, including identifying needs, ideas, and goals for engaging their communities.
• Share the Sustainable Transportation Plan process and Community Engagement Plan. • Receive feedback on the Community Engagement Plan.
• Identify current community efforts and topics of interest among stakeholders and CBOs. • Develop goals and objectives for the STP.

3. Participants
The following organizations participated in the focus group on September 15, 2021. • Central Coast Alliance United for a Sustainable Economy (CAUSE) • Community Environmental Council (CEC)
• Ventura County Farmworker Resource Program
• Mixteco Indígena Community Organizing Project (MICOP) • Bike Ventura

4. Question Guide
To guide the discussion, the project team developed a set of guiding questions to gather relevant information. The meeting format also allowed participants to ask the project team questions about the community engagement plan and draft strategies.
514
Oxnard STP Focus Group 1 Actions and Strategies Recommendations 2 Guiding Questions:

1. What values or principles should the City incorporate as a part of this community engagement process?

2. Who is important to engage as part of these plans? Are there specific underserved communities/neighborhoods that should be involved?

3. How have you engaged with your community? Has it changed since Covid? Are there good events/locations where you engage with people?

4. Have you participated in other ongoing city efforts like Bike Ventura's Clean Mobility Needs Assessment, CAAP, Oxnard Housing Element, and Oxnard LRSP? If not, why not?

5. Are there ways to meet broader community needs within the outreach effort? How do we honor the work of others?

6. Are there specific organizations or groups that should be involved in this process?

7. How would you like to see your input carried forward?

5. Focus Group Findings
The following section identifies key findings from the focus group. • Community engagement needs to consider inclusivity as a primary value by understanding and accounting for the diversity of social groups with different languages, customs, and practices. • Community engagement should prioritize quality over quantity. Participants shared that by focusing on developing relationships with community members, community engagement could result in richer information.
• Community engagement requires building meaningful relationships with communities; this includes building trust with community members.
• Not all community organizations have a formal online presence, such as websites and official email addresses. Community engagement should also include reaching out to community leaders and groups via social media (e.g. Facebook groups and/or Instagram profiles). • The project should develop mobile engagement tools to allow the team to visit community spaces such as parks, swap meets, and other public spaces. • The project team should consider cultural events of different indigenous communities, this includes religious holidays and other dates of special significance. • The community has technology barriers; the project team must identify ways to share information that utilizes other communication channels.
• Consider community literacy and language in public-facing materials developed to promote and engage the community. For some indigenous community members, their primary language is not Spanish or English. The project team will need to develop materials in other indigenous languages and mediums, such as audio and visual. Inclusion is not just translation but consideration in the creation of these materials.
• Do not rely on project websites as the sole source of information; not everyone will access a project website. The project team will need to consider how we promote the project through other channels.
515
Oxnard STP Focus Group 1 Actions and Strategies Recommendations 3

6. Strategies Recommendations
The following section identifies strategies that participants of the focus group identified as best practices. • Utilize meeting formats that promote one on one interaction. The engagement strategy should focus on using activities that allow community members to interact with project staff. • Identify places and spaces where the community can be engaged, use a model that makes engagement mobile, and focuses on creating relationships and project visibility with the community at large.
• Prioritize verbal comments, when possible, this can help make all activities inclusive regardless of language and literacy.
• Establish clear messaging that tells community members why they should be involved and how their input will translate into the final plan.
• Utilize audio and video messages for community engagement outreach and promotion to address literacy inclusion.
• Design a project website that considers the use of translation in its format. The project team will need to make navigation simple and clear and accessible via mobile devices. 516
Oxnard STP Focus Group 2 Meeting Summary 1
City of Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan:

Focus Group 2
Meeting Summary

1. Introduction
As described in the Community Engagement Plan for the Sustainable Transportation Plan, the STP project team led a second focus group as part of ongoing engagement for the community-driven STP. Focus Group #2 was an opportunity to share the feedback gathered in the first round of pop-up events and collect feedback on upcoming activities, including priority location identification and demonstration workshops. The second focus group took place virtually with community-based organizations.

2. Objectives
The Focus Group had the following objectives:
• Share input gathered through initial engagement activities. • Gather feedback on prioritization criteria for priority locations. • Gather input on locations for the first demonstration project.

3. Participants
The project team sent invitations to individuals and groups on the project stakeholder list, including participants from the first focus group. The following organizations participated in the focus group on February 28, 2022.
• Community Environmental Council (CEC)
• Ventura County Farmworker Resource Program
• Mixteco Indígena Community Organizing Project (MICOP)

4. Focus Group Agenda Topics
The following section highlights agenda topics covered during the focus group and input gathered at each section.

Pop-Up Events Recap
The project team provided a report on the two pop-up events on December 12, 2022, and December 18, 2022. The information included general findings and responses gathered at both events. The following section identifies comments and questions from focus group participants. • Was it hard to engage people while at The Collection? What type of effort was needed to have people interact with the pop-up event?
o The project team shared that the pop-up events were planned to take place at places where people would already be rather than asking people to come to a separate STPfocused event. The project team also noted that much of the success of the events came from staffing that included community organizers from MICOP. The overall strategy for the pop-up events relied on making participation as easy as possible for all residents. 517
Oxnard STP Focus Group 2 Meeting Summary 2
Advisory Committee Recap
The project team provided an overview of the Advisory Committee and its function. The overview also included a review of comments and themes from the first advisory committee session. The following section identifies comments and questions from focus group participants. • What is the composition of the Advisory Committee? How can people be involved? o The project team shared that the Advisory Committee is composed of representatives from City departments and neighboring agencies. It was noted that the next Advisory Committee session would review the same content shared during the focus group.

Priority Locations
To guide the discussion, the project team started by reviewing the STP goals and initial process to identify priority locations for conceptual designs. The project team shared location categories, noting the land use and mobility categories used to categorize the Framework Report. Focus Group participants then had the opportunity to review map data to share comments or questions on the identified locations. The following section identifies comments and questions from focus group participants grouped by topic.

Commercial
• Extend area designated as Downtown Oxnard to include Plaza Park as it's a space frequented by many residents.
• Downtown Oxnard should be designated as a commercial area. • Include Oxnard College for the community market. The location serves as a commercial space for residents when the market operates.

Transit
• What are the high ridership transit routes? There might be a need to compare where people want to go and can go. Ridership data might not reflect desired routes in the city. • Due to transit service limitations, organizations like MICOP must coordinate meeting dates and locations. For example, they do not hold meetings on Saturdays because there is no transit service to their meeting location, along Gonzales Road between Patterson and Gallatin.

Safety
• Gonzales Road is a major street racing corridor. There are safety concerns associated with high speed on this corridor. Community members have reported collisions to community organizers. • There are concerns with vehicle speeds on Ventura Road. • Oxnard Blvd and Camino Del Sol have narrow sidewalks. • Street parking limits visibility of pedestrian crossing the street, such as around Panaderia Vanessa, where many children go to get bread in La Colonia.
• There are many narrow streets in La Colonia.
• The City added a fence between Cooper and 1st, parallel to Oxnard Blvd, to prevent crossing over the train tracks.
• Youth are finding alternative routes to locations like The Collection that might not be safe. • There is a need to increase the visibility of youth walking and biking for roadway and life safety.

There have been reports of children being abducted walking to/from school. 518
Oxnard STP Focus Group 2 Meeting Summary 3
Prioritization Criteria
The project team also shared that the project would need to establish a prioritization process to identify priority locations. Focus Group participants were asked to consider what prioritization criteria should be used. Participants were asked to share their thoughts after the meeting. The following section identifies comments and questions from focus group participants.
• Prioritization criteria process should include outreach to disadvantaged/underserved communities and people who are ESL and/or farmworkers.

Demonstration Project
The project team then overviewed the demonstration project. The demonstration project was presented as a tactical build-out of a proposed project with interactive opportunities to prioritize proposed projects identified in the draft plan. Staff previewed potential project interventions and highlighted specific benefits from each of the different concepts. Participants were asked to consider ideas for possible locations for a demonstration project. The project team noted that input would be gathered from focus group participants as a follow-up to the focus group.

5. General Comments and Questions
The following section identifies additional comments shared by participants. • Community engagement needs to consider inclusivity as a primary value by understanding and accounting for the diversity of social groups with different languages, customs, and practices. • The project will need to consider the applicability of specific EV and micro-mobility strategies in the Oxnard community. Focus group participants noted that while these strategies might be well received in other communities, current issues should be addressed before planning for future technology in Oxnard.
• There are locations in Oxnard that are not accessible to those that use transit, including the beach.
• County efforts related to Farmworker housing should also be considered. Ventura County is currently starting a farmworker housing study that could relate to transportation improvements. (https://vcrma.org/vc-farmworker-housing-study)

6. Next Steps
• Follow up on Demonstration project locations ideas.
• Gather input on prioritization criteria for prioritizing location. 519
www.here.la
Oxnard Sustainable Transportation Plan
Meeting in a Box Summary
March 2022
HERE held three calls/presentations with stakeholders and notes from two of the calls are included below, first with Erin Morgan, from the Oxnard Food Corps non profit, who manages health programming at Oxnard Schools and then with four representatives from BikeVentura. Please note HERE also presented the STP at the Healthy Ventura quarterly meeting and reached a few dozen people during this presentation, but we did not get a chance during that session to hear feedback, rather instead information was shared about the Plan.

Food Corps: Erin Morgan
• Juanita Avenue is a critical corridor that should be enhanced - at the back of Chavez School, Our Lady of Guadalupe church and school, and Frank Academy, Ramona Elementary, and Green Valley Children's Center.
o This street is important and is a major connector for all of these schools o It is also a major drop off location for the bus stops o Lots of families walk on this street
o There is limited visibility due to parked cars
o Kids get released from many different gates along the street o People drive fast on the road
o The street is not safe for kids to bike or scooter. The street is also narrow so it does not feel safe riding a bike.
o Critical intersections: Juanita/Colonia and Juanita/Cooper. These are not safe and need crossing improvements.
• In general, La Colonia is a key community to prioritize for improvements because people walk everywhere. Crosswalks need to be updated. There should also be "Slow School" signs throughout the neighborhood at and near schools.
o Three key thoroughfares through La Colonia include: First Street, Cooper Road, and Colonia Road. These streets have many parked cars and activity, which make it unsafe for people walking. Improved crosswalks at these locations would be critical. o In general, there also aren't that many trees in the public realm in the neighborhood.

Trees should be prioritized. It is very hot and there are bare sidewalks. o Because it's such a walking community, there is a lot of trash and this needs to be addressed.
o Given the price of bikes, focus on sidewalk improvements before enhancements for people riding bikes.
520
www.here.la
Bike Ventura: Larry Abele (Board member), Linda Quiquivix (Interim ED), Jabbar Wofford (Board member), Jim Danza (frequent rider and teach at Oxnard College, Chair of the friend of Santa Clara River)
• A key goal of the Plan should be to connect the city to the river. This was one of the top things mentioned in the Recreation Plan done a few years ago (people feeling disconnected from open spaces and natural spaces).
• The south end of Oxnard needs to be better connected to the north (e.g. to the Collection and River Park). It is not safe to currently ride south to north and vice versa. • In addition, Oxnard needs a more complete grid to encourage a safe bike environment. This includes closing gaps and full east/west and north/south connections. • The farms are connected by roads without bike lanes and without shoulders. Bike lanes should be focused to connect the rural parts of Oxnard, so that working class people can use the facilities. Public transit does not serve these areas, so the only option is to use automobiles currently.
• Oxnard roads do not need four lanes and more. This Plan should be connected to the City's Street Standards, not separate from them, to make sure that these improvements for walking and biking are standardized.
• We need less travel lanes, not more, but take care to preserve parking around people's homes, since this is a community priority for lower income residents. • The Plan must prioritize Class IV bike lanes and protected facilities. • In terms of where to start, start with the Downtown business district and getting people to shops and destinations.
• The railroad goes to the Collection. Put in a bike facility here. This is an example of an easy fix in the sense that there is a lot of unused right-of-way space there. • Bike lanes can encourage gentrification; the team should address this head on in the Plan. • The Plan should teach the public and help to build political will. You need to tell people what they can have. Show examples from around the world.
• Plan priorities (Qui Qui): Drought tolerant greening, trees for shade and cooling, permeable roads, bioswales, show streets/speed limits, and bicycle and public transportation infrastructure (including bus shelters).
• Plan priorities (Larry): Greening is very important, amenities and improved intersections/safety for children, secure bike parking, signal step platforms (so you don't have to get off your bike seat).
• Plan priorities (Jabbar): Bioswales to retain and infiltrate rainwater, trees, and protected bike facilities.
• Plan priorities (Jim): Trees, cooling, and shade, along with protected bike facilities. • Five points is a critical area to focus on safety improvements. • Consider allowing biking on the sidewalk, where it makes sense and where no safe facilities exist.
521
www.here.la
Miro Board Exercise and Findings
Exercise 1 of the online activity gathered information on which street improvements stakeholders believed that the City of Oxnard needed the most. Protected bike lanes and shade trees/greening were top priority for all participants. Permeable pavers also ranked high among participants. Half of the participants wanted to see more bike parking, bus shelters, the introduction of slower speed limits, and car charging stations. One participant included native plants, public sculptures, bike intersection improvements, and safety improvements around schools.

Exercise 2 of the online activity gathered information about which key destinations should be better linked within the City of Oxnard. Three participants responded to this exercise. Two of the three participants stated that Centerpoint Mall should be better connected to the beach, and Downtown Oxnard should be better connected to Oxnard College. Other linkages mentioned included:
• Oxnard Transit Center to the South Oxnard Library
• Oxnard Transit Center to the beach
• Channel Island Harbor to Oxnard College
• Centerpoint Mall to the Rose Shopping Center
• South Oxnard to farms
• Channel Islands Road from College Park to the Harbor
522
www.here.la
Exercise 1 Infographic
The infographic below shows the types of improvements that were most desired by participants. The larger the circle, the more times the specific improvement was mentioned. 523
524
Appendix C
Cost Estimates
525
1 Catalog of Enhanced Streetscape Elements: Cost Estimates These cost estimates do not include installation costs and are intended to provide a general order of magnitude, but actual costs will vary depending on the specific project context and timing.

Mobility Element Cost Estimate
Bike Racks Varies based on the number of bike parking spaces: $200 (one bike rack) to $1,000 (bike corral)
Enhanced Bike Infrastructure • Bike Lane: Class II Bike Lane Striping: $2 per linear foot • Buffered Bike Lane: $2 - $10 per linear foot; $85 per softhit post • Green Conflict Striping: $10 per square foot of green paint • Bike Box (Two stage left turn): $10 per square foot of green paint
• Protected Intersection: $90 per foot of curb and gutter Enhanced Pedestrian Infrastructure • New Sidewalk (Fill Gaps) and Sidewalk Widening: $25 per square foot
• Upgraded Curb Ramps: $4,000 each (including new
detectable warning surface)
Enhanced Markings at Crossings • Advance Stop Bar: $5 per linear foot • Advance Yield Markings: $20 per linear foot
• Artful/Creative Crosswalk: Varies on materials and length (note: requires more maintenance than a standard
crosswalk)
• High-Visibility Crosswalk: $40 per linear foot
Enhance Pedestrian Safety at Uncontrolled
Locations
• RRFB: $44,500 per crossing
• Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon: $250,000 - $500,000 per
crossing (costs vary depending on number of lanes and
median modifications)
Green Alley $50 per square foot for base improvements, which include:
• Resurfacing with integral color recycled concrete
• A raised crosswalk at one end of the alley, curb ramps and crosswalk striping at the other
• Pedestrian pole lights
• Trash corral enclosures for refuse bins at each property • Safety and identity signage at each end of the alley
• Planting, irrigation and mulch.

See the Oxnard Green Alleys Plan for more details.

Improve Sight Distance $2-3 per foot of red curb
Leading Pedestrian Interval $2,500 per intersection
Local Circulators Varies based on number of shuttles, routes, and hours of operation.

Mobility Hub Varies based on amenities and siting
Multi-Use Path $2.5 - $3 million per mile but ultimately varies based on materials and right-of-way
Raised Median $75 per square foot
526
2 Road Reconfiguration Costs vary as relatively simple restriping projects may require signal modifications or shifting loop detectors.
• $10 - $15 per linear foot to remove existing striping and stripe Class II bike lane
• $1.5 million per mile if the primary purpose is to construct a Class IV bikeway
• $25 per square foot if the primary purpose is to expand or construct new sidewalks
Upgrade Bus Stops • Upgrading Bus Stops: Varies based on amenities (e.g. transit shelter $22,000 and bike racks $200+)
• Transit Boarding Island: Varies on design ($50 per sf for concrete bus pad and $2,500 for new signage and
striping)
Speed and Volume Management • All-Way Stop Control: $400 per regulatory sign and $250 per STOP marking
• Curb Extensions (Bulbouts): $50 per square foot; drainage inlets could raise costs between $3,000 - $9,000 per
bulbout, depending on design and construction needs
• Reduce Intersection Curb Radius: $90 per foot of curb and gutter, $50 per square foot of curb extensions
• Neighborhood Traffic Circle: $6,000
• Raised Intersection: $25,000 - $70,000
• Speed Humps: $6,000 each
Greening & Placemaking Element Cost Estimate
Art Program for Public Spaces Most costs associated with an art program for public utility boxes are from artists fees, paints, and materials. The Downtown Oxnard artful utility box program awarded artists with a $300 honorarium plus a $100 voucher for the purchase of paints and materials.

Other costs stem from coordination and planning for the program.

Bioswale Installation costs vary based on existing infrastructure at a site.

Opting for native plants can save money on maintenance as they often require no fertilizer, little water, and limited mowing.

Estimated construction costs for a bioswale between 9 feet long and 16 feet wide is around $60 per linear foot of curb. Costs for installing bioswale elements can vary around $10 - $20 per square foot.

Cool Pavement Recent 2021 cost estimates from a Phoenix, Arizona pilot program find that typical asphalt sealants cost about $4-$5 per square yard while the cool pavement reflective sealants cost about $5 per square yard.

Landscaping and Trees The costs of landscaping and trees vary based on size, type, maturity, labor, equipment, and irrigation needs.

Initial Costs:
• Ground cover is approximately $25 per flat
• Shrubs growing in 1-gallon containers typically range $10 - $25 each
527
3 • Trees often cost between $150 to $1,500 (or more) based on size, variety, and maturity
• Imported soil and mulch costs vary on the type and
amount
Maintenance Costs:
• Per tree per year, tree pest management costs about $40, tree watering costs about $60, and tree pruning about
$140. Tree removal costs widely vary based on size, age, location, and remaining stump.
• Watering costs vary based on proximity of water source and size of planter/parkway/tree well
Permeable Pavement Installation costs are greater for permeable pavement than conventional concrete or asphalt. Depending on the type of pavement, installation can cost $20 to $35 per square foot.

However, permeable pavement often requires less frequent replacement and can often lead to cost savings associated with reduced stormwater engineering and infrastructure costs. If implemented in the ADA path of travel, there will be higher costs due to slope/material requirements.

Shade Structures The cost of shade structures depends on whether a structure is temporary or permanent. Other cost factors include size, materials, siting, and construction needs. Costs of shade structures can range from $3,000 to greater than $30,000. Installation costs can be as much as 80%-100% of the materials costs of a shade structure.

Street Lighting The costs of a Dark-Sky approved, municipal quality street LED light fixture can range from $800 to $1,500. There are additional costs associated with the installation, planning and long-term maintenance of street light fixtures.

The City of Oxnard LED streetlight conversion project was estimated by Southern California Edison to cost approximately $3.6 million to replace 9,800 streetlights, which is about $366 per streetlight converted.

Wayfinding Signage The costs of wayfinding signage depend on several factors, including size and materials. Costs can vary from around $500 to over $20,000 depending on the project.

Woonerf The cost of building and maintaining a woonerf is greater than a conventional street. Based on recent woonerf projects, total costs may range from $2 million (approximately 500-foot corridor) to $5 million (approximately 0.25-mile corridor). However, costs ultimately depend on a variety of factors, such as right-of-way, utilities, design, and amenities.
528
304 | CHAPTER 01: INTRODUCTION
This page is intentionally left blank.
529
OXNARD SUSTAINABLE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 305
530

SUSTAINABLE

TRANSPORTATION PLAN
City Council
June 29, 2023
Michael L. Wolfe, PE
Public Works Director
Rachel Om, AICP
Fehr & Peers
531

RECOMMENDATION
2 That the City Council:

1. Provide comments on the Sustainable Transportation Plan; and

2. Adopt the Sustainable Transportation Plan.
532

BACKGROUND
3 The intent of this document is to envision ways to enhance and improve mobility in Oxnard, shifting Oxnard’s transportation system from auto-oriented to people-oriented.

This is achieved by first understanding where the public is traveling to and from, and where gaps exist.

Using this knowledge, the STP identifies methods that can enhance travel equally for all users, with the intent to provide a healthier, safer, cleaner way to travel, thus reducing
emissions, improving the quality of life, and providing a more sustainable system into the future.
533

BACKGROUND
4 Caltrans awarded a $410,000 grant to develop
a visioning document that identifies eco-friendly,
safer, and integrated mobility options for people
who live, work, and spend time in Oxnard.

How was Oxnard’s STP developed?
● Through extensive community engagement
● Analysis of existing plans and conditions
● Identifying barriers for walking, biking, transit
● Emphasising feasibility and implementation
Why a Sustainable Transportation Plan (STP)?
Oxnard’s STP spans 7 chapters.

Following are highlights of each chapter.
534
CHAPTER 1 - INTRO / CHAPTER 2 - PLANNING APPROACH
5 ● Drafted with input from many
City departments and regional
jurisdictions
● Established the outreach plan
● Provides summary of existing
plans, conditions, and new mapping
tools
● Identified existing land use and
mobility, and formed sustainable
strategies to kick off the
generation of project ideas
Framework Report, the Foundation of the STP
535
CHAPTER 3 - COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
6 Pop-up Events
● Meet people where they spend time
● Remove language and literacy barriers with
interpretation and image-heavy materials
Pop-up event at The Collection, December 2021
Pop-up event at the Oxnard College Community Market, December 2021 536
CHAPTER 3 - COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
7 Pop-up Summary
537
CHAPTER 3 - COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
8 Demonstration Events
● Visualize projects on the street, in public spaces
● Spend time talking with people
● Generate excitement for new ideas
Demonstration project at Oxnard Public Library, January-February 2023 Demonstration project in La Colonia, May 2022 538
CHAPTER 3 - COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
9 Demonstration Summary
539
CHAPTER 3 - COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
10 Walking Audits & Summary
540
CHAPTER 4 - CATALOG OF ENHANCED STREETSCAPE ELEMENTS
11 541
CHAPTER 5 - POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS
12 542
CHAPTER 6 - PRIORITY LOCATIONS (ILLUSTRATING THE VISION) 13 Seven Priority Locations Incorporated into the STP
*
*
*
543
CHAPTER 6 - PRIORITY LOCATIONS - ILLUSTRATED CONCEPTS
14 Oxnard Blvd: Vineyard to Gonzales, Vineyard: Oxnard to Riverpark * 544
CHAPTER 6 - PRIORITY LOCATIONS - ILLUSTRATED CONCEPTS
15 Fifth Street: from C Street to Del Norte, Del Norte: from Fifth to 101 * 545
CHAPTER 6 - PRIORITY LOCATIONS - ILLUSTRATED CONCEPTS
16 Wooley Road: from Victoria Avenue to C Street *
546
CHAPTER 7 - IMPLEMENTING THE VISION
17 Delivering the vision
● Outreach
● Coordination
● Stakeholders
● Traffic Warrants
● Environmental Studies
● Operational Studies
● Right of Way Acquisition
● Phasing
● Funding
★ Culture Shift
547

QUESTIONS
13 18
548

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.3
DATE: June 29, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Michael Wolfe, Public Works Director, (805) 385-8055, [email protected] SUBJECT: First Amendment to Agreement A-8368 with Toter, LLC for the Purchase of Residential Curbside Collection Containers and Parts. (10 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to execute a First Amendment to Agreement No. A-8368 with Toter, LLC in the amount of $775,000 for a new total not to exceed $1,525,000 for an additional two-year term ending May 28, 2025, for the replenishment of curbside containers and parts. (Public Works and Transportation Committee approved 3-0.) Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/Ln2QpWZ8weg

BACKGROUND
In order to provide uninterrupted, weekly collection of refuse, recyclables and green waste (organics) to approximately 37,000 residential customers in the City of Oxnard (City), the Environmental Resources Division (ER) must maintain a sufficient inventory of containers, lids and parts. Since 2011, the ER Division has standardized the use of Totermanufactured for residential containers.

On November 16, 2021, Council approved Agreement A-8368 with Toter, LLC for the purchase of curbside containers and parts. In-lieu of issuing a formal request for bid, staff utilized the City of Oxnard’s membership in Sourcewell, a National Intergovernmental Purchasing Alliance program that enables government agencies to simplify and accelerate their procurement processes through competitive, pre-negotiated contracts. The City acquired new residential containers and parts through Sourcewell contract #041521-TOT.

Toter, LLC meets all required City contractual provisions including possession of a City business tax certificate, insurance certificates and corporate filing with the California Secretary of State.

DISCUSSION
The ER Division is responsible for the maintenance and repairs of approximately 111,000 residential containers. These containers are being replaced or repaired due to normal wear and tear. This First Amendment allows the Environmental Resources Division to continue to fulfill customer work orders for the replacement and repairs of containers and lids.

Unrepairable containers and lids are recycled and sold for scrap value.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item is a routine operational item or does not relate to the five strategic priorities adopted by City Council on March 16, 2021.
549

FINANCIAL IMPACT
The cost of this First Amendment to Agreement No. A-8368 with Toter is $775,000 for a total new agreement value of $1,525,000. The FY2023-24 proposed Solid Waste Operating Budget includes appropriations necessary for this agreement amendment. Funding for subsequent fiscal years will be requested in the annual budget process. 1st Amendment to Toter, LLC Agreement A-8368
ER Division/Account FY 2023-24 FY 2024-25 Total
6313632-52400 $400,000 $375,000 $775,000

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Public Works and Transportation Committee approved 3-0 on May 23, 2023 to approve the staff recommendation and to forward the item for Council approval.

Prepared by: Brian Yanez, Assistant Public Works Director

ATTACHMENTS

1. A-8368 Original

2. 1st Amendment to A-8368

3. Presentation
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
Agreement No. A-8368

FIRST AMENDMENT TO TRADE SERVICES
This First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the trade services agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into in the County of Ventura, State of California, this ______ day of June 2023, by and between the City of Oxnard, a municipal corporation (“City”), and Toter, LLC (“Vendor”). This First Amendment amends the Agreement entered into on November 6, 2021, by City and vendor.

City and Toter, LLC agree as follows:

1. The date “December 31, 2024” in section (5) of the Cover Page of the Agreement is hereby amended to state: “May 28, 2025”

2. The total agreement amount “$775,000” in section (6) of the Cover Page of the Agreement is hereby amended to state: “Not to exceed $1,525,000”.

3. "A section 42 is added after section 41 in the agreement. Section 42 shall read:

Iran Contracting. In accordance with the Iran Contract Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code sections 2200-2208) the City requires that any SERVICE PROVIDER that submits a proposal or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract with the City with respect to goods or services of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more, must certify, that the SERVICE PROVIDER is not identified on a list created pursuant to subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203 as a person engaging in investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, or as a person described in subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, as applicable.

A SERVICE PROVIDER is ineligible to submit a proposal for any contract with the CITY for goods or services of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more if the SERVICE PROVIDER engages in investment activities in Iran. SERVICE PROVIDER must certify that it is not on the list of ineligible vendors prohibited from doing business with the State of California and shall complete the Iran Contract Act Certification attached as Exhibit F and must be submitted with their proposal. Failure to do so may deem the proposal non- responsive."

4. As so amended, the Agreement remains in full force and effect. [Signatures on next page]

FIRST AMENDMENT TO TRADE SERVICES AGREEMENT
1 of 2
585
Agreement No. A-8368
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Amendment on the date first written above.

CITY OF OXNARD TOTER, LLC
☐John C. Zaragoza, Mayor
1 Date Laura P Hubbard Date
☐Jennifer Yates, Purchasing Agent 2 Director of Municipal Sales Brittani Whitman Date
ATTEST: Vice President, Finance
Rose Chaparro, City Clerk Date
(only if Mayor signs)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Stephen M. Fischer, City Date
Attorney (always required)
2 The Purchasing Agent may execute any authorized agreement up to $200,000.

The City requires the following for any contract:
● For a corporation, the signatures of the Board President, CEO or Vice President and of the Board Secretary, Assistant Secretary, CFO or Assistant Treasurer;
● For an LLC, the signatures of at least two managers of the LLC (company directors, not lower-level managers); or ● For a partnership, the signature of a partner. If the partnership is a limited partnership, the signer must be a general partner.

If the company has a different structure, or if the above-listed persons are not the appropriate signers, please submit to the City Attorney legally-binding documentation stating who can sign and bind your company. 1 The City Council must authorize and the Mayor must execute any agreement over $200,000.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO TRADE SERVICES AGREEMENT
2 of 2
586
FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT A-8368

WITH TOTER, LLC FOR REPLENISHMENT OF

CURBSIDE CONTAINERS AND PARTS
Public Works and Transportation Committee
May 23, 2023
City Council
June 29, 2023
Brian Yanez
Assistant Public Works Director
587
Recommendation
2 That the Public Works and Transportation Committee
recommend the City Council approve and authorize the
Mayor to execute a First Amendment to Agreement
A-8368 with Toter, LLC in the amount of $775,000 for a
new total not to exceed $1,525,000 for an additional two year term ending May 28, 2025
Request for Proposal (RFP) #PW 23-83
588
Recommendation
3 That the City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to execute a First Amendment to Agreement A-8368 with
Toter, LLC in the amount of $775,000 for a new total not to exceed $1,525,000 for an additional two year term
ending May 28, 2025
Request for Proposal (RFP) #PW 23-83
589
Background
4 ● In order to provide uninterrupted, weekly collection of refuse, recyclables and green waste (organic) to
approximately 37,000 residential customers in the City of Oxnard (City), the Environmental Resources Division (ER) must maintain a sufficient inventory of containers, lids and parts
● On November 16, 2021 Council approved Agreement
A-8368 with Toter, LLC for the purchase of curbside
containers and parts
590
Background
5 ● Staff utilized the City of Oxnard’s membership in Sourcewell, a National Intergovernmental Purchasing Alliance for new
residential containers and parts through contract
#041521-TOT
● Toter, LLC meets all required City contractual provisions including possession of a City business tax certificate, insurance certificates and corporate filing with the California Secretary of State
591
Discussion
6 ● ER Division is responsible for the maintenance and repairs of approximately 111,000 residential containers
● This First Amendment allows the ER Division to continue to fulfill customer work orders for the replacement and repairs of containers and lids
592

FINANCIAL IMPACT
7 ● Cost for this First Amendment with Toter is $775,000 with a total not to exceed $1,525,000
● Funding shall be requested during the FY 2023-24 budget process for the Environmental Resources Fund (631)
● Funding for subsequent fiscal years will be requested in the annual budget process
1st Amendment to Toter, LLC Agreement A-8368
ER
Division/Account
FY 2023-24 FY 2024-25 Total
6313632-52400 $400,000 $375,000 $775,000
593
Questions?
594

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.4
DATE: June 29, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Michael Wolfe, Public Works Director, (805) 385-8055, [email protected] SUBJECT: Project Appropriation Transfers of Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds. (10 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve and authorize project appropriation transfers in the total amount of $422,698 in the 2006 HERO Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds from the Alleyways Project (#C2111) to the Council Chambers Project (#C2101) for $171,500, Saviers Road Street Resurfacing Project (#C2002) for $223,023 and Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades Project (#C2106) for $28,175 for the purpose of closing out completed projects. (This item did not originate in Committee as this is a capital improvement project specifically listed in the City's Capital Improvement Program budget, which was previously approved by the City Council.) Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/zEerYAAozG4

BACKGROUND
In a series of actions taken by the former Oxnard Community Development Commission in 2006, separate tax allocation bond issues were sold for the Historical Enhancement and Revitalization of Oxnard (HERO), Ormond Beach, and Southwinds Project Areas (the “Project Areas” - see Attachment 1 for maps). These bonds were required to be used to provide financing for redevelopment activities in these Project Areas and are collectively referred to as the Bond Proceeds. In November 2014, through a series of approvals and an agreement, the Successor Agency transferred the Bond Proceeds to the City. The bond documents allow a broad range of projects to be undertaken in the Project Areas.

Expenditures are restricted to the geographic boundaries of each Project Area for which the bonds were sold, and they must be used for the construction of new public facilities or improvements.

On April 2, 2019, in conjunction with the adoption of the 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program (“CIP”), City Council approved a proposed list of projects for the Bond Proceeds and appropriated funding to these projects in the Fiscal Year 2019-20 Budget for $5,323,000. On March 16, 2021, staff returned to the Council to revise the list of projects and allocated new projects for an increase of $4,391,468 in project appropriations. This also included additional interest income in the amount of $112,930 to be added to the Ormond Beach TAB project area. On November 16, 2021, Council authorized the reallocation of $180,385 of HERO Tab Proceeds from the Saviers Road Street Resurfacing Project to the Oxnard PAL Facility Rehab Project to complete the roof repairs at the PAL facility.

The table below (Table 1) outlines what has been appropriated and unappropriated from completed projects through June 30, 2022.

Table 1. 2006 TAB Project Appropriations through June 30, 2022 595
FISCAL YEAR 2006 HERO
TAB
2006 ORMOND
TAB
2006

SOUTHWINDS
TAB
TOTAL 2006 TAB
Project Appropriations
FY 2017-18
Adopted Budget
$697,998 $0 $0 $697,998
FY 2019-20
Adopted Budget
$4,823,000 $500,000 $0 $5,323,000
FY 2020-21
(3/16/21 Council)
$1,138,665 $3,165,950 $86,853 $4,391,468
FY 2021-22
(11/16/21
Council)*
$0 $0 $0 $0
SUBTOTAL $6,659,663 $3,665,950 $86,853 $10,412,466
Project Unappropriations - Completed Projects
Saviers Road
Resurfacing
Project
(C2002/203007)
-$42,638 $0 $0 $0
Beck Park
Basketball Court
Upgrades
(C2106/215703)
-$28,175 $0 $0 $0
TOTAL $6,588,850 $3,665,950 $86,853 $10,341,653
*Net zero impact reallocating funds between two projects

DISCUSSION
On January 3, 2023 staff presented a report seeking Council’s authorization for additional reallocation of funding for various projects that could use additional funding to move forward and/or in an attempt to ensure Bond Proceeds were distributed to projects for complete spend-down of the Bond Proceeds. The following table (Table 2) was included in the January 3, 2023 staff report that the City Council approved.

Table 2. January 3, 2023 Reallocation of Projects (approved by the City Council) Project Listing
Ormond 2006
TAB Allocation
(Fund 315)
HERO 2006
TAB
Allocation
(Fund 315)
Southwinds
2006 TAB
Allocation
(Fund 315)
General Fund
(101)
Ormond Beach Neighborhood Street
Resurfacing (#C2109)
+364,312
Ormond Beach Commercial Area
Fiber Expansion (#C2126)
-364,312
South Oxnard Center MPE Upgrade
(including Fire System) (#C2011)
-108,144
Garden City Acres Park
Improvements (Cypress) (#C1402)
-39,036
Saviers Road Street Resurfacing
(#C2002)
-223,023
596
Beck Park Basketball Court
Upgrades (#C2106)
-28,175
Council Chambers Remodel
(#C2101)
-171,500
Alleyways in HERO Boundary
(#C2111)
+251,490
Roof Replacement: South Oxnard
Center (#C2010)
+318,388 +30,655
Southwinds Park – Benches and Trash
Enclosures (#C2330)
+21,239
Southwinds Park Basketball Court
Resurfacing (#C2107) -21,239
Total New Appropriations $0 $0 $0 $30,655
However, three projects from the HERO Tab allocation had been completed: Council Chambers (#C2101), Saviers Road Street Resurfacing (#C2002) and Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades (#C2106) and therefore had no available appropriations to reallocate. With the resignation of the City Engineer in January 2023, it’s unclear to the current staff why these recommendations were put forward for the Council to consider on January 3, 2023. Regardless, the following adjustments are recommended to ensure each of the below listed completed Capital Improvement Program (CIP) projects have sufficient funds to cover the actual costs.

Staff is recommending that Council approve the recommended action to transfer project appropriations in the amount of $422,698 in HERO Tab project allocations as noted in Table 3 below. This transfer will result in a zero project balance for each of the three completed projects (i.e., C2002, C2106, and C2101).

Since the funding source to make these three completed projects whole needs to come from the HERO Tab project allocation, staff is recommending taking those funds from the Alleyways Project (#C2111). It should be noted that in FY 2022-23, there was an appropriation of $2.25M of Measure O funding for alleys. This Measure O appropriation along with the proposed Measure O appropriation of $2.25M in FY 2023-24 for alleys is sufficient enough to fund the one alley project anticipated to be constructed in FY 2023-24, with the current available staff resources.

Table 3. Proposed Project Appropriation Transfers of HERO Bond Proceeds PROJECTS HERO 2006 TAB
TRANSFER FROM:

Alleyways (#C2111) -$422,698
TRANSFER TO:

Saviers Road Resurfacing Project (#C2002) +$223,023
Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades (#C2106) +$28,175
Council Chambers (#C2101) +$171,500
NET CHANGE $0

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy. The purpose of the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy is to preserve and improve our roads, utilities, parks, trees, water supply and natural resources through effective planning, prioritization, and an equitable and efficient use of available funding.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
597
The recommendation action will transfer project appropriations in the amount of $422,698 from the Alleyways Project (#C2111) to completed projects (#C2002, #C2106 and #C2101) in the HERO 2006 TAB project area which will result in a zero project balance for these three completed projects (#C2002, #C2106 and #C2101). There is sufficient funding in the Alleyways Project (#C2111) after this transfer is made to complete one anticipated alley project in FY 2023-34 with allocated Measure O funds in the current fiscal year and in Fiscal Year 2023-24 (if the FY 2023-24 budget is approved as presented).

Table 4. Project Appropriations by Project Area

PROJECT

APPROPRIATIONS
HERO 2006
TAB
ORMOND
2006 TAB

SOUTHWINDS
2006 TAB
TOTAL 2006
TAB
Total project
appropriations to date
$6,588,850 $3,665,950 $86,853 $10,341,653
Proposed transfers
Alleyways (#C2111) -$422,698 $0 $0 -$422,698
Reappropriations to 3
Projects (#C2002,
#C2106 & #C2101)
+$422,698 $0 $0 +$422,698

TOTAL PROJECT

APPROPRIATIONS
$6,588,850 $3,665,950 $86,853 $10,341,653

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
This item did not originate in Committee as this is a capital improvement project specifically listed in the City's Capital Improvement Program budget, which was previously approved by the City Council.

Prepared by: Christopher Solis, Assistant City Engineer

ATTACHMENTS

1. Project Area Map

2. 4-2-19 Council Agenda

3. 3-16-21 Council Agenda

4. 11-16-21 Council Agenda

5. 1-3-23 Council Agenda

6. Presentation
598
This map is compiled by the City of Oxnard GIS Division, which is developed and operated solely for the convenience of the City. The City does not make any representations or warranties regarding the use, accuracy, reliability, and/or completeness of this map and no decision involving a risk of economic loss or physical injury should be made in reliance thereon. ± HERO
Southwinds
Ormond Beach
Oxnard Redevelopment Bond Areas
3,800 0 3,800 7,600
Feet
Created by:

Geographic Information Systems Division
January 2021
Data Source:

City of Oxnard GIS Division
County of Ventura GIS Program
599

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.1.

DATE: April 2, 2019
TO: City Council
FROM: Rosemarie Gaglione, Public Works Director, (805) 385-8055, [email protected] SUBJECT: Five Year Capital Improvement Program and Use of Bond Proceeds. (30/10/20)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Select which projects to fund from the Draft 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program ("CIP");

2. Adopt the 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program; and

3. Approve the proposed list of non-CIP redevelopment bond proceeds projects and appropriate funding to these projects. (By the time this item is posted for City Council, the CIP will not have yet gone to the Public Works and Transportation Committee for review. It goes to the Committee on March 26, 2019. Staff will provide a report to the Council at a later date regarding the recommendation of the Committee.)

BACKGROUND
The purpose of a capital improvement program (CIP) is to provide an overview of the City’s current and reasonable anticipated construction and repair needs over the next five years. Oxnard’s CIP contains projects to restore the City’s facilities, and each project must have a cost of $100,000 or more, including design, environmental review, and construction. The CIP currently has approximately 200 projects listed, and the total cost of all projects, not including prior appropriations, is approximately $480.5 million. The CIP does not address maintenance activities, which are included in operation and maintenance budgets, or the rehabilitation of all of the City’s assets; repairs to a city’s fleet, for example, are not typically included in a CIP. Examples of projects that the CIP includes are:
 Construction and major alterations of buildings
 Information technology (IT) hardware (but not software)  Pipeline replacement
 Playground structure replacement
 Street rehabilitation
 Traffic signal hardware installation
 Wastewater Treatment Plant electrical work
Planning over a five year horizon is critical for budgeting resources – both human and financial. Adopting a CIP allows staff to schedule projects according to anticipated revenues and workload capacity. This also makes the Council’s priorities clear to staff as grant opportunities arise.

A CIP is a five year projection and plan. It is possible that next year new projects could be added as unforeseen 600
problems arise.

The Housing Authority’s CIP
The Housing Authority adopts its own CIP with its annual plan per federal regulations. Those projects are not listed in this CIP, except for two projects where the Housing Authority had insufficient funding. The Housing Authority’s CIP includes projects to bring facilities into disability law compliance, update kitchen cabinets, fix plumbing cleanouts and drain lines, resurface parking lots and walkways, and reroof and rehabilitate the community center. These projects will take place at various sites.

Challenges
The City faces a number of challenges when it comes to maintaining our assets.  Aging Infrastructure: The City of Oxnard is over 100 years old, and much of our infrastructure is old.

Roads, storm drains, utilities and buildings all have a limited service life. The City’s assets have aged but funding has not been reinvested to keep our assets in good condition.  Competing Costs: The City has grown during its lifetime and, thus, has required increases in City services, especially in the areas of public safety, and an expansion of public infrastructure. These costs compete with each other for funding.
 Deferred Maintenance: Past budgets have not kept up with maintenance and replacement of the City’s physical assets. Repairs and replacement of buildings, vehicles and equipment are being addressed on an emergency basis. This is not cost effective.
 Unassessed Capital Deficiencies: An inventory of the condition of the City’s physical assets is needed to identify all capital needs. Many of these assets have surpassed their useful lives but are still in service. The inventory will identify the physical condition of each asset and will recommend maintenance or replacement.
 Lack of dedicated funding: Capital improvements are financed using cash (pay-you-go), borrowing or grants. Plans and strategies for financing capital projects are needed. Future budgets will have to address the needs for capital dollars as well as maintenance funds to preserve the City’s assets and extend their useful service lives.

Project Prioritization
Since there are more needs than there is funding to meet those needs, projects must be prioritized. Staff prioritized as follows:
 Priority 1 (Health and Safety): These projects are needed to maintain or improve human health or safety. An example is the Rice Avenue and Fifth Street Railroad Grade Separation project. This location has a history of vehicle versus train collisions, and this project will eliminate that potential. Certain projects that keep the Wastewater Treatment Plant from malfunctioning are related to health, as untreated sewage can lead to critical impacts. Some of the Fire and Police projects fall into this category as well.
 Priority 2 (Asset Preservation): These projects are needed to maintain or protect our existing assets. An example are the street paving projects. Our pavement management program aims to pave our poorest condition and arterial roads first. Waiting until the pavement fails is much more costly.  Priority 3 (New or Expanded Services): These are projects that create something new, like a new park, or increase the capacity of existing facilities, like large water or sewer lines.

Within these priorities, staff also considered:
601
 Grant Funding: If there is already grant funding available, there is a deadline for constructing the project. We never want to lose money, so these projects are given priority over projects for which the only funding source is General Fund or Measure O.
 Urgency: Priority 2 (Asset Preservation) is a large category, but some of these projects are more urgent than others. An example would be sewer manholes. Over time, sewer gases like hydrogen sulfide eat away at the concrete and steel in the structure, and the manholes need to be replaced.  Staff Capacity: Even if there were enough money to complete all of these projects, there would not necessarily be enough staff to manage all projects. Once projects were prioritized, the list of projects was balanced against available staff resources, also taking into consideration what contract services could be enlisted to complete each project.
 Project Balance: There are needs all over the City. The City cannot just focus on roads and let buildings fall apart or favor Fire Department projects over Police Department projects. Some consideration must be given to balancing competing concerns.

Programming of Redevelopment Bond Proceeds
As part of the CIP process, staff is recommending funding eligible CIP projects with the redevelopment bond proceeds. In a series of actions taken by the former Oxnard Community Development Commission in November 2006, separate tax allocation bond measures were approved for the Historical Enhancement and Revitalization of Oxnard (HERO), Ormond Beach, and Southwinds Project Areas (the “Project Areas” - see Attachment C). These bonds were required to be used to provide financing for redevelopment activities in these Project Areas and are collectively referred to as the Bond Proceeds. In November 2014, through a series of approvals and an agreement, the Successor Agency transferred the Bond Proceeds to the City. The bond documents allow a broad range of activities to be undertaken in the Project Areas. Expenditures are restricted to the geographic boundaries of each Project Area for which the bonds were sold. As of September 2018, the City has the following amounts of Bond Proceeds, including investment earnings thereon, on deposit in the respective redevelopment funds:

Project Area: Fund Balance:

HERO $5,623,301
Ormond Beach $3,641,109
Southwinds $99,905
Staff is proposing that some of these Bond Proceeds be used toward CIP projects. For example, there are building improvements at the South Oxnard Center, Police Activities League (PAL) Facility, Council Chambers, and park improvements at Cypress Park. Additionally, staff has identified five more projects outside of the CIP that can utilize these Bond Proceeds. Those projects include park improvements, ADA improvements, and land acquisition for the expansion of the Advanced Water Purification Facility. See Attachment D for the list of proposed Bond Proceed projects.

The CIP Development Process
Staff navigated a rigorous process to prepare the CIP, as follows:

1. Departments identified necessary capital improvements and submitted those to the CIP working group.

The departments clarified the requested scope of work, and Public Works staff confirmed the requested repair or change would be the right fix for the problem.

2. Staff reviewed projects for conformity with the General Plan and other needs assessments. For example, bicycle facility projects need to be in conformance with the Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan.

3. Staff verified cost estimates and determined priorities for funding. Public Works staff developed 602
independent cost estimates to ensure the accuracy of the provided estimates.

4. Staff prepared the introductory portion of the CIP document to give a broad overview of the proposed projects in a greater context of City needs.

5. Staff presented the CIP projects to the Planning Commission on March 7, 2019. In accordance with Section 65401 of the Government Code, the Planning Commission found all CIP projects to be in conformance with both the City of Oxnard 2030 General Plan and the City of Oxnard Local Coastal Plan. The Planning Commission’s adopted resolution making this finding is attached to this staff report.

Presenting to this Committee is the sixth step in this process, and if so recommended, the final step will be to present the CIP to the City Council for adoption.

DISCUSSION
The CIP explains where the City is in terms of many assets and needs, what a capital program and project are, how projects were selected and prioritized, and how projects are financed. The document highlights examples of projects by funding source, Council district and fiscal year. All projects are sorted in the appendices in the following ways:
 By fiscal year, then funding source
 By fiscal year, then by district
 By fiscal year alone
 By fiscal year, then by priority
The projects are organized into six categories: buildings, information technology (IT), parks and open space, seawalls, transportation and drainage, and utilities. Each category has a different icon on the top right of the project sheets and a related color. Within each category, the projects are listed alphabetically. The project sheets include, per project:
 The project title
 Location
 Council district(s) impacted (or a project may have citywide benefit)  Project description
 Purpose and need
 Relevant category and goal of the General Plan
 Fiscal years the project will span
 Funding source and cost estimate
 Priority level
 Name, photo and contact information for the Project Manager In addition to determining the appropriateness of the use of Bond Proceeds as recommended, the task of the Public Works and Transportation Committee is to recommend, and later the Council to determine, which CIP projects should be funded in which fiscal year. Though this is a five-year CIP, the only projects that the Committee is recommending, and the Council is approving for funding, are those in 2019-20. The projects funding for 2019-20 will be integrated into the City’s 2019-20 budget. Projects in later years will return in future annual CIPs.

Of the projects proposed for 2019-20, the City has funding to complete such projects, other than projects listing the General Fund or Measure O; in those two instances, there is such funding, but these projects compete with other City needs, so the Committee will need to recommend, and the Council will ultimately decide which of these projects to fund. Staff recommends that the Committee focus on Priority 1 projects. 603

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item is a routine operational item or does not relate to the four strategic plans adopted by City Council on May 17, 2016.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
Whatever projects Council ultimately determines to be within its adopted CIP will be included in the City’s budget. Upon approval by both Committee and City Council, Bond Proceeds totaling $5,623,301 in the HERO Project Area, $3,641,109 in the Ormond Beach Project Area, and $99,905 in the Southwinds Project Area will be made available to fund the Projects as identified in this report.

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
By the time this item is posted, it will not have yet gone to the Public Works and Transportation Committee for review.

It goes to the Committee on March 26, 2019.

Prepared by: Rosemarie Gaglione, Public Works Director, Shiri Klima, Deputy City Manager

ATTACHMENTS

1. Attachment A - Planning Commission Reso 2019-08

2. Attachment B - Draft 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program

3. Attachment C - Map for Use of Bond Proceeds

4. Attachment D - Projects Funded with Bond Proceeds
604

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

INFORMATION/CONSENT AGENDA
AGENDA ITEM NO. J.9
DATE: March 16, 2021
TO: City Council
FROM: Craig Beck, Interim Public Works Director, (805) 385-8055, [email protected] SUBJECT: Appropriation of Bond Proceeds.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Find that the appropriation of bond proceeds is not a "project" pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) sections 15061(b)(3) and 15378;

2. Approve the list of redevelopment bond proceeds projects; and

3. Appropriate $6,563,223 of 2006 Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds for street and alley resurfacing, parking lot improvements, and fiber network expansions.
(Finance and Governance Committee approved 3-0)

BACKGROUND
In a series of actions taken by the former Oxnard Community Development Commission in 2006, separate tax allocation bond issues were sold for the Historical Enhancement and Revitalization of Oxnard (HERO), Ormond Beach, and Southwinds Project Areas (the “Project Areas” - see attached map). These bonds were required to be used to provide financing for redevelopment activities in these Project Areas and are collectively referred to as the Bond Proceeds. In November 2014, through a series of approvals and an agreement, the Successor Agency transferred the Bond Proceeds to the City. The bond documents allow a broad range of projects to be undertaken in the Project Areas. Expenditures are restricted to the geographic boundaries of each Project Area for which the bonds were sold, and they must be used for construction of new public facilities or improvements.

On April 2, 2019, in conjunction with adoption of the 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program (“CIP”), staff requested that Council approve a proposed list of projects for the Bond Proceeds and appropriate funding to these projects. Included in that list were two projects--the AWPF Expansion Land Acquisition ($3,141,109 of Ormond Beach funding), and the Oxnard PAL Facility Rehabilitation ($2,298,700 of HERO funding)--that are no longer viable. In both cases, the timelines for completion are a few years, and the funding needs to be spent faster than that. Therefore, staff is now requesting that funds be un-appropriated from these projects and that the funds be re-appropriated toward other projects inside the same project area.

DISCUSSION
Ormond Beach Bond Proceeds
In addition to the amount for the prior proposed project, the Ormond Beach bond proceeds have accrued an additional $112,930 of interest earnings, so the total re-appropriation amount is $3,254,039. Staff proposes the following four uses for these funds:

1. Ormond Beach Neighborhood Street Resurfacing
Resurfacing of several streets within the Ormond Beach Neighborhood--including Cypress Road, Arcturus Avenue, Edison Drive, Magellan Avenue, and Mcwane Boulevard--as well as median rehabilitation and gateway upgrades along Hueneme Road from J Street to Edison Drive, including replacement of medians, trees, street signs, and gateway signs.

Estimated cost: $2,000,000.
605

2. Perkins Road Parking Lot Improvement
Parking lot improvements located at the terminus of Perkins Road which includes resurfacing of the entire parking lot, new fencing and gates, light-up bollards, and 2 electric vehicle charging stations.

Estimated cost: $600,000.

3. Ormond Industrial Area Fiber Expansion
Fiber network extension to Ormond manufacturing zoned area - Install approximately 7,000 feet of 144 strand fiber optic cable on Arcturus Avenue, McWane Boulevard, and Edison Drive. The fiber build would connect to the existing fiber network on East Hueneme Road forming a “loop” encompassing the entire perimeter of the light manufacturing zoned area. This would provide the foundational infrastructure to deploy high-speed broadband, community security systems or other “smart city” applications with future development in the area.

Estimated cost: $412,500.

4. Perkins Road Fiber Expansion
Fiber network expansion and connection to the stormwater pump station at the southern end of Perkins Road. This connection would facilitate the deployment of SCADA infrastructure to monitor the pump station in real-time, and the deployment of cameras connected to the wastewater CCTV security system to improve the safety and security of the pump station.

Estimated cost: $153,450.

Since the Ormond Beach Project Area is in the coastal zone, staff is concerned that any project that requires Coastal Commission approval will not be able to obtain that approval fast enough. Thus, the balance of these funds, and any additional unspent Ormond Beach bond proceeds (for example, if one of these projects came in below cost) would be shared among the underlying taxing jurisdictions (the County, the school districts, and the City itself, among others) via distributions from the Real Property Tax Trust Fund of the Successor Agency to the former redevelopment agency of the City.

HERO Bond Proceeds
In addition to the amount for the prior proposed project, the HERO bond proceeds have accrued an additional $212,119, so the total re-appropriation amount is $2,498,875. Staff proposes this entire amount be used for reconstruction of alleyways. Some of the lowest Pavement Condition Index (PCI) ratings for alleyways within the HERO geographic boundaries are the following:

Alley Current
PCI Cost
1 Pleasant Valley Road Alley (between C Street and Saviers Road) 0 $177,980 2 Alley east of Saviers Road (between Dollie Street and Pleasant Valley Road) 0 $198,000 3 Alley east of Fournier Street (between Channel Islands Boulevard and Tamarac Street) 0 $357,500 4 Alley north of Maple Street (between Saviers Road and San Marino Street) 0 $81,400 5 Alley east of A Street (between First Street and Second Street) 0 $156,200 6 Alley north of Lark Street (between Samuel Avenue and Circle Drive) 1 $360,800 7 Alley east of Paula Street (between Clinton and Tamarac Streets) 2 $239,800 8 Alley east of J Street and alley north of Linden Drive (between J and Kamala Streets) 4 $294,140 9 Alley south of Ontario Street (between Ninth Street and Wooley Road) 7 $157,520 10 Alley north of Glenwood Drive, alley east of C Street, and alley south of Gonzales Road (between Oxnard Service Boulevard) 9 $258,720
11 Alley north of First Street (between A Street and Oxnard Boulevard) 15 $52,800 12 Alley east of D Street (between Fifth and Seventh Streets) 18 $184,800 Total $2,519,66
0 Since the total estimated cost of the alleys listed above exceeds the total amount of HERO funds available, staff will plan to repave the first eleven alleyways listed above. If we can accomplish the D Street alley within the total dollar value of $2,498,875, we will proceed; if we cannot, we will not complete this last alleyway. This paving will be coming to Council, packaged as one project, for construction contract award, at which time staff will be able to share which alleys we can ultimately accomplish with these funds.

Planning Commission Determination of Conformity with General Plan With the exception of the two fiber network extensions and the parking lot improvements listed above for Ormond Beach funding, all of the aforementioned projects were in the 2019-2024 or 2020-2025 CIP (or both), so the Planning Commission has already determined that they are in 606
conformance with the City’s General Plan and relevant Coastal Land Use Plan policies. On February 18, 2021, staff brought forth the two fiber network extensions and parking lot improvements to the Planning Commission, which determined these projects are also in conformance with the City’s General Plan and relevant Coastal Land Use Plan policies.

As required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), environmental review will be conducted prior to construction of the individual projects identified within this staff report. Any required environmental documents will be prepared pursuant to CEQA as part of project permit processing or at any other point in time as required by CEQA. The proposed appropriation of bond proceeds activity is not a “project” as the lead agency has determined with certainty that pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15061(b)(3) and 15378 the proposed funding document does not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environmental.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy. The purpose of the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy is to establish, preserve and improve our infrastructure and natural resources through effective planning, prioritization, and efficient use of available funding. This item supports the following goals and objectives:

Goal 1. Ensure Master plans for all City infrastructure are current, synchronized and consistent with the General Plan.

Objective 1a. Complete the Public Works Integrated Master Plan.

Goal 2. Develop an asset management program that includes fleet, facilities, parks, streets, alleys, water, wastewater and storm water.

Objective 2a. Develop a City-wide asset management program.

Objective 2b. Develop an asset management funding plan.

Goal 3. Ensure Funding is adequate to meet the goals of the master plans.

Objective 3a. Maximize funding sources.

Goal 4. Ensure proper construction and maintenance of infrastructure to provide maximum benefit with lowest life cycle cost following CIP plans.

Objective 4a. Implement CIP plans.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
The attached Budget Appropriation Request and table below outlined the appropriation action totaling $4,391,468 of 2006 Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds. This is for the projects listed above and four projects previously approved on April 2, 2019--including the Council Chambers Remodel ($300,000 of HERO funding), Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades ($99,905 of HERO funding); Southwinds Park Basketball Court Resurfacing ($86,853 of Southwinds funding); and Thompson Park, Community Center Park and Johnson Park Upgrades ($399,696 of HERO funding)--that were not listed in a B.A. at that time and so have been added to this B.A.

Project Listing Ormond 2006
TAB Allocation
HERO 2006
TAB Allocation
Southwind
2006 TAB
Allocation
Ormond Beach Neighborhood Resurfacing 2,000,000
Perkins Road Parking Lot Improvement 600,000
Ormond Industrial Area Fiber Expansion 412,500
Perkins Road Fiber Expansion 153,450
Alleyways 2,498,875
Council Chambers Remodel 300,000
Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades 99,905
Thompson Park, Community Center Park, &
Johnson Park Upgrades 399,696
607
Southwinds Park Basketball Court Resurfacing 86,853
Unappropriation of Oxnard PAL Facility
Rehab (2,180,596)
Total Appropriations $3,165,950 $1,138,665 $86,853

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Finance and Governance Committee approved 3-0 on February 23, 2021, to approve the staff recommendation and to forward the item for Council approval.

Prepared by: Tatiana Arnaout, City Engineer

ATTACHMENTS

1. BA - 2006 TAB Allocation 2.12.21

2. Redevelopment Bond Areas Map

3. Alley Map
608

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

INFORMATION/CONSENT AGENDA
AGENDA ITEM NO. L.5
DATE: November 16, 2021
TO: City Council
FROM: Michael Wolfe, Public Works Director, (805) 385-8055, [email protected] SUBJECT: Budget Appropriation for the PAL Gymnasium South Wing Roof Replacement Project PW 20-11.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve and authorize:

1. The City Manager to execute a budget appropriation transfer in the amount of $180,385 from the Saviers Road Street Resurfacing Project (203007) to the PAL Gym Roof Replacement Project (205501) in the 2006 TAB HERO Fund (315); and

2. An increase of $50,000 in Project contingency from $20,649 to $70,649 for use in this Project and to extend the completion date to February 28, 2022.

BACKGROUND
In a series of actions taken by the former Oxnard Community Development Commission in 2006, separate Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) issues were sold for the Historical Enhancement and Revitalization of Oxnard (HERO), Ormond Beach, and Southwinds project areas. These bonds were required to be used for the financing of redevelopment activities within these project areas.

In November 2014, the Successor Agency transferred these bond proceeds to the City. The bond documents allow a broad range of projects to be undertaken, but were restricted to the geographic boundaries of each project area for which the bonds were sold. Additionally, they must be used for construction of new public facilities or improvements.

On April 2, 2019, in conjunction with adoption of the 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program (CIP), staff requested that the City Council approve a proposed list of projects for the bond proceeds and appropriate funding to these projects. Included in that list was the Oxnard PAL Facility Rehabilitation with $2,298,700 of HERO funding.

One of the approved projects for the PAL Rehabilitation was the PAL Gymnasium South Wing Roof Replacement (Project). This Project was awarded in January 2020 to Pueblo Construction (Contractor) in the amount of $206,490.60 plus $20,649 in project contingencies and $20,649 in project allocations for engineering, inspection, survey and project management (Attachment 2). The original completion date was anticipated to be April 16, 2020.

DISCUSSION
The Contractor started work on this Project in January of 2020. However, while removing the old roof, unforeseen dry rot damage to the structural beams and supports was discovered. The Project was stopped until further inspection and a corrective action plan was approved by a structural engineer. The Project was placed on hold for several months while the architect and the structural engineer provided alternatives to the City. Furthermore, there were additional delays as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.
609
On March 16, 2021, while the Project was delayed, Public Works requested the City Council to un-appropriate funds from the overall PAL Facility Improvements Project and re-appropriate it toward the Alley Resurfacing project (Attachment 3). Although this request was originally done to cover any potential shortfall of the alley project, another HERO funded project (Saviers Road Resurfacing) was completed under budget in May 2021 and resulted in a remaining project balance of $223,023.

Currently, a new set of plans with corrective action for the Project has been approved and a new permit was issued by the City. Therefore, a budget appropriation of $180,385 from the Street and Alley Resurfacing Project to the 2006 TAB HERO Fund (315) is necessary to complete the PAL Gym Roof Replacement Project.

Pueblo Construction has already been paid $100,270.82 for work completed during the roof removal and $17,133.18 has been spent on project allocation costs for a total of $117,404. To cover the unforeseen work, staff is recommending to add $50,000 to the Project. With this additional funding, the total budget appropriation request will be $180,385, and result in a total Project budget of $297,789. The Project is anticipated to be completed in early Spring 2022 absent any additional unforeseen issues or weather delays.

PAL Gym Roof Replacement Project
Original Project
Allocations
Proposed Additional
Allocations
New Project
Allocations
Construction $206,490.60 $0 $206,490.60
Project
Contingency
$20,649.00 $50,000.00 $70,649.00
Project
Allocations
$20,649.00 $0 $20,649.00
TOTAL $247,788.60 $50,000.00 $297,788.60
Project Budget $117,404.00
(net after reductions)
$180,385.00 $297,789.00

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item is a routine operational item or does not relate to the five strategic priorities adopted by City Council on March 16, 2021.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
The current amount of budget appropriations in this Project is $117,404 which has already been spent with Pueblo Construction ($100,270.82) and Project allocation costs ($17,133.18). The cost to complete the remaining PAL roof replacement and to reappropriate funds to this Project is $180,385 as noted in the discussion section above. A project budget transfer from the Saviers Road Street Resurfacing Project (203007) to the PAL Gym Roof Replacement Project (205501) in the 2006 TAB HERO Fund (315) is necessary to complete the Project. After the budget transfer, the new total budget for this Project will be $297,789.

PAL Gym Roof Replacement Project Budget Appropriations
Current Project
Budget
Project Budget
Transfers
New Project
Budget
610
Saviers Road Street Resurfacing Project
(203007)
$1,100,000 -$180,385 $919,615
PAL Gym Roof Replacement Project
(205501)
$117,404 $180,385 $297,789

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
This item did not originate in Committee as this is a capital improvement project specifically listed in the City's Capital Improvement Program.

Prepared by: Tatiana Arnaout, City Engineer

ATTACHMENTS

1. Budget Appropriation

2. Agenda Report Pueblo Construction

3. Agenda Report TAB Appropriation

4. A-8188 Pueblo PAL Roof PW 20-11
611

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

INFORMATION/CONSENT AGENDA
AGENDA ITEM NO. K.4
DATE: January 3, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Shiri Klima, Deputy City Manager, (805) 385-7487, [email protected] SUBJECT: Appropriation of Bond Proceeds.

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Approve the proposed list of redevelopment bond proceeds projects;

2. Authorize the re-allocation of all remaining 2006 Ormond Beach Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds for the purpose of completing the Hueneme Road work related to the Ormond Beach Neighborhood Street Resurfacing project;

3. Authorize a budget appropriation of $30,655 from the General Fund (101) and corresponding Capital Outlay Fund (301) for the Roof Replacement: South Oxnard Center project (# C2010);

4. Authorize the re-allocation of all remaining 2006 HERO TAB Proceeds for the purpose of completing the Roof Replacement: South Oxnard Center project and for paving more alleyways; and

5. Authorize the re-allocation of all remaining 2006 Southwinds TAB Proceeds for the purpose of adding park benches and trash enclosures at Southwinds Park.
(Pursuant to Sections 15061(b)(3) and 15378 of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, this item is not a “project” subject to CEQA.)
(Finance and Governance Committee approved 3-0.)

BACKGROUND
In a series of actions taken by the former Oxnard Community Development Commission in 2006, separate tax allocation bond issues were sold for the Historical Enhancement and Revitalization of Oxnard (HERO), Ormond Beach, and Southwinds Project Areas (the “Project Areas” - see Attachment 1 for maps). These bonds were required to be used to provide financing for redevelopment activities in these Project Areas and are collectively referred to as the Bond Proceeds. In November 2014, through a series of approvals and an agreement, the Successor Agency transferred the Bond Proceeds to the City. The bond documents allow a broad range of projects to be undertaken in the Project Areas.

Expenditures are restricted to the geographic boundaries of each Project Area for which the bonds were sold, and they must be used for construction of new public facilities or improvements.

On April 2, 2019, in conjunction with adoption of the 2019-2024 City of Oxnard Five Year Capital Improvement Program (“CIP”), staff requested that Council approve a proposed list of projects for the Bond Proceeds and appropriate funding to these projects. On March 16, 2021, staff returned to the Council to revise the list of projects because some of the projects were determined to be no longer viable.

For reference, this staff report references the City’s capital improvement programs (CIPs) from 2019-24 through 2022-27.

For quick reference, these CIPs can be found at the following links:
612
• CIP 2019-24: https://www.oxnard.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/CIP.pdf • CIP 2020-25: https://www.oxnard.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/CIP20-25-Final.pdf • CIP 2021-26: https://www.oxnard.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/CIP-2021-2026_FINAL.pdf • CIP 2022-27: https://www.oxnard.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/CIP22_27_Final.pdf

DISCUSSION
Ormond Beach Bond Proceeds
Below is the status of the prior projects within the Ormond Beach area:

1. Perkins Road Bike Lanes
Install Class II and Class III bicycle lanes, bicycle detection, and pedestrian improvements including median bulb-outs, and signing and striping on Perkins Road. This is in the 2019-24 CIP on page 86 under the broader project titled “Bicycle & Pedestrian Facilities.” The Perkins Road portion of this project was budgeted for $500,000 and will be completed in late Spring 2023.

2. Ormond Beach Neighborhood Street Resurfacing
Resurfacing of several streets within the Ormond Beach Neighborhood–including Cypress Road, Arcturus Avenue, Edison Drive, Magellan Avenue, and Mcwane Boulevard–as well as median rehabilitation and gateway upgrades along Hueneme Road from J Street to Edison Drive, including replacement of medians, trees, street signs and gateway signs.

This is in the 2022-27 CIP on page 63. This project was appropriated $2,000,000, and Cypress Road, Arcturus Avenue, Edison Drive, Magellan Avenue, and Mcwane Boulevard were completed on September 26, 2022, for $1,968,917.

Hueneme Road work has not been completed due to needing to replace storm drains and cast iron first. Furthermore, there was not enough funding to complete the street and median work with the remaining HERO funds. Accordingly, we request an appropriation of $1,500,000 from the General Fund over the original $2,000,000 in Bond Proceeds to complete the street and median work.

3. Perkins Road Parking Lot Improvements
Parking lot improvements located at the terminus of Perkins Road, which includes resurfacing of the entire parking lot, new fencing and gates, light-up bollards, and two electric vehicle charging stations. This is in the 2022-27 CIP on page

67. The parking lot was resurfaced; however, the County will not allow the rest of the improvements because this property is on a landfill. This project was appropriated $600,000 and was completed on September 26, 2022, for $600,000.

4. Ormond Beach Commercial Area Fiber Expansion
Fiber network extension to Ormond manufacturing zoned area. This is on 2021-26 CIP page 72. Install approximately 7,000 feet of 144 strand fiber optic cable on Arcturus Avenue, McWane Boulevard, and Edison Drive. Of the $412,500 appropriated for this project, staff spent $48,188 on this project for design of the fiber lines and has closed out the project.

For various reasons, it does not make sense to install such fiber at this time, but these plans will be saved for future use.

5. Perkins Road Fiber Expansion
Fiber network expansion and connection to the stormwater pump station at the southern end of Perkins Road. This is on 2021-26 CIP page 73. This connection would facilitate the deployment of SCADA infrastructure to monitor the pump station in real-time, and the deployment of cameras connected to the wastewater CCTV security system to improve the safety and security of the pump station. Of the $153,450 appropriated for this project, staff spent $16,063 on this project for design of the fiber lines and will install the fiber lines in Spring 2023.

The balance of the Ormond Beach Bond Proceeds available for re-allocation is currently $364,312. Staff proposes using this balance, plus any other Ormond Beach Bond Proceeds (such as if the Perkins Road Bike Lanes or Fiber Expansion projects are completed under budget), to complete the Ormond Beach Neighborhood Street Resurfacing (item 2 above).

The remaining work on this project, including resurfacing and reconstruction of medians along Hueneme Road from J Street to Edison Drive, is estimated at $1,850,000, which exceeds the amount in the Ormond Beach Bond Proceeds; thus, the balance of the project cost will be paid by Measure E funds already appropriated for this purpose. 613
HERO Bond Proceeds
Below is the status of the prior projects within the HERO area:

1. Civic Center ADA Improvements/ Thin Maintenance Overlay, Phase II Reconstruct sidewalks and parking lot surface to meet ADA requirements for the 305 West Third Street building in the City of Oxnard. This project was budgeted for $100,000 and was completed on December 7, 2020, for $100,000.

2. South Oxnard Center MPE Upgrade (including Fire System) Upgrade to the building's fire life safety system. Upgrade the mechanical, plumbing, electrical and fire safety systems.

Repair sidewalk, replace landscaping, and make interior improvements such as painting and general repairs. This is in the 2019-24 CIP on page 55. This project was budgeted for $250,000 and was completed on August 18, 2022 for $141,856.

3. Garden City Acres Park Improvements (Cypress)
Install new smart irrigation and new controller. Repair and resod damaged turf. Install an additional basketball court with lights. This is in the 2021-26 CIP on page 81. This project was budgeted for $350,000 in HERO funds and $342,729 in Quimby funds for a total budget of $692,729. The project was completed on July 18, 2022, for $491,581 ($310,964 HERO and $180,617 Quimby).

4. Saviers Road Street Resurfacing
Resurface existing asphalt concrete pavement on Saviers Road between Wooley Road and Hueneme Road. This is in the 2019-24 CIP on page 148. This project was budgeted for $1,100,000 and was completed on May 21, 2021, for $876,977.

5. Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades
Resurface two basketball courts in Beck Park. This project was budgeted for $99,905 and was completed on May 6, 2022, for $71,730.

6. Council Chambers Remodel
Remodel of the City Council chambers including asbestos abatement, roof repair/replacement, ceiling replacement, production system improvements, and audio/visual upgrades. This is in the 2022-27 CIP on page 4. This project was budgeted for $300,000 from HERO (and $1,300,000 in PEG funding) and is anticipated to be completed by the end of December 2022 for $128,500 out of HERO funds.

7. Alleyways in HERO Boundary
In March 2021, staff listed 12 alleyways with some of the lowest pavement condition index (PCI) ratings within the HERO geographic boundaries. We explained that our goal was to pave all 12 listed alleyways, but that we would see how far the remaining HERO funding ($2,519,660) would stretch with this list. This is a subsector of the project titled Citywide Alleyway Reconstruction in the 2021-26 CIP on page 100. Using this allocation, staff has paved the following alleys:
• Alley east of Saviers Road (between Dollie Street and Pleasant Valley Road) • Alley east of A Street (between First Street and Second Street) • Alley north of Lark Street (between Samuel Avenue and Circle Drive) • Alley north of Glenwood Drive, alley east of C Street and alley south of Gonzales Road (between Oxnard Service Boulevard)
• Alley north of First Street (between A Street and Oxnard Boulevard) These alleys were completed on September 12, 2022, for a total amount of $1,006,846. Due to contractor delays, the following alleys are scheduled to be completed in late Winter 2023:
• Pleasant Valley Road Alley (between C Street and Saviers Road) • Alley east of J Street and alley north of Linden Drive (between J and Kamala Streets) • Alley east of D Street (between Fifth and Seventh Streets) • Alley east of Fournier Street (between Channel Islands Boulevard and Tamarac Street) • Alley east of Paula Street (between Clinton and Tamarac Streets) • Alley north of Maple Street (between Saviers Road and San Marino Street) 614
• Alley south of Ontario Street (between Ninth Street and Wooley Road) The estimated cost to complete these alleys is $1,764,304. Accordingly, we request an appropriation of $251,490 over the original $2,519,660 to complete this project.

8. Thompson Park, Community Center Park and Johnson Park Upgrades Replacement of aging and damaged playgrounds at Thompson Park, Community Center Park, and Johnson Creek Park.

This is in the 2022-27 CIP on page 36 under the larger project titled “Playground Replacement.” A contract was awarded on this project on July 28, 2022, and work began on November 7th, 2022. Staff anticipates the work will be completed on January 31, 2023. The project was budgeted for $399,696, and to date, approximately $8,994 has been expended on this project for design.

9. Roof Replacement: PACC Ventura/ Oxnard Rental Spaces Remove and replace the roofing material and metal flashing on the main rental spaces roof. This is in the 2022-27 CIP on page 17. This project was budgeted for $250,000 from HERO funds as well as $545,000 American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funding and $294,762 in Measure O Sales Tax. Staff bid this project out, and the lowest (though unresponsive) bid came in at approximately $1.4M; we will need to rebid this project, but we anticipate needing more funds which would require an additional ten percent over the bid amount for contingency and another ten percent for engineering and project management.Staff will request an additional appropriation for this project when staff brings this contract to Council for award.

10. Roof Replacement: South Oxnard Center
Replace the roof at the South Oxnard Center. This is in the 2022-27 CIP on page 18. This project was budgeted for $475,000. Staff has spent down $38,789 for design. Staff has bid this project out twice; the first time, we received no bidders, and the second time, the lowest bid came in at $649,960. Staff also needs an additional ten percent over the bid amount for contingency and another ten percent for engineering and project management. Accordingly, we request an appropriation of $349,043 over the original $475,000 to complete this project.

The balance of the HERO Bond Proceeds currently available for re-allocation is $569,878. Staff proposes using the balance of these funds, and any additional unspent HERO Bond Proceeds (for example, if one of the projects comes in below cost), to complete the Roof Replacement at the South Oxnard Center should that project need more funds and to pave more alleyways. The next few alleyways in the queue are the following:
• Alleys east and north of Sycamore Street (between Channel Islands Blvd and La Canada Avenue and Clinton Circle and Sycamore Street Alley)
• Alley north of La Canada Avenue (between Fournier Street and Sycamore Dr Alley) • Alley north of Clinton Circle (between Clinton St/Paula St and Sycamore St Alley) • Alley north of Paula Circle (between Paula Street and Sycamore Alley).

Staff intends to spend down the balance of the HERO funds on as many of these alleyways as we can complete. The list above is likely too ambitious, but staff is intentionally inserting more rather than less work so that we can spend down the full fund balance of HERO Bond Proceeds on these critical alleyways.

Southwinds Park Bond Proceeds
The only prior project within the Southwinds Park area is the Southwinds Park Basketball Court Resurfacing. This project entailed the resurfacing of two basketball courts and the installation of new backboards at Southwinds Park. This project was budgeted for $86,853 and was completed on October 22, 2022, for $65,614.

The balance of the Southwinds Bond Proceeds is $21,239. Staff proposes using the balance of these funds to replace aging park benches and trash enclosures at Southwinds Park.

Planning Commission Determination of Conformity with General Plan The Planning Commission has already determined that projects in the CIP are in conformance with the City’s General Plan and relevant Coastal Land Use Plan policies. As required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), 615
environmental review will be conducted prior to construction of the individual projects identified within this staff report.

Any required environmental documents will be prepared pursuant to CEQA as part of project permit processing or at any other point in time as required by CEQA. The proposed appropriation of bond proceeds activity is not a “project” as the lead agency has determined with certainty that pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Sections 15061(b)(3) and 15378 the proposed funding document does not involve any commitment to any specific project which may result in a potentially significant physical impact on the environmental review.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy. The purpose of the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy is to preserve and improve our roads, utilities, parks, trees, water supply and natural resources through effective planning, prioritization, and an equitable and efficient use of available funding.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
The Budget Appropriation request on March 16, 2021, outlined the appropriation action totaling $4,391,468 of 2006 Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds, of which $3,165,950 was for Ormond Beach, $86,853 was for Southwinds, and $3,298,476 was for HERO. Now, due to the requests listed in the body of the staff report, the table below outlines the appropriation action for an increase to General Fund (101) of $30,655, a budget re-allocation of $955,429 of 2006 Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds, of which $364,312 is for Ormond Beach, $21,239 is for Southwinds, and $569,878 is for HERO.

Project Listing
Ormond 2006
TAB Allocation
(Fund 315)
HERO 2006 TAB
Allocation (Fund
315)
Southwinds 2006
TAB Allocation
(Fund 315)
General Fund
(101)
Ormond Beach Neighborhood Street
Resurfacing (#C2109)
364,312
Ormond Beach Commercial Area
Fiber Expansion (#C2126)
-364,312
South Oxnard Center MPE Upgrade
(including Fire System) (#C2011)
-108,144
Garden City Acres Park
Improvements (Cypress) (#C1402)
-39,036
Saviers Road Street Resurfacing
(#C2044)
-223,023
Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades
(#C2129)
-28,175
Council Chambers Remodel
(#C2101)
-171,500
Alleyways in HERO Boundary
(#C2111)
251,490
Roof Replacement: South Oxnard
Center (#C2010)
318,388 30,655
Southwinds Park - Benches and Trash
Enclosures (#C23XX)
+21,239
Southwinds Park Basketball Court
Resurfacing (#C2107) -21,239
Total New Appropriations 0 0 0 30,655
616

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Finance and Governance Committee approved 3-0 on December 13, 2022, to approve the staff recommendation and to forward the item for Council approval.

Prepared by: Shiri Klima, Deputy City Manager

ATTACHMENTS

1. Project Area Maps
617
Project Appropriation Transfers of Tax Allocation
Bond (TAB) Proceeds
City Council
June 29, 2023
Christopher Solis
Assistant City Engineer
618
That the City Council approve and authorize project
appropriation transfers in the amount of $422,698 in the 2006 HERO Tax Allocation Bond (TAB) Proceeds from the Alleyways Project (#C2111) to the Council Chambers Project (#C2101) for $171,500, Saviers Road Street Resurfacing Project (#C2002) for $223,023 and Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades Project (#C2106) for $28,175 for the purpose of closing out completed projects.

RECOMMENDATION 2
619
• Tax allocation bond issues were sold for the Historical Enhancement and Revitalization of Oxnard (HERO), Ormond Beach, and Southwinds Project Areas
• These bonds were required to be used to provide financing for redevelopment activities in these Project Areas and are collectively referred to as the Bond Proceeds
• The bond documents allow a broad range of projects to be undertaken in the Project Areas
• Between April 2019 and November 2021 action taken by the Council approved Bond Proceeds to fully or partially fund various capital projects
BACKGROUND 3
620
• January 3, 2023, with staff’s recommendation, the City Council approved additional reallocations of funding for various projects • Based upon current information, staff should not have recommended the 1/3/23 transfer of funds for 3 projects • The following three projects from the HERO Tab allocation had been completed and therefore had no available appropriations to reallocate: Council Chambers (#C2101), Saviers Road Street Resurfacing (#C2002) and Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades (#C2106)
DISCUSSION 4
621
• Staff is now recommending that Council approve to transfer project appropriations in the amount of $422,698 in HERO Tab project allocations
• There is sufficient funding from Measure O project appropriations to complete one alley project with funds from the current fiscal year and funds in the Proposed Fiscal Year 2023-24 for the Alleyways Project DISCUSSION 5
PROJECTS HERO 2006 TAB
TRANSFER FROM:

Alleyways (#C2111) -$422,698
TRANSFER TO:

Saviers Road Resurfacing Project (#C2002) +$223,023
Beck Park Basketball Court Upgrades
(#C2106)
+$28,175
Council Chambers (#C2101) +$171,500
NET CHANGE $0
622
FINANCIAL IMPACT 6

PROJECT

APPROPRIATIONS
HERO
2006 TAB
ORMOND
2006 TAB

SOUTHWINDS
2006 TAB
TOTAL
2006 TAB
Total project appropriations
to date
$6,588,850 $3,665,950 $86,853 $10,341,653
Proposed transfers
Alleyways (#C2111) -$422,698 $0 $0 -$422,698
Reappropriations to 3
Projects (#C2002, #C2106 &
#C2101)
+$422,698 $0 $0 +$422,698

TOTAL PROJECT

APPROPRIATIONS
$6,588,850 $3,665,950 $86,853 $10,341,653
Project Appropriations by Project Area
623

QUESTIONS
7 624

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.5
DATE: June 29, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Robert Ruben, Interim Chief Information Officer, (805)385-7554, [email protected] SUBJECT: Third Amendment to Agreement A-8011 with Superion LLC, a CentralSquare Company, for Information Technology Software and Services. (10 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to execute a Third Amendment to Software License Agreement A8011 with Superion LLC, a CentralSquare Company, in the amount of $612,476 for FY23-24 with a new not-to-exceed total agreement amount of $2,070,981 for information technology software and services. (The Finance & Governance Committee approved 3-0 on June 13, 2023,) Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/ZhhMgU2yb6A

BACKGROUND
For the past three decades, the City of Oxnard has been using the SunGard HTE Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system as its main core operational business system to handle functions such as accounts payable, purchasing, financial reporting, utility billing, and licensing. Over the years, the HTE system was acquired by companies such as Superion and, most recently, CentralSquare. Despite the City’s transitioning of the financial portion of its ERP to Tyler Munis starting in October 2022, the HTE/Naviline system is still in use for certain functions such as payroll, utility billing and business licensing. As the implementation of the Tyler Munis system moves into new phases, use of the HTE system will continually go down. However, during this transitional period, HTE needs to be maintained and licensed while its functions get integrated into the Tyler Munis system.

CentralSquare also provides additional systems and services to the City. For example, the Click2Gov module is used to modernize the functionality of business licensing and permits to provide better service to residents and businesses.

Systems such as Cognos and Analytics NOW are used by the Finance Department to aid in financial report creation and management. The Police Department uses the CryWolf system to track burglar alarms throughout the City. Furthermore, as the functionality of the Tyler Munis system is expanded, new technology solutions and programming services are needed throughout the multi-year phased transition to the Tyler ERP. In a departure from past agreements and despite attempts by staff to have this vendor provide City with a multi-year agreement, the third amendment is for a one-year term, which is CentralSquare’s standard agreement term.

With the second amendment to this agreement of June 21, 2022, Council approved an amount of $80,000 for professional services related to the Tyler Munis ERP upgrade and change costs. In FY 22-23, City staff negotiated a separate professional services contract with CentralSquare setting a limit on the annual increase that the vendor can charge for its rendered services to 3% or less. Approximately $25,000 of this amount has been committed so far to projects related to water meter upgrade project data sharing and integration for Public Works. Such projects will continue to be required, and thus, it is necessary to have the authorization for such expenditures. With each year of Tyler Munis implementation, the type of software and services from CentralSquare related to the HTE system is expected to change according to 625
business needs. Thus, as these changes occur, staff will bring future renewals to Council for approval. This will also allow staff to update Council on major milestones and achievements and retirement of the HTE system.

For FY23-24, the following outlines expected costs for the City from CentralSquare:

TABLE - CentralSquare Estimated Costs, FY 23-24
Description FY 23-24 Estimated Cost
HTE/Naviline ERP license and support $213,255
Click2Gov for licensing, permitting, employee self service $24,333 Various third party systems including CryWolf (Police), Public Administrator (Utilities), Cognos (Finance)
$40,000
Programming and consulting services $255,000
Contingency (15%) $79,888
Total $612,476
A 15% contingency is included for unforeseen remediation or emergency needs, anticipated annual increases for third party software renewals, and flexible capacity to support City departments and CentralSquare’s business requirements through June 30, 2024.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports the Organizational Effectiveness strategy. The purpose of the Organizational Effectiveness strategy is to reinforce, stabilize, improve, and strengthen the organizational foundation of the City in order to build a modern, high-functioning City government that effectively and efficiently supports the operating departments in providing high-quality services and programs for our residents and businesses.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
Appropriations are included in the proposed FY2023-24 Information Technology Operating Fund budget to cover all but $24,000 of this contract, which is included in the proposed FY2023-24 General Fund Police Department budget.

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Finance & Governance Committee approved 3-0 on June 13, 2023, to approve the staff recommendation and to forward the item for Council approval.

Prepared by: Gary Krumian, Programmer Analyst

ATTACHMENTS

1. A-8011 - Superion CentralSquare Agreement

2. A-8011 - Superion CentralSquare First Amendment

3. A-8011 - Superion CentralSquare Second Amendment

4. A-8011 - Superion CentralSquare Third Amendment

5. Presentation
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
Agreement No. A-8011

THIRD AMENDMENT TO SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Third Amendment (“Amendment”) to the Software License Agreement (“Agreement”) is made and entered into in the County of Ventura, State of California, this 24th day of May 2023, by and between the City of Oxnard, a municipal corporation (“City”), and Superion, LLC, a CentralSquare Company (“CentralSquare”, “Superion” or “Vendor”). This Third Amendment amends the Second Amendment to the Software License Agreement entered into on May 24, 2022, which itself amended the First Amendment entered into on April 22, 2020. The First Amendment amended the Agreement entered into on October 3, 2017 by City and Vendor.

RECITALS
WHEREAS, Vendor continues to provide City with access to the HTE/Naviline ERP system under the Agreement for the period ending June 30, 2024.

NOW Therefore City and Vendor agree as follows:

1. Exhibit C is added to this Agreement, and is incorporated herein by this reference.

2. The total value of the Agreement for Agreement A-8011 shall not exceed $2,070,981.

3. The Parties agree that this Agreement may be transmitted and signed by electronic signature by either/any or both/all parties, and that such signatures shall have the same force and effect as original signatures, in accordance with California Government Code section 16.5 and Civil Code section 1633.7.

4. As so amended, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 8D160959-3212-47AC-9C80-BDBEF698B374 657
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Agreement on the date first written above.

CITY OF OXNARD CENTRAL SQUARE TECHNOLOGIES LLC
John C. Zaragoza, Mayor Date Ron Anderson, Chief Sales Officer Date

Barry Medintz, General Counsel Date
ATTEST:

Rose Chaparro, City Clerk Date
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Stephen M. Fischer, City Date
Attorney
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8D160959-3212-47AC-9C80-BDBEF698B374 658

EXHIBIT C
CentralSquare Estimated Costs, 7/1/2023 through 6/30/2024 Description FY 23-24
Expected Cost
HTE/Naviline ERP license and support $213,255
Click2Gov for licensing, permitting, employee self service $24,333 Various third party systems including CryWolf (Police), Public Administrator (Utilities), Cognos (Finance)
$40,000
Programming and consulting services $255,000
Contingency (15%) $79,888
Total $612,476
DocuSign Envelope ID: 8D160959-3212-47AC-9C80-BDBEF698B374 659
Third Amendment to Superion LLC, a
CentralSquare Company Software License
Agreement A-8011 for Information
Technology Software & Services
City Council
June 29, 2023
Gary Krumian, IT Department
660
That City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to
execute a Third Amendment to Software License
Agreement A-8011 with Superion LLC, a CentralSquare
Company, in the amount of $612,476 for Fiscal Year 23-
24 with a new not-to-exceed total agreement amount of
$2,070,981 for information technology software and
services.

RECOMMENDATION 2
661
• Annual maintenance cost for HTE and related services is ~$215k/year for use, support, and maintenance of the HTE system.
• Although HTE is currently in the process of being replaced by Tyler Munis ERP, the City continues to require additional services from the vendor, estimated to not exceed $612,476 over the next 12 month period ending June 30, 2024.
• This estimated amount includes:
• Other CentralSquare software used by other City departments • Projects related to the Tyler ERP implementation
• A 15% contingency amount to cover unforeseen needs
NEEDS AND DETAILS 3
662
NEEDS AND DETAILS – Estimated Costs 4
Description FY 23-24
estimated
HTE/Naviline ERP license and support $213,255
Click2Gov for licensing, permitting, employee self service $24,333 Various third party systems including CryWolf (Police), Public Administrator (Utilities), Cognos (Finance) $40,000 Programming and consulting services $255,000
Contingency, 15% $79,888
Total $612,476
Contingency examples: unforeseen remediation or emergency needs, anticipated annual increases for third party software renewals, flexible capacity to meet City departments and CentralSquare business requirements through 6/30/2024.
663
• This amendment supports continued and uninterrupted use of the vendor, CentralSquare, for delivering resident services and sustaining City department operations.
• Funds for this expenditure will be budgeted in IT’s FY 23-24 budget as well as in other department or project specific budgets, as applicable.

FINANCIAL IMPACT 5
664
That City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to
execute a Third Amendment to Software License
Agreement A-8011 with Superion LLC, a CentralSquare
Company, in the amount of $612,476 for Fiscal Year 23-
24 with a new not-to-exceed total agreement amount of
$2,070,981 for information technology software and
services.

RECOMMENDATION 6
665

QUESTIONS
7 666

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.6
DATE: June 29, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Michael Wolfe, Public Works Director, (805) 385-8055, [email protected] SUBJECT: Trade Services Agreement 32400008 with Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (ABC Labs) for Ocean Monitoring Services. (10 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to execute an agreement with Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (ABC Labs) for an amount not to exceed $1,850,000 for a five-year term ending December 31, 2028 for ocean outfall monitoring services.
(Public Works and Transportation Committee approved 3-0.) Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/wutUN5CO4DU

BACKGROUND
The City of Oxnard Wastewater Treatment plant (OWTP) treats approximately 17 million gallons of wastewater per day with its discharges going to both the City of Oxnard’s Advanced Water Purification Facility (AWPF) and the Pacific Ocean.

The OWTP operates under a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit issued by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), Los Angeles Region. The NPDES permit lists the regulatory parameters required to discharge treated wastewater into the ocean. NPDES permit duration is five years with the current permit expiring in November 2023.

Under the requirements of the current NPDES permit, the OWTP is required to perform water quality monitoring, ocean acidification testing, benthic sediment monitoring, fish & invertebrate monitoring, kelp bed monitoring, toxicity testing, seafood safety monitoring, and an underwater inspection of the wastewater outfall pipe. The testing/ monitoring requirements vary annually over the five-year coverage of the NPDES permit.

DISCUSSION
The Purchasing Department published Request for Proposal (RFP) PW 23-89 for ocean monitoring services on February 23, 2023, with a proposal due date of March 24, 2023. RFP PW 23-89 received a total of one (1) proposal from Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (ABC Labs).

ABC Labs proposal was reviewed by the Purchasing Division (Buyer) and the Wastewater Division (Division Manager, Operations Manager, Chief Operator, Management Analyst) with a determination that it was responsive based on scoring criteria listed in RFP PW 23-89. The scoring criteria consisted of the proposer’s ability and history performing the requested services, responsiveness, technical competence, past record of similar work, and cost. Staff have also confirmed that ABC Labs meets all required City contractual provisions including possession of a City business tax certificate, 667
insurance certificates and corporate filing with the California Secretary of State.

The cost for the upcoming 5-year NPDES permit cycle is 15-20% higher when compared to the previous 5-year NPDES permit cycle. The permit monitoring requirements and their associated annual costs vary from year to year over the life of the permit. Staff anticipates the 2023-2028 permit requirements will remain consistent to the 2018-2023 requirements.

The new agreement with ABC Labs has provisions that allows for additional work on an as-needed basis, if required.

ABC Labs has been providing required NPDES ocean monitoring services for the City for over 30 years. This service is highly specialized and has a very limited pool of locally qualified contractors. Based on their proposal and previous history of successful performance, staff is confident that ABC Labs is capable of satisfactorily providing the requested services outlined in the scope of work.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy. The purpose of the Infrastructure and Natural Resources strategy is to preserve and improve our roads, utilities, parks, trees, water supply and natural resources through effective planning, prioritization, and an equitable and efficient use of available funding.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
The total cost for Agreement 32400008 with ABC Labs shall not exceed $1,850,000 over the term of five years. The estimated spending plan is listed in the table below commencing July 1, 2023. These costs will be funded using available budget appropriations from the Wastewater Fund (611). Funding for FY 2023-24 is included in the proposed FY2023-24 Wastewater Operating Fund and subsequent fiscal years will be requested in the annual budget process.

ESTIMATED SPENDING PLAN
DIVISION FY 23/24 FY 24/25 FY 25/26 FY 26/27 FY 27/28 TOTAL Wastewater
6113614-53420 $550,000 $400,000 $280,000 $330,000 $290,000 $1,850,000

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Public Works and Transportation Committee approved 3-0 on June 13, 2023 to approve the staff recommendation and to forward the item for Council approval.

Prepared by: Jan Hauser, Wastewater Division Manager, Joseph Marcinko, Assistant Public Works Director

ATTACHMENTS

1. 32400008 ABC Outfall Monitoring

2. Presentation
668

TRADE SERVICE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

THE CITY OF OXNARD AND AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND CONSULTING
LABORATORIES, INC.

By This Trade Services Agreement (“Agreement”), the CITY of Oxnard (“CITY”) agrees to engage the services of Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (“SERVICE PROVIDER”), and SERVICE PROVIDER agrees to perform the services for CITY as herein described, for the compensation, during the term, and otherwise subject to the covenants and conditions herein set forth. CITY and SERVICE PROVIDER may be individually referred to as “Party” or collectively as the “Parties.”

1. SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES. On- Call Ocean Monitoring Services. This Agreement is for “on call” or “as needed” services as identified in Exhibit A-Scope of Services.

The City does not guarantee that any services will be requested under this agreement or that any services requested under this agreement will reach the agreement amount listed in section

4. All “on call” or “as needed” services requested by the City shall be paid at the rates identified in Exhibit B-Rate and Cost Sheet.

2. PARTIES.

CITY OF Oxnard (“CITY”), a general law and municipal corporation of the State of California, located at 300 West Third Street, Oxnard California 93030 Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (“SERVICE PROVIDER”), a corporation of the State of California, located at 29 N Olive St, Ventura, CA 93001

3. TERM OF AGREEMENT: From (Date): July 1, 2023 To (Date): December 31, 2028

3.1 Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

3.2 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

3.3 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

3.4 All services required of SERVICE PROVIDER under this Agreement shall be completed on or before the end of the term of the Agreement.

4. AGREEMENT AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED: $1,850,000.

5. AGREEMENT EXHIBITS: The following documents memorialized below are the only exhibits to this agreement and are incorporated by reference as though fully set forth herein. In the event of a conflict between the Exhibits and this Agreement, the Agreement controls.

Exhibit A: Scope of Services
Exhibit B: Schedule of Compensation
Exhibit C: Insurance Requirements
Agreement No. 32400008 1
669
Exhibit D: Living Wage Policy
Exhibit E: Prevailing Wage Policy
Exhibit F: Iran Contracting Act Certification
Exhibit G: Attachment E- Monitoring and Reporting Program NPDES NO. CA0054097

6. DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES.

The Designated Representatives listed below shall be authorized to act on behalf of the named Party, be responsible for negotiations and contractual matters, and coordinate with each other to perform the services under this Agreement. Additionally, SERVICE PROVIDER’s services shall be performed or immediately supervised by the SERVICE PROVIDER’s Representative:

CITY Designated Representative: SERVICE PROVIDER Designated Representative:

Name: Roberto Fuentes Name: Scott Johnson
Title: Wastewater Operations Manager Title: Laboratory Director Phone: (805) 271-2203 Phone: 805-643-5621
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Mailing Address (if differs from above): Mailing Address (if differs from above):
6001 Perkins Road
Oxnard, CA 93030

7. CONTRACTUAL PREREQUISITES.

7.1. This Agreement must first be executed by the SERVICE PROVIDER, after which the Agreement shall be approved as to form by the CITY Attorney, then executed by the Mayor, or an authorized person on behalf of the CITY, and if executed by the Mayor shall also be executed by the CITY Clerk.

7.2. A request for modification of the terms, prior to execution of the Agreement, must be made in writing and presented to the Designated Representative of the CITY prior to the time this Agreement is executed.

7.3. All proof of business license, insurance, and W-9 forms is required prior to execution of this Agreement.

7.4 SERVICE PROVIDER shall not perform any work under this Agreement until a proof of insurance has been provided to the City as required under Section 24 of this Agreement.

8. SERVICE PROVIDER'S SERVICES.

8.1 SERVICE PROVIDER shall perform the tasks, obligations, and services set forth in the “Scope of Services,” attached to and incorporated into this Agreement as “Exhibit A.” Once this Agreement is executed, the Scope of Services may only be modified by written Amendment pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

Agreement No. 32400008 2
670

8.2 The Services shall be coordinated with the designated City Project Manager set forth in Exhibit A subject to the direction of the City Manager or Department Director. SERVICE PROVIDER hereby designates its Project Manager as set forth in “Exhibit A” as the person responsible for the Services who shall coordinate with City’s Project Manager in executing the scope of services under this Agreement.

9. COMPENSATION.

CITY shall pay SERVICE PROVIDER for the services performed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement in the time and manner set forth in the “Schedule of Compensation,” attached to and incorporated into this Agreement as “Exhibit B.” CITY shall pay SERVICE PROVIDER an amount not to exceed the amount is listed in Section 4 of this Agreement. Once this Agreement is executed, the Schedule of Compensation may only be modified by written Amendment pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement, and may be subject to approval by the City Council.

10. PAYMENT & INVOICES.

The CITY shall pay all undisputed portions of any applicable invoice within fortyfive (45) days after receipt of an invoice. In the event the CITY disputes one or more items in an invoice, the CITY shall, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of such invoice, notify the SERVICE PROVIDER of the item(s) being disputed and the reason(s) therefore. The CITY may withhold payment for such disputed items until resolution of the dispute.

10.1 Payment Request. SERVICE PROVIDER shall submit a payment request to CITY by the end of each calendar month listing the Services provided, costs of those Services, and total amount due for the month. Invoices may be emailed to:
[email protected].

10.2 Non-Appropriation of Funds. Payments to be made to SERVICE PROVIDER by CITY for the Services performed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted and unencumbered appropriation of CITY. In the event CITY does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of the Services beyond the current fiscal year, this Agreement shall cover payment for the Services only up to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which CITY appropriated sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at that fiscal year’s conclusion.

10.3 SERVICE PROVIDER’s acceptance of final payment made pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a release of CITY from all claims and liabilities for compensation to SERVICE PROVIDER for anything completed, finished or relating to the Services. CITY’s payment shall not constitute nor be deemed a release of the responsibility and liability of SERVICE PROVIDER for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or the Services Agreement No. 32400008 3
671
performed hereunder, nor shall such payment be deemed to be an assumption of responsibility or liability by CITY for any defect or error in the Services performed by SERVICE PROVIDER and its employees, agents and Subcontracted service providers.

10.4 SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide CITY with a completed Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification, as issued by the Internal Revenue Service. If any sales tax is due for the Services performed by SERVICE PROVIDER or materials or products provided to CITY by SERVICE PROVIDER, SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay the sales tax. CITY shall not reimburse SERVICE PROVIDER for sales taxes paid by SERVICE PROVIDER.

11. OPTION TO EXTEND AGREEMENT.

When in the CITY’s best interest, this Agreement may only be extended, if the City in its discretion exercises the option to extend pursuant to Section 3.2 and 3.3 of the Agreement. The initial term, plus any option to extend, shall not exceed a total of five (5) years. If no option to extend the Agreement appears in section 3.2 and 3.3, this Agreement shall not be extended.

12. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT.

This Agreement may be amended, modified, or otherwise altered, or its provisions waived, only upon mutual consent of the Parties by written amendment, and as authorized by the Oxnard Municipal Code, Article IV, Sections 4-59 and 4-60.

13. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

CITY may terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause and without penalty, upon fifteen (15) calendar days’ prior written notice pursuant to Section 31 of this agreement. Such termination shall be effective on the date specified in the notice, or if no date is specified, then fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of the notice. CITY shall be liable to SERVICE PROVIDER only for work done by SERVICE PROVIDER up to and including the date of termination of this Agreement unless the termination is for cause, in which event SERVICE PROVIDER need be compensated only to the extent required by law. SERVICE PROVIDER may terminate this Agreement at any time during the term of the Agreement by giving the CITY sixty (60) calendar days’ written notice.

14. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

SERVICE PROVIDER is and shall at all times remain, as to City, a wholly independent contractor. Neither City nor any of its employees or agents shall have control over the conduct of SERVICE PROVIDER or any of its employees, except as stated in this Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER has and shall retain the right to exercise full control over the employment, direction, means of performance, location, Agreement No. 32400008 4
672
compensation and discharge of all persons assisting SERVICE PROVIDER. This Agreement shall not be interpreted to prevent or preclude SERVICE PROVIDER from rendering any services for SERVICE PROVIDER’s own account or to any other person or entity as SERVICE PROVIDER in its sole discretion shall determine; provided, however, that performing such services shall not materially interfere with the Services the SERVICE PROVIDER shall perform for the City. The CITY retains the right to provide general instructions to and observe the SERVICE PROVIDER in the performance of all services done on behalf of the CITY.

SERVICE PROVIDER and its employees and agents have no authority, express or implied, to act on behalf of City in any capacity, to incur any debt, obligation or liability on behalf of City, bind City in any manner, or otherwise act on behalf of City as an agent. SERVICE PROVIDER and its employees are not employees of City. SERVICE PROVIDER and its employees are not entitled to receive from City any of the benefits or rights afforded employees of City, including but not limited to reserve leave, sick leave, vacation leave, holiday leave, compensatory leave, Public Employees Retirement System benefits, and health, life, dental, long-term disability and workers’ compensation insurance benefits. SERVICE PROVIDER shall not, at any time or in any manner, represent that it or any of its agents or employees are in any manner agents or employees of City.

15. LAWFUL PERFORMANCE.

SERVICE PROVIDER shall abide by all Federal, State, and Local Laws and Regulations as may be related to the performance of duties under this Agreement.

SERVICE PROVIDER, at its sole expense, shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement, all appropriate permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the performance of services under this Agreement.

16. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

SERVICE PROVIDER shall not perform any services for the CITY when the SERVICE PROVIDER is impaired by alcohol or a controlled substance. When there is reasonable cause to believe that any person has violated this provision, that person shall be immediately removed from the premises and be subject to any applicable civil and/or criminal penalties under the CITY’s Code and/or under state law. All work performed under this Agreement shall be performed in such a manner as to provide safety to the public. The CITY reserves the right to issue restraining or cease and desist orders to SERVICE PROVIDER when unsafe or harmful acts are observed or reported relative to the performance of the work under this Agreement. The acceptance of SERVICE PROVIDER's work by CITY shall not operate as a release of the SERVICE PROVIDER from such standard of care and workmanship.

Agreement No. 32400008 5
673

17. OWNERSHIP OF SERVICE PROVIDER’S WORK PRODUCT,
CONFIDENTIALITY & DISCLOSURE.

CITY shall be the owner of any and all technical documents and records, including, computations, plans, correspondence, and/or other pertinent data and information, both hard copy and electronic, gathered or prepared by SERVICE PROVIDER in performance of this Agreement and shall be entitled to immediate possession of the same upon completion of the work under this Agreement, or at any earlier or later time when the same may be requested by CITY.

17.1. Records and Inspections. The SERVICE PROVIDER shall maintain full and accurate records, with respect to all services and matters covered under this Agreement. The CITY shall have free access at all reasonable times to such records, both hard copy and electronic, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcripts therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings, and activities.

17.2. Deliverables. SERVICE PROVIDER shall deliver to the CITY the studies, plans, specifications, or other documents as are identified in the Scope of Services; and SERVICE PROVIDER shall, upon completion of all work, submit to the CITY all information developed in the course of the SERVICE PROVIDER's services. SERVICE PROVIDER shall, in such time and in such form as the CITY may require, furnish reports concerning the status of services required under this Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER shall, upon request by CITY and upon completion or termination of this Agreement, deliver to the CITY all material furnished to SERVICE PROVIDER by the CITY.

17.3. Ownership – Generally. All inventions, discoveries, enhancements, changes, or improvements of computer programs developed pursuant to this Agreement shall be the property of the CITY, and all patents or copyrights shall be assigned to the CITY, unless otherwise agreed. SERVICE PROVIDER agrees that CITY may make modifications to computer software furnished by SERVICE PROVIDER without infringing SERVICE PROVIDER’s copyright or any license granted to CITY, unless otherwise agreed.

17.4. Ownership of Documents. Every report, draft, work product, map, record, and other document reproduced, prepared, or caused to be prepared by the SERVICE PROVIDER pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be the exclusive property of the CITY.

17.5. Confidentiality. Information that is exempt from disclosure to the public is confidential. This includes information relating to the past, present, or future affairs of the City or information belonging to a third party whose information is in the City’s possession or control under obligations of confidentiality. SERVICE PROVIDER may be granted access to information that is exempt from disclosure Agreement No. 32400008 6
674
to the public (Government Code Section 6254 and 6254.16) and may contain “trade secrets” (see Government Code Section 6254.7(d)) when it is necessary for SERVICE PROVIDER to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

If SERVICE PROVIDER is granted such access to confidential information, SERVICE PROVIDER shall not be considered to be a member of the public as that term is used in Government Code Section 6254.5.

17.6. Disclosure of Information. SERVICE PROVIDER shall not disclose, publish, or authorize others to disclose or publish, design data, drawings, specifications, reports, or other information pertaining to the projects assigned to SERVICE PROVIDER by the CITY or other information to which the SERVICE PROVIDER has had access during the term of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the CITY’s Designated Representative during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after the termination of this Agreement.

17.7. No Warranty. Other than an obligation upon the CITY to deal in good faith, the CITY makes no warranties and shall bear no liability or responsibility for errors or omissions in any Confidential Information disclosed under this Agreement or for any business decisions made by SERVICE PROVIDER in reliance on any Confidential Information disclosed under this Agreement.

18. ASSIGNMENT.

This Agreement is for the non-professional services of SERVICE PROVIDER.

Any attempt by SERVICE PROVIDER to assign the benefits or burdens of this Agreement without the prior written approval of CITY shall be prohibited and shall be null and void. SERVICE PROVIDER's services pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by the SERVICE PROVIDER’s Designated Representative or directly under his/her supervision, and SERVICE PROVIDER shall not assign another to supervise the SERVICE PROVIDER's performance of this Agreement without the prior written approval of CITY, by and through the CITY’s Designated Representative.

19. NOTICE OF BREACH AND OPPORTUNITY TO CURE.

Neither Party will be in breach of this Agreement where the breach is capable of being cured, or until written notice of the breach is received from the non-breaching Party. The Party charged with breach will have fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of receiving such notice in which to cure the breach or otherwise respond. If the circumstances leading to the charge that the Agreement was breached have not been cured or explained to the satisfaction of the other Party within fifteen (15) days from the date on which the breaching Party received notice of breach, the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement.

Agreement No. 32400008 7
675

20. NOTICES.

All notices given or required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by first-class mail. Notice sent by mail shall be addressed to each Party’s Designated Representative as set forth above in Section 6. When addressed in accordance with this Section, such notice shall be deemed given upon deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid. In all other instances, notices shall be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this Section.

21. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS.

Each term and each provision of this Agreement to be performed by SERVICE PROVIDER shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition.

22. WAIVER.

CITY’s review or acceptance of, or payment for, work product prepared by SERVICE PROVIDER under this Agreement will not be construed to operate as a waiver of any rights CITY may have under this Agreement or of any cause of action arising from SERVICE PROVIDER’s performance. A waiver by CITY of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition contained in this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition contained in this Agreement, whether of the same or different character.

23. INDEMNIFICATION, HOLD HARMLESS & DEFENSE.

23.1 As a separate and independent covenant from SERVICE PROVIDER’s obligations under this section, SERVICE PROVIDER shall to the fullest extent permitted by law, immediately defend, indemnify, and hold harmless CITY, its legislative and advisory bodies, and the CITY’s officials, directors, officers, employees, and agents (the “Indemnitees”) from and against all liabilities regardless of nature, type, or cause, arising out of or resulting from or in connection with SERVICE PROVIDER’s performance of this Agreement or SERVICE PROVIDER’s failure to comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement. Liabilities subject to the duties to defend and indemnify include, without limitation, all claims, losses, damages, penalties, fines, and judgments; associated investigation and administrative expenses; defense costs, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees; court costs; and costs of alternative dispute resolution. SERVICE PROVIDER’s obligation to indemnify applies unless it is adjudicated that any of the liabilities covered by this Section are the result of the sole active negligence or sole willful misconduct of any of the Indemnitees.

Agreement No. 32400008 8
676

23.2 The duty to defend is a separate and distinct obligation from SERVICE PROVIDER’s duty to indemnify. SERVICE PROVIDER shall be obligated to defend in all legal, equitable, administrative, or special proceedings, with counsel approved by the CITY Attorney, immediately upon tender to SERVICE PROVIDER of the claim in any form or at any stage of an action or proceeding, whether or not liability is established. An allegation or determination of negligence or willful misconduct by any of the Indemnitees shall not relieve SERVICE PROVIDER from its separate and distinct obligation to defend the Indemnitees. The obligation to defend extends through final judgment, including exhaustion of any appeals. The defense obligation includes the obligation to provide independent defense counsel if SERVICE PROVIDER asserts that liability is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees. If it is finally adjudicated that liability was caused by the sole active negligence or sole willful misconduct of any of the Indemnitees, SERVICE PROVIDER may submit a claim to CITY for reimbursement of reasonable attorneys’ fees and defense costs.

23.3 The review, acceptance or approval of SERVICE PROVIDER’s work or work product by any of the Indemnitees shall not affect, relieve or reduce SERVICE PROVIDER’s indemnification or defense obligations. SERVICE PROVIDER waives any right of contribution against CITY or any of CITY’s officers, employees, agents, or volunteers arising out of such failure to inspect, review, monitor, or supervise the work performed by SERVICE PROVIDER pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Section shall not be restricted by and do not affect the provisions of this Agreement relating to Section 24. The SERVICE PROVIDER’s obligations under this Section of the Agreement shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

23.4 SERVICE PROVIDER agrees to pay all required taxes on amounts paid to SERVICE PROVIDER under this Agreement, and to indemnify and hold CITY harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against CITY by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by this Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER shall be solely responsible for, and shall save CITY harmless from, all matters relating to the payment of SERVICE PROVIDER’s subcontractors, material suppliers, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives, including compliance with social security requirements, federal and State income tax withholding, and all other regulations governing employer-employee relations, as applicable. CITY shall have the right to offset against the amount of any compensation due to SERVICE PROVIDER under this Agreement any amount due to CITY from SERVICE PROVIDER as a result of its failure to promptly pay to CITY any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section.

24. INSURANCE.

Agreement No. 32400008 9
677
SERVICE PROVIDER shall obtain and maintain during the performance of any services under this Agreement the insurance coverages listed within “Exhibit C”, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, unless the Risk Manager waives, in writing, the requirement that SERVICE PROVIDER obtain and maintain such insurance coverages. Such insurance must be issued by a company satisfactory to the Risk Manager. SERVICE PROVIDER shall, before performance of any Services pursuant to this Agreement, file with the Risk Manager evidence of insurance coverage as specified in “Exhibit C”. Maintenance of insurance coverages by SERVICE PROVIDER is a material element of this Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER’S failure to maintain or renew insurance coverages or to provide renewal evidence shall be considered a material breach of this Agreement.

25. LIVING WAGE REQUIREMENTS.

During the term of this Agreement, SERVICE PROVIDER understands and agrees that if Living Wages are applicable subject to the 2002 Oxnard City Council Living Wage Policy, attached as “Exhibit D” to this Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER will pay and/or provide the wages and/or benefits required therein to all of its employees engaged in whole or in part in performing the services provided for by this Agreement.

The duty to pay the correct wage is the responsibility of the SERVICE PROVIDER.

26. PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS.

26.1. Application. The payment of State prevailing wages as designated for Ventura County shall apply to public works projects. However, this section shall not apply to work performed on a public works project of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) or less when the project is for construction, alteration, demolition, installation, or repair work; or to work performed on a public works project of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) or less when the project is for maintenance work. Prevailing wages are required to be paid to all workers, including subcontracted employees.

26.2. Compliance with California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR).

To determine if this Agreement is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement, go to:
https://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/PublicWorksSB854FAQ.html

26.3. Contract Splitting. It is unlawful to split, or separate into small portions, work orders, projects, purchases, or public works projects for the purpose of evading these prevailing wage requirements.

26.4. Use of Prevailing Wages vs. Living Wages. In the event that there is a difference between the amount of wages to be paid under the CITY of Oxnard’s local Living Wage requirements and the requirements of this provision, the wage rate that is the higher of the two shall be applicable to this Agreement. The duty to pay the correct wage is the responsibility of the SERVICE PROVIDER.

Agreement No. 32400008 10
678

27. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
SERVICE PROVIDER covenants that it does not have any interest, nor shall it acquire any interest, directly or indirectly, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of SERVICE PROVIDER’s services under this Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER further covenants that in the performance of services under this Agreement, no officer, employee or agent of SERVICE PROVIDER having such interest shall be employed by it. In the event the CITY determines that SERVICE PROVIDER must disclose its financial interests by completing and filing a Fair Political Practices Commission Form 700, Statement of Economic Interests, SERVICE PROVIDER shall file such Form 700 with the CITY Clerk’s Office pursuant to the written instructions provided by the CITY Clerk. Acquisition or maintenance of a conflicting interest by SERVICE PROVIDER may result in termination of this Agreement by the CITY.

28. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT
In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq., the City requires that any person that submits a bid or proposal or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract with the City with respect to goods or services of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more, must certify at the time an Agreement is signed or renewed, that the person is not identified on a list created pursuant to subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203 as a person engaging in investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, or as a person described in subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, as applicable. The form of such Iran Contracting Certificate is included with this Agreement and must be signed and dated under penalty of perjury.

29. [RESERVED] -

30. DISPUTES.

Except as otherwise provided in these provisions, any dispute concerning a question of fact arising under this Agreement, shall be decided by the CITY’s Designated Representative, who shall reduce this decision to writing and mail a copy to the SERVICE PROVIDER. The decision of the CITY’s Designated Representative shall be final and conclusive unless SERVICE PROVIDER requests mediation within ten (10) calendar days. Pending final decision of a dispute, the SERVICE PROVIDER shall proceed diligently with the performance of the Agreement and in accordance with the decision of the CITY’s Designated Representative.

31. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

Should an unresolved dispute arise out of this Agreement, any Party may request that it be submitted to mediation. The Parties shall meet in mediation within a reasonable time not to exceed forty five (45) days of a request. The mediator shall be Agreement No. 32400008 11
679
agreed to by the mediating Parties. In the absence of an agreement on a mediator, the Parties shall each submit one name from mediators listed by the American Arbitration Association, the California State Board of Mediation and Conciliation, or other agreedupon service. The mediator shall be selected by a “blindfold” process. The cost of mediation shall be borne equally by both Parties. Neither Party shall be deemed the prevailing Party. No Party shall be permitted to file a legal action without first meeting in mediation and making a good faith attempt to reach a mediated settlement. The mediation process, once commenced by a meeting with the mediator, shall last until agreement is reached by the Parties but not more than sixty (60) calendar days, unless the maximum time is extended in writing by both Parties.

32. AUDIT.

CITY shall have the option of inspecting, auditing and/or reproducing all records and other written materials: used by SERVICE PROVIDER in preparing its billings to CITY as a condition precedent to any payment to SERVICE PROVIDER; or for other purposes relating to the Agreement. SERVICE PROVIDER will promptly furnish all documents requested by CITY. Additionally, if this Agreement is in excess of $10,000, the State Auditor may examine and audit SERVICE PROVIDER for a period of 3 years after final payment under the Agreement. Regardless of whether a State audit is permitted, SERVICE PROVIDER shall maintain and preserve all such records for a period of at least 3 years after final payment under the Agreement or until an audit has been completed and accepted by CITY, whichever occurs later. SERVICE PROVIDER shall maintain all such records in CITY or to promptly reimburse CITY for all reasonable costs incurred in conducting the audit at a location other than in CITY, including but not limited to expenses for personnel, salaries, private auditor, travel, lodging, meals and overhead. SERVICE PROVIDER shall include a copy of this Section in all contracts with its subcontractors, and SERVICE PROVIDER shall be responsible for immediately obtaining those records or other written material from its subcontractors upon a request by the State Auditor and/or CITY.

33. ADVERTISING AND PUBLICITY
SERVICE PROVIDER shall not use the name of or refer to CITY directly or indirectly in any advertisement, news release, or professional or trade publication without prior written approval from the City Manager. This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

34. NONDISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT.

SERVICE PROVIDER shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, color, religion or religious creed, national origin, ancestry, ethnic group identification, primary language, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, gender, gender identity, gender expression, sex, sexual orientation, age, immigration status, citizenship or military and veteran status.

SERVICE PROVIDER understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with Agreement No. 32400008 12
680
all legal nondiscrimination mandates. For every subcontractor who will perform Services, SERVICE PROVIDER shall be responsible for such subcontractor’s compliance with this Section.

35. FORCE MAJEURE.

Neither the SERVICE PROVIDER nor the CITY shall be responsible for any delay caused by any contingency beyond their control, including, but not limited to, war or insurrection, walkouts by the Party’s own employees, fires, natural calamities, riots, or demands or requirements of governmental agencies other than the CITY.

36. GOVERNING LAW.

The terms of this Agreement shall be interpreted according to the laws of the State of California. Should litigation occur, venue shall be in the Superior Court of California, County of Ventura.

37. SEVERABILITY.

If any portion of this Agreement is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and be enforceable.

38. INTEGRATED AGREEMENT.

This Agreement and the attached exhibits referenced herein to this Agreement represent the entire understanding between the Parties. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions of this Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and any subsequent successors and assigns.

39. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY.

This Agreement shall not be construed to be an agreement for the benefit of any third-party or parties, and no third party or parties shall have any claim or right of action under this Agreement.

40. AUTHORITY TO EXECUTE.

Each Party hereto expressly warrants and represents that through its Designated Representative it has the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of its corporation, partnership, business entity, or governmental entity, and warrants and Agreement No. 32400008 13
681
represents that the Designated Representative has the authority to bind each Party to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

41. EXECUTION – COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each such duplicate counterpart shall constitute an original, but they shall not be effective nor enforceable unless and until it is executed with the handwritten signature of an authorized representative of each of the relevant Parties. No counterpart shall be deemed to be an original or presumed delivered unless and until the counterpart executed by the other Party to this Agreement is in the physical possession of the Party seeking enforcement thereof.

42. INCONSISTENT OR CONFLICTING TERMS.

In the event of any contradictions or inconsistencies between any attached documents or exhibits incorporated by reference herein and the provisions of the Agreement itself, the terms of the Agreement shall control. Any exhibit that is attached and incorporated by reference shall be limited to the purposes for which it is attached, as specified in this Agreement. Any contractual terms or conditions contained in such exhibit imposing additional obligations on the CITY are not binding upon the CITY’s Designated Representative unless specifically agreed to in writing, and initiated by CITY’s Designated Representative, as to each additional contractual term or condition.

43. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.

By signing below, SERVICE PROVIDER acknowledges that it has reviewed the CITY’s Trade Services Agreement terms and conditions and insurance requirements and that SERVICE PROVIDER hereby agrees to full compliance. [Signatures on next page]
Agreement No. 32400008 14
682
In witness whereof, the Parties have entered into this Agreement on the date as written in section 3 and upon signature of all Parties.

CITY OF OXNARD AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND
CONSULTING LABORATORIES, INC.
☐John C. Zaragoza, Mayor1 Date Joe Freas, President Date ☐Jennifer Yates, 2
Purchasing Manager
Ashley Freas, Secretary3 Date
ATTEST:

Rose Chaparro, CITY Clerk Date
(only if Mayor signs)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Stephen M. Fischer, CITY Date
Attorney (always required)
1 The City Council must authorize and the Mayor must execute any agreement over $200,000. 2 The Purchasing Agent may execute any authorized agreement up to $200,000. 3 The City requires the following for any contract:
• For a corporation, the signatures of the Board President, CEO or Vice President and of the Board Secretary, Assistant Secretary, CFO or Assistant Treasurer;
• For an LLC, the signatures of at least two managers of the LLC (company directors, not lower-level managers); or • For a partnership, the signature of a partner. If the partnership is a limited partnership, the signer must be a general partner.

If the company has a different structure, or if the above-listed persons are not the appropriate signers, please submit to the City Attorney legally-binding documentation stating who can sign and bind your company.

Agreement No. 32400008 15
683

EXHIBIT A

TRADE SERVICE AGREEMENT
(CITY of Oxnard and AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND CONSULTING LABORATORIES, INC.)

SCOPE OF SERVICES

ON CALL OCEAN OUTFALL MONITORING SERVICES FOR THE WASTEWATER DIVISION 1000-1 SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, materials, equipment and other incidental and appurtenant Work to provide On Call Ocean Monitoring Services for the City of Oxnard Wastewater Division. Contractor shall conduct all the following activities in accordance with Attachment E of the City of Oxnard Wastewater Treatment Plant NPDES No. CA0054097 Order No. R4-2018-0140 (Monitoring and Reporting Program (MRP):

1. Core monitoring, regional monitoring, and special studies as described in the General Monitoring Provisions.

2. Monthly toxicity testing using kelp, topsmelt, or red abalone (NPDES Section V).

3. Receiving Water Monitoring Requirements - Section VIII. Parts A, B, C, D, and E.

4. Other Monitoring Requirements - Section IX. A. Outfall and Diffuser Inspection.

5. Reporting Requirements - Section X.A.9, D.4 (Receiving Water Report) and D.5 (Outfall Inspection Report).

6. Regional monitoring following protocols developed by the Southern California Bight 2023 Regional Monitoring Program (SCCWRP)
TASK A Water Quality Monitoring

As required, Contractor shall provide receiving water quality monitoring to include four (4) quarterly reports, one (1) annual report, data management and analysis and Regional Monitoring in accordance with the Wastewater Treatment Plant National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit. Contractor shall participate in the Southern California Bight Regional Monitoring Program pertaining to Ocean Acidification (OA) and Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs).

Participation in this survey includes quarterly field sampling, attending all meetings at SCCWRP pertaining to this work, data management and analysis, and reporting and review.

Agreement No. 32400008 16
684
Deliverables
• Four (4) Quarterly Receiving Water Field Surveys: (Aug, Nov, Feb, May) Total 20 over 5 years
• Four (4) Quarterly Sets of Laboratory Analyses: Bacteria and ammonia at 25 station x 3 depths x 4 quarters = 300) Total 20 over 5 years
• Monthly Program Management including (4) Quarterly Receiving Water Monitoring Reports, Biennial and Annual Summary Report & Regional Monitoring TASK B Bight 23 Ocean Acidification (OA)
As required, Contractor shall conduct semi-annual bongo net tows at 3 stations located along a transect 25 miles offshore. These surveys will begin in January 2024 and last through December 2025. Pteropods and other organisms with calcareous shells shall be collected from each tow preserved and shipped to SCCWRP for processing. Participation in these surveys includes field sampling, attending all meetings at SCCWRP pertaining to this work, data management and analysis, and reporting and review.

Deliverables
• Four (4) Semi-annual (2024 and 2025) bongo net tows, CTD profiles and discrete water samples for pH and alkalinity based on the Ocean Acidification Work plan • Four (4) Semi-annual (2024 and 2025) sets of Laboratory Analyses: aragonite (pH) and alkalinity
• Program Management including status updates, attendance at up to 6 Bight 23 OA meetings, data management/ analysis, report writing and review TASK C Bight 23 Benthic Sediment Quality Monitoring
As required, Contractor shall provide Benthic Sediment services per the workplans and protocols for the 2023 Southern California Bight Regional Monitoring Program, including:
● Field sampling at 27 sites from Pt Mugu to Santa Barbara ● Laboratory analyses including:
○ Benthic infauna identification of 21 samples, including quality control ○ Sediment chemistry of 29 samples for chlorinated hydrocarbons (CHC and PCBs) and poly aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
○ Sediment toxicity testing of 30 samples using the bivalve Mytilus sp.

Participation in these surveys includes field sampling, attending all meetings at SCCWRP pertaining to this work, data management and analysis, reporting and review.

Deliverables
• Field Sampling Benthic Sediments (n=27)
Agreement No. 32400008 17
685
• Laboratory Analyses: Chemistry (n=29), infauana (n=21), Toxicity (n=30) • Program Management including status updates, attendance at up to 5 Bight 23 Sediment Quality
TASK D Bight 23 Fish and Invertebrate Monitoring
As required, Contractor shall provide fish and invertebrate trawl sampling services per the work plans and protocols for the 2023 Southern California Bight Regional Monitoring Program, including:
● Trawl sampling at 19 sites from Pt Mugu to Santa Barbara ● Field identification, enumeration, and weights of all fish and invertebrates captured in each trawl
Participation in these surveys includes field sampling, attending all meetings at SCCWRP pertaining to this work, data management and analysis, reporting and review.

Deliverables
• Field Sampling: Trawling (n=19)
• Field Identification, enumeration, and weights
• Program Management including status updates, attendance at up to 5 Bight 23 Trawl committee meetings, data management/ analysis, report writing and review TASK E Kelp Bed Monitoring

As required, Contractor shall participate in the Central Coast Kelp Consortium, including aerial flyovers.

Deliverables
• Participation in Central Region Kelp Survey Consortium as required • Review Annual Report
TASK F Outfall & Diffuser Inspection
On an annual basis, Contractor shall inspect approx. 6000 ft of the City’s ocean outfall and diffuser and provide a summary report.

Deliverables
• Outfall Dive Video recording
• Video review and editing
• Annual report
Agreement No. 32400008 18
686
• Program Management
TASK G Toxicity Testing
On a monthly basis, Contractor shall conduct monthly NPDES (Section V) mandated toxicity testing on plant effluent using EPA protocols (EPA/600/R-95-136).

Deliverables
• Monthly kelp, abalone, or topsmelt toxicity tests
• Monthly program management and reporting
TASK H Seafood Safety Monitoring
As required, Contractor shall collect sportfish from three ‘zones’ offshore Oxnard and monitor seafood contamination levels following the work plan approved by the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board.

Deliverables
• Field Sampling: rig fishing, caging, spearfishing
• Laboratory analyses: tissue chemistry
• Data analysis and reporting
• Monthly program management
TASK I As Needed Testing, Analysis, and Consulting Services Unforeseen services may be required through the duration of the contract. Contractor may render additional services through a task order on an as needed basis. Task orders shall include all time and material costs. Materials shall be paid at a rate of cost + 15%.

Agreement No. 32400008 19
687
5 Year Contract Period
Item No. Task Description Unit Sub-Total
Frequency/
Budget Year Cost
4% Annual
Escalation? Proposal 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 1 Task A
Water Quality Monitoring Field Work Quarterly $ 20,136 4 $ 80,544 Lab Work Quarterly $ 15,534 4 $ 62,135
Project Management Quarterly $ 5,216 4 $ 20,864 Yes $ 163,543 $ 163,543 $ 170,085 $ 176,888 $ 183,964 $ 191,322 2 Task B
Bight 23 Ocean Acidification Field Work Semi-Annual $ 23,664 4 $ 94,656 (2024 to 2025) Lab Work Semi-Annual $ 1,100 4 $ 4,400
Project Management Semi-Annual $ 3,236 4 $ 12,944 No $ 112,000 $ 28,000 $ 84,000 $ 7,000 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 3 Task C
Bight 23 Benthic Sediment Field Work Annual $ 55,362 1 $ 55,362 Quality Monitoring Lab Work Annual $ 108,765 1 $ 108,765 Project Management Annual $ 14,392 1 $ 14,392 No $ 178,519 $ 178,519 $ 62,563 $ 15,840 $ 15,840 $ 15,840 4 Task D
Bight 23 Fish and Field Work Annual $ 108,208 1 $ 108,208 Invertebrate Monitoring Lab Work Annual $ - 1 $ -
Project Management Annual $ 18,160 1 $ 18,160 No $ 126,368 $ 126,368 $ 26,306 $ 11,688 $ 11,688 $ 11,688 5 Task E
Kelp Bed Monitoring Field Work Annual $ 11,000 1 $ 11,000 Lab Work Annual $ - 1 $ -
Project Management Annual $ 1,256 1 $ 1,256 Yes $ 12,256 $ 12,256 $ 12,746 $ 13,256 $ 13,786 $ 14,338 6 Task F
Outfall and Diffuser Inspection Field Work Annual $ 9,486 1 $ 9,486 Lab Work Annual $ 3,694 1 $ 3,694
Project Management Annual $ 2,896 1 $ 2,896 Yes $ 16,076 $ 16,076 $ 16,719 $ 17,388 $ 18,083 $ 18,807 7 Task G
Toxicity Testing Topsmelt Most Sensitive $ 1,135 1 $ 1,135 Kelp Most Sensitive $ 1,155 12 $ 13,860
Abalone Most Sensitive $ 1,050 1 $ 1,050 Yes $ 16,045 $ 16,045 $ 16,687 $ 17,354 $ 18,048 $ 18,770 8 Task H
Seafood Safety Monitoring Field Work Annual $ 29,726 1 $ 29,726 Lab Work Annual $ 15,410 1 $ 15,410
Project Management Annual $ 6,664 1 $ 6,664 No $ 51,800 $ - $ - $ - $ 51,800 $ 6,664 (continued below) Total $ 540,807 $ 389,106 $ 259,414 $ 318,210 $ 282,429

EXHIBIT B

TRADE SERVICE AGREEMENT
(CITY of Oxnard and AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND CONSULTING LABORATORIES, INC.)

SCHEDULE OF COMPENSATION

Agreement No. 32400008 20
688
5 Year Contract Period
Item No. Task Desription Unit Sub-Total
Frequency/
Budget Year Cost
4% Annual
Escalation? Proposal 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2027/28 9 Task I
As Needed Testing, Analysis,
and Consulting Services
Senior Scientist
Scientist
Senior Biologist
Biologist
Field Technician
Laboratory Technician
2023 to 2024
Hourly
Hourly
Hourly
Hourly
Hourly
Hourly
$ 241
$ 181
$ 157
$ 133
$ 102
$ 102
10 Annual Cost Escalation For Tasks A, E, F, G Percent 4% Agreement No. 32400008 21
689

EXHIBIT C

TRADE SERVICES AGREEMENT
(CITY of Oxnard and AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND CONSULTING LABORATORIES, INC.)

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Prior to contract approval, CONSULTANT/SERVICE PROVIDER/SELLER/BIDDER (hereafter referred to as “SERVICE PROVIDER”) must procure, agree to maintain and supply evidence of insurance at the levels listed and in accordance with the other provisions listed in this document.

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSULTANTS
(WITH ERRORS AND OMISSIONS REQUIREMENT)

1. Consultant shall obtain and maintain during the performance of any services under this Agreement the following insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of services hereunder by Consultant, its agents, representatives, employees or subconsultants.
a. Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Contractual Liability, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage for each claimant for general liability with coverage equivalent to Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability Coverage (Occurrence Form CG 0001). If a general aggregate limit is used, that limit shall apply separately to the project or shall be twice the occurrence amount;
b. Business automobile liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage for each claimant for automobile liability with coverage equivalent to Insurance Services Office automobile liability coverage (Occurrence Form CA0001) covering Code No. 1, “any auto;”
c. Professional liability/errors and omissions insurance appropriate to Consultant’s profession to a minimum coverage of $1,000,000, with neither Consultant nor listed subconsultants having less than $500,000 individually. The professional liability/errors and omissions insurance must be project specific with at least a one year extended reporting period, or longer upon request. d. Workers’ compensation insurance in compliance with the laws of the State of California, and employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per claimant. Additionally, the workers’ compensation policy shall include a waiver of all rights of subrogation which the insurer may have against the City.

2. Consultant shall, prior to performance of any services, file with the Risk Manager certificates of insurance with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this Exhibit INS-A. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on the attached forms or on other forms approved by the Risk Manager. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by the Risk Manager before commencement of services. City reserves the right to require complete certified copies of all required insurance policies at any time. The certificates of insurance and endorsements shall be sent via email. If you have not received your request or are having difficulty with electronic upload, contact [email protected] Agreement No. 32400008 22
690

3. Consultant agrees that all insurance coverages shall be provided by a California admitted insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of A:VII or better and shall be endorsed to state that coverage may not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits without 30 days’ prior written notice to the Risk Manager. The Risk Manager shall not approve or accept any endorsement if the endorsement contains “best effort” modifiers or if the insurer is relieved from the responsibility to give such notice.

4. Consultant agrees that the commercial general liability and business automobile liability insurance policies shall be endorsed to name City, its City Council, officers, employees, agents and volunteers as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Consultant; products and completed operations of Consultant; premises owned, occupied or used by Consultant; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Consultant. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its City Council, officers, employees, agents and volunteers. The General Liability Special Endorsement Form and Automobile Liability Special Endorsement Form attached to this Exhibit INS-A or substitute forms containing the same information and acceptable to the Risk Manager shall be used to provide the endorsements (ISO form CG 2010 11/85 or if not available, CG 2010 with an edition date prior to 01/04 and CG 2037).

5. The coverages provided to City shall be primary and not contributing to or in excess of any existing City insurance or self-insurance coverages (this must be endorsed). Additionally, the workers’ compensation policy shall include a waiver of all rights of subrogation which the insurer may have against the City. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its City Council, officers, employees and volunteers. The insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability.

6. The insurer shall declare any deductibles or self-insured retentions to and be approved by the Risk Manager. At the option of the Risk Manager, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or selfinsured retentions as respects City, its City Council, officers, employees and volunteers, or the Consultant shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.

7. All insurance standards applicable to Consultant shall also be applicable to Consultant's subconsultants. Consultant agrees to maintain appropriate agreements with subconsultants and to provide proper evidence of coverage upon receipt of a written request from the Risk Manager. 1/23
Agreement No. 32400008 23
691

INSTRUCTION FOR SUBMITTING INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENT FORMS Certificates of Insurance
The sample accord form on the following page is provided to facilitate your preparation and submission of certificates of insurance. You may use this or any industry form that shows coverage as broad as that shown on the attached sample. Please note the certificate holder address must be as shown on the attached sample accord form with the contract number and insurance exhibit identification information completed. Improperly addressed certificates may delay the contract start-up date because the City’s practice is to return unidentifiable insurance certificates to the insured for clarification as to the contract number. Cancellation provisions must be endorsed to the policy. Modifying the certificate does not change coverage or obligate the carrier to provide notice of cancellation.

Endorsement Forms
Original endorsements are required for commercial general liability and business automobile liability insurance policies and must be attached to the applicable certificate of insurance. City preference is that the Consultant/insurer use the endorsement forms which are attached. Substitute forms will be accepted, however, as long as they include provisions comparable to the sample accord form.

INS-A.doc
Agreement No. 32400008 24
692

ACORD CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUE DATE (MM/DD/YY)

PRODUCER

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.

CODE SUB-CODE COMPANIES AFFORDING INSURANCE COVERAGE

INSURED COMPANY

LETTER A SPECIFY COMPANY NAMES IN THIS SPACE

COMPANY

LETTER B

COVERAGES

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED,

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

CO
LTR

TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY
NUMBER

POLICY EFFECTIVE

DATE (MM/DD/YY)

POLICY EXPIRATION

DATE (MM/DD/YY)
LIMITS

A GENERAL LIABILITY
[x] COMMERCIAL GENERAL
LIABILITY [ ] CLAIMS MADE [x]
OCCUR.
[x] OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S
PROT.

GENERAL AGGREGATE $1,000,000
PRODUCTS COMP/OP AGG . $1,000,000
PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY $1,000,000
EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $
MED. EXPENSE (Any one person) $

A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
[x] ANY AUTO

ALL OWNED AUTOS

SCHEDULED AUTOS

HIRED AUTOS

NON-OWNED AUTOS

GARAGE LIABILITY
COMBINED SINGLE $1,000,000
LIMIT
BODILY INJURY $
(Per person)
BODILY INJURY $
(Per accident)
PROPERTY DAMAGE $

A EXCESS LIABILITY

UMBRELLA FORM

OTHER THAN UMBRELLA
FORM
EACH OCCURRENCE $
AGGREGATE $

A WORKERS' COMPENSATION
AND

EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY

STATUTORY LIMITS
EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000
DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000
DISEASE-EACH EMPLOYEE $1,000,000

A OTHER
Errors and omissions insurance or malpractice insurance available for the insured's profession Minimum coverage $1,000,000
Each consultant/ $500,000
& listed sub-consultant

DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/RESTRICTIONS/SPECIAL ITEMS

CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CITY OF OXNARD ℅ Evident ID, Inc.
8520 Allison Pointe Blvd. Ste 223
PMB 5210
Indianapolis, Indiana 462500-4299 US

CANCELLATION

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER

NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Rev. 1/23 INS-A.doc
Agreement No. 32400008 25
693

GENERAL LIABILITY SPECIAL ENDORSEMENT
FOR THE CITY OF OXNARD (the “City”) SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE ENDORSEMENT NO. ISSUE DATE (MM/DD/YY)
PRODUCER POLICY INFORMATION:

Insurance Company:

Policy No.:

Policy Period: (from) (to)
LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE  Included in Limits
 In Addition to Limits
Telephone:
 Deductible  Self-Insured Retention (check which) of $ with an Aggregate of $ applies to
coverage.  Per Occurrence  Per Claim (which)

NAMED INSURED
APPLICABILITY. This insurance pertains to the operations, products and/or tenancy of the named insured under all written agreements and permits in force with the City unless checked here  in which case only the following specific agreements and permits with the City are covered

CITY AGREEMENTS/PERMITS TYPE OF INSURANCE

GENERAL LIABILITY
 COMMERCIAL GENERAL

LIABILITY
 COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL

LIABILITY
 OWNERS & CONTRACTORS

PROTECTIVE
 Claims Made
Retroactive Date
 Occurrence

OTHER PROVISIONS
COVERAGES LIABILITY LIMITS IN THOUSANDS $

EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE
 GENERAL
 PRODUCTS/COMPLETED

OPERATIONS
 PERSONAL & ADVERTISING
INJURY
 FIRE DAMAGE


CLAIMS: Underwriter’s representative for claims pursuant to this insurance.

Name:

e: ( )
In consideration of the premium charged and notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, insurance company agrees as follows:

1. INSURED. The City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers are included as insureds with regard to liability and defense of suits arising from the operations, products and activities performed by or on behalf of the named insured.

2. CONTRIBUTION NOT REQUIRED. As respects: (a) work performed by the named insured for or on behalf of the City; or (b) products sold by the named insured to the City; or (c) premises leased by the named insured from the City, the insurance afforded by this policy shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officers, agents, employees or volunteers; or stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the named insured’s scheduled underlying primary coverage. In either event, any other insurance maintained by the City, its officers, agents, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of this insurance and shall not contribute with it.

3. SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST. This insurance applies separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the company’s limits of liability. The inclusion of any person or organization as an insured shall not affect any right which such person or organization would have as a claimant if not so included.

4. CANCELLATION NOTICE. With respect to the interests of the City, this insurance shall not be canceled, or materially reduced in coverage or limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by receipted delivery has been given to the City.

5. PROVISIONS REGARDING THE INSURED’S DUTIES. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policy or breaches or violations of warranties shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, agents, employees or volunteers.

6. SCOPE OF COVERAGE. This policy, if primary, affords coverage at least as broad as:
a. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability Coverage, “occurrence” form CG0001; or b. If excess, affords coverage which is at least as broad as the primary insurance form CG0001.

Except as stated above nothing herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, conditions, agreements or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached.

ENDORSEMENT HOLDER
CITY OF OXNARD ℅ Evident ID, Inc.
8520 Allison Pointe Blvd. Ste 223
PMB 5210
Indianapolis, Indiana 462500-4299 US

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
 Broker/Agent  Underwriter 
I
(print/type name), warrant that I have authority to bind the above-mentioned insurance company and by my signature hereon do so bind this company to this endorsement.

Signature
(original signature required)
Telephone: ( ) Date Signed:

Rev. 1/23 INS-A.doc
Agreement No. 32400008 26
694

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY SPECIAL ENDORSEMENT
FOR THE CITY OF OXNARD (the “City”)

SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE
ENDORSEMENT NO. ISSUE DATE (MM/DD/YY)
PRODUCER POLICY INFORMATION:

Insurance Company:

Policy No.:

Policy Period: (from) (to)
LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE  Included in Limits
 In Addition to Limits
Telephone:
 Deductible  Self-Insured Retention (check which) of $ with an Aggregate of $ applies to
coverage.  Per Occurrence  Per Claim (which) NAMED INSURED APPLICABILITY. This insurance pertains to the operations, products and/or tenancy of the named insured under all written agreements and permits in force with the City unless checked here  in which case only the following specific agreements and permits with the City are covered:

CITY AGREEMENTS/PERMITS

TYPE OF INSURANCE OTHER PROVISIONS

COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY

BUSINESS AUTO POLICY
OTHER

LIMIT OF LIABILITY
CLAIMS: Underwriter’s representative for claims pursuant to this insurance.

Name:
( )
$
per accident, for bodily injury and property
damage.

In consideration of the premium charged and notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached or any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, insurance company agrees as follows:

1. INSURED. The City, its officers, agents, volunteers and employees are included as insureds with regard to liability and defense of suits arising from the operations, products and activities performed by or on behalf of the named insured.

2. CONTRIBUTION NOT REQUIRED. As respects: (a) work performed by the named insured for or on behalf of the City; or (b) products sold by the named insured to the City; or (c) premises leased by the named insured from the City, the insurance afforded by this policy shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officers, agents, employees or volunteers; or stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the named insured’s scheduled underlying primary coverage. In either event, any other insurance maintained by the City, its officers, agents, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of this insurance and shall not contribute with it.

3. SEVERABILITY OF INTEREST. This insurance applies separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the company’s limits of liability. The inclusion of any person or organization as an insured shall not affect any right which such person or organization would have as a claimant if not so included.

4. CANCELLATION NOTICE. With respect to the interests of the City, this insurance shall not be canceled, or materially reduced in coverage or limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by receipted delivery has been given to the City.

5. PROVISIONS REGARDING THE INSURED’S DUTIES. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policy or breaches or violations of warranties shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, agents, employees or volunteers.

6. SCOPE OF COVERAGE. This policy, if primary, affords coverage at least as broad as:
a. Insurance Services Office Automobile Liability Coverage, “occurrence” form CA0001, code ("any auto"); or b. If excess, affords coverage which is at least as broad as the primary insurance form referenced in the preceding section (1).

Except as stated above nothing herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, conditions, agreements or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached.

ENDORSEMENT HOLDER
CITY OF OXNARD ℅ Evident ID, Inc.
8520 Allison Pointe Blvd. Ste 223
PMB 5210
Indianapolis, Indiana 462500-4299 US

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
 Broker/Agent  Underwriter 
I (print/type name),
warrant that I have authority to bind the above-mentioned insurance company and by my signature hereon do so bind this company to this endorsement.

Signature
(original signature required)
Telephone: ( ) Date Signed
Rev. 1/23 INS-A.doc
Agreement No. 32400008 27
695

EXHIBIT D

TRADE SERVICES AGREEMENT
(CITY of Oxnard and AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND CONSULTING LABORATORIES, INC.)

LIVING WAGE POLICY
Pursuant to the Living Wage Policy adopted July 9, 2002 by the City Council and effective October 1, 2002, the City Manager and City Attorney are directed to include the following language in all standard trade services contracts and all unique trade services contracts governed by the Living Wage Policy.

A. SERVICE PROVIDER shall compensate any employee of SERVICE PROVIDER who provides services under this Agreement in accordance with the Living Wage Policy, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as the Living Wage Policy Exhibit. While this Agreement is in effect, SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay such employee no less than $18.22 per hour for each hour that such employee provides services under this Agreement. In addition, while this Agreement is in effect, SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide to such employee no less than 96 hours of paid leave per calendar year.

B. SERVICE PROVIDER agrees to post, at a location readily accessible to those employees providing services to the CITY, a copy of the Living Wage Policy adopted by City Council on July 9, 2002 and effective October 1, 2002.

C. If SERVICE PROVIDER fails to compensate such employee pursuant to the Living Wage Policy, the City Manager or designee shall terminate this Agreement on written notice to SERVICE PROVIDER, effective immediately.

D. In addition, if SERVICE PROVIDER fails to comply with the Living Wage Policy in any manner, SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay to CITY a fine of $500 and shall pay to any employee providing services under this Agreement a penalty of three times the amount or value of the compensation owed to such employee under the Living Wage Policy. SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay such fine and penalty within fifteen (15) calendar days after the City Manager or designee provides written notice to SERVICE PROVIDER of the amount owed.

Agreement No. 32400008 28
696

CITY OF OXNARD LIVING WAGE REQUIREMENTS
EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2022
SERVICE PROVIDER shall compensate any employee of SERVICE PROVIDER who provides services under this Agreement in accordance with the Living Wage Policy, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit D. While this Agreement is in effect, SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay such employee no less than $18.22 per hour for each hour that such employee provides services under this Agreement. This hourly rate shall be adjusted on July 1, 2023, and each July 1 thereafter, according to the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index, all items, prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for the Los Angeles area relating to all urban consumers (CPI-U), index base 1982-84=100, comparing May of the previous year to May of the current year. In addition, while this Agreement is in effect, SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide to such employee no less than 96 hours of paid leave per calendar year.
a. SERVICE PROVIDER agrees to post, at a location readily accessible to those employees providing services to the CITY, a copy of the Living Wage Policy adopted by the Oxnard City Council on July 9, 2002 and effective October 1, 2002. b. If SERVICE PROVIDER fails to compensate such employee pursuant to the Living Wage Policy, the City Manager or designee shall terminate this Agreement on written notice to SERVICE PROVIDER, effective immediately. c. In addition, if SERVICE PROVIDER fails to comply with the Living Wage Policy in any manner, SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay to CITY a fine of $500 and shall pay to any employee providing services under this Agreement a penalty of three times the amount or value of the compensation owed to such employee under the Living Wage Policy. SERVICE PROVIDER shall pay such fine and penalty within fifteen (15) calendar days after the City Manager or designee provides written notice to SERVICE PROVIDER of the amount owed.

Agreement No. 32400008 29
697

EXHIBIT E

TRADE SERVICES AGREEMENT
(CITY of Oxnard and AQUATIC BIOASSAY AND CONSULTING LABORATORIES, INC.)

PREVAILING WAGE

1. SERVICE PROVIDER acknowledges that the Project defined in the Agreement between SERVICE PROVIDER and CITY is a “public work” as defined in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 of the California Labor Code (“Chapter 1”), and that this Agreement is subject to Chapter 1 and the rules and regulations established by the Director of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. SERVICE PROVIDER shall perform the Project as a public work. SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in Chapter 1 and the DIR’s rules and regulations as though set forth in full herein.

2. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Agreement are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. SERVICE PROVIDER acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and SERVICE PROVIDER shall post such rates at each job site covered by this Agreement.

3. SERVICE PROVIDER is required to post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation. See Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(2).

4. SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. SERVICE PROVIDER shall, as a penalty to CITY, forfeit not more than $200 for each calendar day or portion thereof for each worker paid less than the DIR’s determined prevailing rates for the work or craft in which the worker is employed pursuant to this Agreement by SERVICE PROVIDER or any subcontractor. The Labor Commissioner shall determine the amount of the penalty as described in Section 1775.

5. SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with Labor Code Section 1776, which requires SERVICE PROVIDER and each subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection, and (3) inform CITY of the location of the records.

6. SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Administrative Code Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects for all Agreement No. 32400008 30
698
apprenticeable occupations. Before commencing work under this Agreement, SERVICE PROVIDER shall provide CITY with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding the Project, SERVICE PROVIDER and each of its subcontractors shall submit to CITY a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.

7. SERVICE PROVIDER may not be debarred or suspended throughout the Agreement Term pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. If he, she or it becomes debarred or suspended in the Agreement Term, SERVICE PROVIDER must immediately notify CITY.

8. SERVICE PROVIDER is not qualified to bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, as defined in Labor Code Sections 1720 through 1861, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. SERVICE PROVIDER shall continue without interruption to stay registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 for the duration of the term of this Agreement. This provision does not apply to construction, alteration, demolition, installation or repair work of $25,000 or less or to maintenance work of $15,000 or less.

9. SERVICE PROVIDER acknowledges that 8 hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810.

10. SERVICE PROVIDER shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. SERVICE PROVIDER shall, as a penalty to CITY, forfeit $25 for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by SERVICE PROVIDER or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code.

Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by SERVICE PROVIDER’s employees in excess of 8 hours per day and 40 hours per week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less than 1 ½ times the basic rate of pay.

11. The Project listed in the Agreement is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR.

12. SERVICE PROVIDER shall be responsible for each and every one of its subcontractors’ compliance with Chapter 1, the DIR’s rules and regulations, and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700. SERVICE PROVIDER shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor a copy of, and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with, those statutory provisions. SERVICE PROVIDER shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure subcontractors’ compliance, including without Agreement No. 32400008 31
699
limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of each subcontractor, and upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay its workers the specified prevailing rate of wages, SERVICE PROVIDER shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure.

13. To the maximum extent, SERVICE PROVIDER shall hold harmless, defend (with counsel approved by the City Attorney) and indemnify CITY, its legislative bodies, and its officials, officers, employees and agents from any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed above by any person or entity (including Service Provider, its subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees and agents) in connection with any work undertaken or in connection with the Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all attorneys’ fees and other related costs. All duties of SERVICE PROVIDER under this Section shall survive Agreement termination.

Agreement No. 32400008 32
700

IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION
(TO BE EXECUTED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE AGREEMENT)
Public Contract Code Sections 2202-2208
Pursuant to Public Contract Code 2204.(a) A public entity shall require a person that is submits a bid or proposal to, or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract with, a public entity with respect to a contract for goods or services of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more to certify, at the time an Agreement is signed or renewed, that the person is not identified on a list created pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 2203 as a person engaging in investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Section 2202.5 or as a person described in subdivision 9b) of Section 2202.5, as applicable.

To comply with this requirement, please insert your company/entity and Federal ID number (if available) and complete one of the options below. Please note, California law established penalties for providing false certifications, including civil penalties equal to the greater of $250,000 or twice the amount of the contract for which the false certification was made, contract termination and three-year ineligibility to bid on contract in accordance with Public Contract Code section 2205.

OPTION No.1 – CERTIFICATION
I, the official named below, certify I am duly authorized to execute this certification on behalf of the company/entity identified below, and the company/entity identified below is not on the current list of persons engaged in investment activities in Iran created by DGS and is not a financial institution extending twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) or more in credit to another person or entity, for 45 days or more, if that other person or company/entity will use the credit to provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran and is identified on the current list of persons engaged in investment activities in Iran created by DGS in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code 2203.

Company Name/Financial Institution (printed): Federal ID Number (or n/a):

By (Authorized Signature):
___________________________________________
Printed Name & Title of Person Signing: Date Executed
_____________________________________________ __________________________ Executed in the County of________________________________ in the State of __________________ OPTION No.2 – EXEMPTION
Pursuant to Public Contract Code sections 2203(c) and (d), a public entity may permit a vendor/financial institution engaged in investment activities in Iran, on a case-by-case basis, to be eligible for, or to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enters into or renews, a contract for goods and services. If you have obtained an exemption from the certification requirement under the Iran Contracting Act, please fill out the information below and attach documentation demonstrating the exemption approval.

Company Name/Financial Institution (printed): Federal ID Number (or n/a):

By (Authorized Signature):
_____________________________________________
Printed Name & Title of Person Signing: Date Executed
____________________________________________ ________________________ Executed in the County of_____________________________________ in the State of ____________

EXHIBIT F
Agreement No. 32400008 33
701
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-1
E.

ATTACHMENT E – MONITORING AND REPORTING PROGRAM

CONTENTS
I. General Monitoring Provisions ....................................................................................................E-2 II. Monitoring Locations ...................................................................................................................E-6 III. Influent Monitoring Requirements................................................................................................E-8 A. Monitoring Location INF-001................................................................................................E-8 IV. Effluent Monitoring Requirements ...............................................................................................E-9 A. Monitoring Location EFF-001A and EFF-001B ....................................................................E-9 V. Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET) Testing Requirements ...............................................................E-14 A. Chronic Toxicity Testing.....................................................................................................E-14 B. Ammonia Removal ............................................................................................................E-19 C. Chlorine Removal ..............................................................................................................E-20 VI. Land Discharge Monitoring Requirements – Not Applicable ......................................................E-20 VII. Recycling Requirements ...........................................................................................................E-20 VIII. Receiving water monitoring requirements..................................................................................E-20 A. Water Quality Monitoring ...................................................................................................E-21 B. Benthic Monitoring .............................................................................................................E-23 C. Fish and Invertebrate Monitoring .......................................................................................E-25 D. Seafood Safety Monitoring.................................................................................................E-27 E. Kelp Bed Monitoring ..........................................................................................................E-28 IX. Other Monitoring Requirements.................................................................................................E-29 A. Outfall and Diffuser Inspection...........................................................................................E-29 B. Biosolids and Sludge Management....................................................................................E-29 X. Reporting Requirements ...........................................................................................................E-29 A. General Monitoring and Reporting Requirements ..............................................................E-29 B. Self-Monitoring Reports (SMRs) ........................................................................................E-31 C. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) ..............................................................................E-33 D. Other Reports ....................................................................................................................E-33 TABLES
Table E-1. Influent and Effluent Monitoring .........................................................................................E-6 Table E-2. Local Receiving Water Quality Monitoring Station Locations .............................................E-7 Table E-3. Receiving Water Benthic, Trawl, Shoreline and Mussel Monitoring Station Locations .......E-7 Table E-4. Influent Monitoring.............................................................................................................E-9 Table E-5. Effluent Monitoring...........................................................................................................E-10 Table E-6. USEPA Test Methods and Test Acceptability Criteria......................................................E-16 Table E-7. Schedule for Receiving Water Monitoring Requirements .................................................E-20 Table E-8. Offshore Receiving Water Monitoring Requirements .......................................................E-21 Table E-10. Seafood Safety Monitoring Requirements......................................................................E-27 Table E-11. Monitoring Periods and Reporting Schedule..................................................................E-31 Agreement No. 32400008

EXHIBIT G
34 702
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-2
ATTACHMENT E – MONITORING AND REPORTING PROGRAM (MRP CI 2022) Section 308 of the federal Clean Water Act (CWA) and sections 122.41(h), (j)-(l), 122.44(i), and 122.48 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR) require that all NPDES permits specify monitoring and reporting requirements. California Water Code (CWC) sections 13267 and 13383 also authorize the Regional Water Board to establish monitoring, inspection, entry, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements. This MRP establishes monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements that implement the federal and California laws and/or regulations.

I. GENERAL MONITORING PROVISIONS
A. All samples shall be representative of the waste discharge under conditions of peak load.

Quarterly effluent analyses shall be performed during the first quarter (January, February, and March), the second quarter (April, May, and June), the third quarter (July, August, and September), and the fourth quarter (October, November, and December). Semiannual analyses shall be performed during the first quarter (January, February, and March) and third quarter (July, August, and September). Annual analyses shall be performed during the third quarter (July, August, and September). Should there be instances when monitoring could not be performed during these specified months, the Discharger must notify the Regional Water Board and state the reason why monitoring could not be conducted, and obtain approval from the Executive Officer for an alternate schedule. Results of quarterly, semiannual, and annual analyses shall be reported by the due date specified in Table E-11 of the MRP.

B. Pollutants shall be analyzed using the analytical methods described in 40 CFR § 136.3,136.4, and 136.5; or where no methods are specified for a given pollutant, by methods approved by this Regional Water Board or the State Water Board. Laboratories analyzing effluent samples and receiving water samples shall be certified by the State Water Resources Control Board, Division of Drinking Water (DDW) Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) or approved by the Executive Officer and must include quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) data in their reports. A copy of the laboratory certification shall be provided in the Annual Report due to the Regional Water Board each time a new certification and/or renewal of the certification is obtained from ELAP.

C. Water/wastewater samples must be analyzed within allowable holding time limits as specified in 40 CFR § 136.3. All QA/QC analyses must be run on the same dates that samples are actually analyzed. The Discharger shall retain the QA/QC documentation in its files and make available for inspection and/or submit this documentation when requested by the Regional Water Board. Proper chain of custody procedures must be followed and a copy of this documentation shall be submitted with the monthly report.

D. The Discharger shall calibrate and perform maintenance procedures on all monitoring instruments to insure accuracy of measurements, or shall ensure that both equipment activities will be conducted.

E. For any analyses performed for which no procedure is specified in the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) guidelines, or in the MRP, the constituent or parameter analyzed and method or procedure used must be specified in the monitoring report.

F. Each monitoring report must affirm in writing that “all analyses were conducted at a laboratory certified for such analyses under the Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP), or approved by the Executive Officer and in accordance with current USEPA guideline procedures or as specified in this monitoring and reporting program.” Agreement No. 32400008 35
703
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-3
G. The monitoring report shall specify the USEPA analytical method used, the Method Detection Limit (MDL), and the Reporting Level (RL) [the applicable Minimum Level (ML) or Reported Minimum Level (RML)] for each pollutant. The MLs are those published by the State Water Board in Appendix II of the 2015 Ocean Plan. The ML represents the lowest quantifiable concentration in a sample based on the proper application of all method-based analytical procedures and the absence of any matrix interference. When all specific analytical steps are followed and after appropriate application of method specific factors, the ML also represents the lowest standard in the calibration curve for that specific analytical technique. When there is deviation from the analytical method for dilution or concentration of samples, other factors are applied to the ML depending on the sample preparation. The resulting value is the reported Minimum Level.

H. The Discharger shall select the analytical method that provides an ML lower than the effluent limitation or performance goal established for a given parameter or where no such requirement exists, the lowest applicable water quality objective in the Ocean Plan. If the effluent limitation, performance goal, or the lowest applicable water quality objective is lower than all the MLs in Appendix II of the 2015 Ocean Plan, the Discharger must select the method with the lowest ML for compliance purposes. The Discharger shall include in the annual summary reports a list of the analytical methods and MLs employed for each test.

I. The Discharger shall instruct its laboratories to establish calibration standards so that the ML (or its equivalent if there is differential treatment of samples relative to calibration standards) is the lower calibration standard. At no time is the Discharger to use analytical data derived from extrapolation beyond the lowest point of the calibration curve.

J. The Discharger shall develop and maintain a record of all spills or bypasses of raw or partially treated sewage from its collection system or treatment plant according to the requirements in the WDR section of this Order. This record shall be made available to the Regional Water Board upon request and a spill summary shall be included in the annual summary report.

K. If the Discharger samples and performs analyses (other than for process/operational control, startup, research, or equipment testing) any influent, effluent, or receiving water constituent more frequently than required by this Order using approved analytical methods, the results of those analyses shall be included in the monitoring report. These results shall be reflected in the calculation of the average (or median) used in demonstrating compliance with limitations set forth in this Order.

L. For all bacterial analyses, sample dilutions should be performed so the expected range of values is bracketed (for example, with multiple tube fermentation method or membrane filtration method, 2 to 16,000 per 100 mL for total and fecal coliforms, at a minimum; and 1 to 1000 per 100 mL for Enterococcus). The detection methods used for each analysis shall be reported with the results of the analyses.

1. Detection methods used for coliforms (total and fecal) shall be those presented in Table 1A of 40 CFR § 136, unless alternate methods have been approved in advance by the USEPA pursuant to 40 CFR § 136.

2. Detection methods for Escherichia coli shall be those presented in Table 1A of 40 CFR § 136 or in the USEPA publication EPA 600/4-85/076, Test Methods for Escherichia coli and enterococci in Water By Membrane Filter Procedure, or any improved method determined by the Regional Water Board to be appropriate.

M. All receiving and ambient water monitoring conducted in compliance with the MRP must be comparable with the Quality Assurance requirements of the Surface Water Ambient Monitoring Program (SWAMP). The Discharger shall submit all receiving water monitoring data in accordance with the California Environmental Exchange Network (CEDEN).

Agreement No. 32400008 36
704
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-4
N. NPDES compliance monitoring focuses on the effects of a specific point source discharge.

Generally, it is not designed to assess impacts from other sources of pollution (e.g., nonpoint source runoff, aerial fallout) or to evaluate the current status of important ecological resources in the water body. The scale of existing compliance monitoring programs does not match the spatial and, to some extent, temporal boundaries of the important physical and biological processes in the ocean. In addition, the spatial coverage provided by compliance monitoring programs is less than ten percent of the nearshore ocean environment. Better technical information is needed about status and trends in ocean waters to guide management and regulatory decisions, to verify the effectiveness of existing programs, and to shape policy on marine environmental protection.

O. The Regional Water Board and USEPA, working with other groups, have developed a comprehensive basis for effluent and receiving water monitoring appropriate to large publicly owned treatment works (POTWs) discharging to waters of the Southern California Bight. This effort has culminated in the publication by the Southern California Coastal Water Research Project (SCCWRP) of the Model Monitoring Program guidance document (Schiff, K.C., J.S.

Brown and S.B. Weisberg. 2001. Model Monitoring Program for Large Ocean Dischargers in Southern California. SCCWRP Tech. Rep. #357. Southern California Coastal Water Research Project, Westminster, CA. 101 pp.). This guidance provides the principles, framework and recommended design for effluent and receiving water monitoring elements that have guided development of the monitoring program described below.

P. In July 2000, the Santa Monica Bay Restoration Project (SMBRP) published “An Assessment of the Compliance Monitoring System in Santa Monica Bay” to set forth recommendations and priorities for compliance monitoring in Santa Monica Bay. This report reasoned that a reduced level of receiving water monitoring is justified for large POTWs discharging to Santa Monica Bay due to improvements in effluent quality and associated decreases in receiving water impacts. Like the Model Monitoring Plan developed by SCCWRP, SMBRP recommendations are focused on providing answers to management questions and allowing a reduction in POTW receiving water monitoring where discharge effects are well understood.

Although the OWTS does not discharge into Santa Monica Bay, receiving water monitoring since 1999 has documented that marine conditions are consistent or superior at the City’s outfall. OWTP has also participated in the Central Bight Water Quality Consortium (CALCOFI study), implemented by the NOAA and NMFS, to identify marine trends which extend beyond Santa Monica Bay. The monitoring plan set forth here has been guided by SMBRP recommendations.

Q. The conceptual framework for the Model Monitoring Program has three components that comprise a range of spatial and temporal scales: (1) core monitoring; (2) regional monitoring; and (3) special studies.

1. Core monitoring is local in nature and focused on monitoring trends in quality and effects of the point source discharge. This includes effluent monitoring as well as some aspects of receiving water monitoring. In the monitoring program described below, these core components are typically referred to as local monitoring.

2. Regional monitoring is focused on questions that are best answered by a region-wide approach that incorporates coordinated survey design and sampling techniques. The major objective of regional monitoring is to collect information required to assess how safe it is to swim in the ocean, how safe it is to eat seafood from the ocean, and whether the marine ecosystem is being protected. Key components of regional monitoring include elements to address pollutant mass emission estimations, public health concerns, monitoring of trends in natural resources, assessment of regional impacts from all contaminant sources, and protection of beneficial uses. The final design of regional monitoring programs is developed by means of steering committees and technical Agreement No. 32400008 37
705
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-5
committees comprised of participating agencies and organizations and is not specified in this Order. Instead, for each regional component, the degree and nature of participation of the Discharger is specified. For this Order, these levels of effort are based upon past participation of the Discharger in regional monitoring programs.

3. Special studies are focused on refined questions regarding specific effects or development of monitoring techniques and are anticipated to be of short duration and/or small scale, although multiyear studies also may be needed. Questions regarding effluent or receiving water quality, discharge impacts, ocean processes in the area of the discharge, or development of techniques for monitoring the same, arising out of the results of core or regional monitoring, may be pursued through special studies. These studies are by nature ad hoc and cannot be typically anticipated in advance of the fiveyear permit cycle.

The Discharger and the Regional Water Board shall consult annually to determine the need for special studies. Each year, the Discharger shall submit proposals for any proposed special studies to the Regional Water Board by December 31st for the following year’s monitoring effort (July through June). The following year, detailed scopes of work for proposals, including reporting schedules, shall be presented by the Discharger at a Spring Regional Water Board meeting, to obtain the Regional Water Board approval and to inform the public. Upon approval by the Regional Water Board, the Discharger shall implement its special study or studies.

R. Discharger participation in regional monitoring programs is required as a condition of this Order.

1. Central Bight Water Quality Cooperative Program – The City of Oxnard has participated in coordinated monitoring conducted by the Orange County Sanitation District, County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County, and the City of Los Angeles through appropriate agencies for water quality monitoring as part of the federally funded Southern California Coastal Ocean Observing System (SCCOOS), which contributes to the national U.S. Integrated Ocean Observing System. This regionally coordinated survey provided integrated water quality surveys on a quarterly basis. These surveys cover 200 kilometers of coast in Ventura, Los Angeles, and Orange Counties, from the nearshore to approximately 10 kilometers offshore. This cooperative program contributes to a regional understanding of seasonal patterns in nearshore water column structure and provides context for determining the significance and potential causes of locally observed patterns in the area of wastewater outfalls. The study is also coordinated with the California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigations (CalCOFI) implemented by the National Oceanographic Atmospheric Administration (NOAH) and the California Department of Fish and Wildlife. Although monitoring as part of this program is no longer required, the City of Oxnard shall participate in planning or analysis activities as necessary to interpret the data collected over the previous 20 years.

2. The Central Region Kelp Survey Consortium was established with the support of the Regional Water Board to conduct regional kelp bed monitoring. This program is designed to require ocean dischargers in the Regional Water Board’s jurisdiction to undertake a collaborative program, which include participation by Orange County ocean dischargers, to monitor kelp beds in the Southern California Bight, patterned after the successful program implemented by the San Diego Regional Water Board since 1985.

Data collected in this regional survey is used to assess status and trends in kelp bed health and spatial extent. The regional nature of the survey allows the status of beds local to specific dischargers to be compared to regional trends. The regional kelp monitoring survey was initiated during 2003.

Agreement No. 32400008 38
706
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-6

3. Southern California Bight Studies – Every five years SCCWRP coordinates regional monitoring within the Southern California Bight and compiles monitoring data collected by the dischargers and other participating entities. The fifth regional monitoring program (Bight ’13) occurred primarily during summer 2013. The sixth regional monitoring program (Bight ’18) is taking place during 2018. The next (seventh) regional monitoring program (Bight ‘23) is expected to take place during the summer of 2023. While participation in regional monitoring programs is required under this Order, revisions to the Discharger’s monitoring program at the direction of the Regional Water Board may be necessary to accomplish the goals of regional monitoring or to allow the performance of special studies to investigate regional or site-specific water issues of concern. These revisions may include a reduction or increase in the number of parameters to be monitored, the frequency of monitoring, or the number and size of samples to be collected. Such changes were and may be authorized by the Regional Water Board Executive Officer after written notification to the Discharger.

S. This monitoring program for OWTP is comprised of requirements to demonstrate compliance with the conditions of the NPDES permit, ensure compliance with State water quality standards, and mandate participation in regional monitoring and/or area-wide studies.

T. Laboratory Certification. Laboratories analyzing monitoring samples shall be certified by the State Water Resources Control Board (State Water Board), in accordance with the provision of Water Code section 13176, and must include quality assurance/quality control data with their reports.

U. The Discharger shall ensure that the results of the Discharge Monitoring Report-Quality Assurance (DMR-QA) Study or the most recent Water Pollution Performance Evaluation Study are submitted annually to the State Water Board at the following address:

State Water Resources Control Board
Quality Assurance Program Officer
Office of Information Management and Analysis
1001 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814
II. MONITORING LOCATIONS
A. The Discharger shall establish the following monitoring locations to demonstrate compliance with the effluent limitations, discharge specifications, and other requirements in this Order:

Table E-1. Influent and Effluent Monitoring
Discharge
Point
Name
Monitoring
Location
Name
Monitoring Location Description
Influent Monitoring Station
INF-001 Sampling station shall be established at point of inflow to the sewage treatment plant where representative samples of the influent can be obtained.

Effluent Monitoring Stations
001
EFF-001A
The effluent sampling station shall be located as seen in Attachment C-1, where a representative sample of the secondary-treated effluent before mixing with the brine waste can be obtained.

EFF-001B
The effluent sampling station shall be located downstream of any in-plant return flows and after the brine waste produced from the AWPF has commingled with the final secondary effluent, where representative samples of the effluent can be obtained.

Agreement No. 32400008 39
707
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-7
Table E-2. Local Receiving Water Quality Monitoring Station Locations Core Receiving Water Monitoring Stations (Attachment B-4) Monitoring
Point Name Monitoring Location Description
Water Column
A001 B001 C001 D001 E001
A002 B002 C002 D002 E002
A003 B003 C003 D003 E003
A004 B004 C004 D004 E004
A005 B005 C005 D005 E005
Latitude

34.138081 34.136325 34.132179 34.126674 34.120332

34.132012 34.129138 34.124922 34.119997 34.114238

34.125161 34.122454 34.117716 34.113029 34.107623

34.117883 34.115150 34.110515 34.105505 34.100469

34.110413 34.107873 34.103261 34.098363 34.093656
Longitude
-119.212132 -119.201523 -119.192064 -119.183273 -119.175354 -119.218126 -119.208035 -119.198634 -119.189477 -119.181209 -119.224458 -119.214308 -119.205188 -119.195943 -119.186815 -119.231060 -119.220927 -119.211638 -119.202504 -119.193520 -119.237707 -119.227089 -119.218082 -119.208956 -119.199672 Station Depth
(m)
13 11 12 11 11
32 15 16 16 16
143 21 22 22 22
219 64 28 29 31
82 258 35 37 38
Distance from
Outfall/Transect
length (m)
2,000 1,000 0 1,000 2,000
Table E-3. Receiving Water Benthic, Trawl, Shoreline and Mussel Monitoring Station Locations Monitoring
Point Name Monitoring Location Description
Receiving Water Benthic Monitoring Stations (Attachment B-5) Benthic
Monitoring
Station
RWS-001 RWS-002 RWS_003 RWS-004 RWS-005 RWS-006 RWS-007 Latitude 34.13047 34.12655 34.12568 34.12578 34.12502 34.12328 34.1075 Longitude -119.20887 -119.20025 -119.19831 -119.1979 -119.19643 -119.1934 -119.17017 Station Depth
(m) 15.0 15.0 15.3 15.0 15.3 15.3 15.3
Dist. From
Outfall
Transect (m)
1000 150 18 18 150 500 4000
Bagged Mussel Stations (Attachment B-6)
SS1 2.0 miles southeast of outfall 34.107496 -119.170076 SS2 outfall 34.124061 -119.199514
SS3 0.8 miles northwest of outfall 34.130546 -119.208852 Agreement No. 32400008 40
708
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-8
Monitoring
Point Name Monitoring Location Description
Receiving Water Trawl Stations (Attachment B-7)
Trawl Station RWT-001 RWT-002 RWT-003
Latitude 34.13177 34.12308 34.11773
Longitude -119.2063 -119.1906 -119.1833
Station Depth
(m) 15.6 15.6 15.6
Distance from
Outfall
Transect (m)
380 380 4000
Monitoring
Point Name Monitoring Location Description
Shoreline Bacteriological Monitoring Stations (Attachment B-8) Ventura
County ID Location Latitude Longitude
35000 Hollywood Beach,
Los Robles St 34.1625 -119.2300
37000 Channel Islands Harbor Beach 34.1594 -119.2219
38000 Silverstrand Beach,
San Nicholas Ave 34.1572 -119.2253
39000 Silverstrand Beach,
Santa Paula Ave 34.1525 -119.2197
40000 Silverstrand Beach,
Sawtell, Ave 34.1475 -119.2164
41000 Port Hueneme Beach Park 34.1417 -119.1944
42000 Ormond Beach, J Street Drain 34.1389 -119.1889
43000 Ormond Beach,
Industrial Drain 34.1358 -119.1842
44000 Ormond Beach, Arnold Rd 34.1197 -119.1600
The North latitude and West longitude information in Table E-1 through E-3 are approximate for administrative purposes.

III. INFLUENT MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Influent monitoring is required to determine compliance with NPDES permit conditions, to assess treatment plant performance and to assess effectiveness of the Pretreatment Program.

A. Monitoring Location INF-001

1. The Discharger shall monitor influent to the facility at INF-001 as follows. If more than one analytical test method is listed for a given parameter, the Discharger must select from the listed methods and corresponding Minimum Level:

Agreement No. 32400008 41
709
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-9
Table E-4. Influent Monitoring
Parameter Units Sample Type
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency
Required
Analytical Test
Method
Flow MGD Recorder/totalizer continuous 1
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5 20°C) mg/L 24-hr composite weekly 2 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/L 24-hr composite weekly 2 pH pH
units grab weekly
2 Oil and Grease mg/L grab3 weekly 2
Radioactivity (including gross alpha, gross,
beta, combined radium-226 & radium-228,
tritium, strontium-90 and uranium)
pCi/L 24-hr composite quarterly 4
Benzidine g/L grab semiannually 2
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 TCDD Equivalents µg/L 24-hr composite semiannually 5
Remaining pollutants in Table B of the 2015
Ocean Plan (excluding residual chlorine,
chronic toxicity)
g/L grab semiannually 2
IV. EFFLUENT MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Effluent monitoring is required to determine compliance with NPDES permit conditions and water quality standards; assess and improve plant performance, and identify operational problems; provide information on wastewater characteristics and flows for use in interpreting water quality and biological data; and to conduct reasonable potential analyses for toxic pollutants.

A. Monitoring Location EFF-001A and EFF-001B
The Discharger shall monitor at effluent monitoring locations EFF-001A or EFF-001B for all parameters as follows. The samples for BOD and percent removal of BOD, TSS and percent removal of TSS and bacteria shall be collected at monitoring location EFF-001A and all remaining samples shall be collected at EFF-001B. Compliance with TSS percent removal at EFF-001B and Ocean Plan requriements (75%) is demonstrated by compliance at EFF-001A (85%).

1When continuous monitoring of flow is required, total daily flow, monthly average flow, and instantaneous peak daily flow (24-hour basis) shall be reported. Actual monitored flow shall be reported (not design capacity). 2 Pollutants shall be analyzed using the analytical methods described in 40 CFR § 136; or where no methods are specified for a given pollutant, by methods approved by this Regional Water Board, the State Water Board, and USEPA Region 9. For any pollutant whose effluent limitation is lower than all the MLs specified in Appendix II of the Ocean Plan, the analytical method with the lowest ML must be selected. 3 Oil and grease monitoring shall consist of a single grab sample at peak flow over a 24-hour period. 4 Analyze these radiochemicals by the following USEPA methods: method 900.0 for gross alpha and gross beta, method 903.0 or 903.1 for radium-226, method 904.0 for radium-228, method 906.0 for tritium, method 905.0 for strontium-90, and method 908.0 for uranium. Analysis for combined radium-226 & 228 shall be conducted only if gross alpha and gross beta results for the same sample exceed 15 pCi/L or 50 pCi/L, respectively. If radium-226 & 228 exceeds 5 pCi/L, then analyze for tritium, strontium-90, and uranium. 5 USEPA Method 1613 shall be used to analyze TCDD equivalents.

Agreement No. 32400008 42
710
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-10
If more than one analytical test method is listed for a given parameter, the Discharger must select from the listed methods and corresponding Minimum Level:

Table E-5. Effluent Monitoring
Parameter Units Sample Type6
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency7
Required
Analytical Test
Method
Flow MGD recorder/totalizer continuous 1
BOD5 20oC8 mg/L 24-hr composite weekly 2
Suspended solids 8 mg/L 24-hr composite weekly
2 pH pH units grab weekly
2 Oil and grease mg/L grab9 weekly
2 Temperature F grab weekly
2 Settleable solids ml/L grab weekly
2 Total chlorine residual mg/L recorder/totalizer continuous 2 Turbidity NTU recorder/totalizer continuous
2 Total coliform8 CFU/100 ml or
MPN/100 ml grab daily
2 Enterococcus8 CFU/100 ml or
MPN/100 ml grab 5 times/month
2 Fecal coliform8 CFU/100 ml or
MPN/100 ml grab 5 times/month
2 Ammonia nitrogen mg/L 24-hr composite monthly
2 Toxicity, chronic 10
Pass or Fail,
% Effect (TST) 24-hr composite monthly
2 Nitrate nitrogen mg/L 24-hr composite monthly
2 Nitrite nitrogen mg/L 24-hr composite monthly
2 Organic nitrogen mg/L 24-hr composite monthly
2 Radioactivity pCi/L 24-hr composite quarterly 11

6 For discharge durations of less than 24 hours, individual grab samples may be substituted. A grab sample is an individual sample collected in less than 15 minutes.
7 For the influent and effluent, weekly and monthly sampling shall be arranged so that each day, Monday through Friday, is represented.
8 Sampling for BOD, TSS and bacteria is at EFF-001A. Weekly and Monthly Average BOD may be calculated from daily measurements. If the result of the weekly BOD analysis yields a value greater than the average monthly effluent limitation (AMEL), the frequency of analysis shall be increased to daily within one week of knowledge of the test result for at least 30 days and until compliance with the average weekly effluent limitation (AWEL) and AMEL BOD limits is demonstrated; after which the frequency shall revert to weekly. 9 Oil and grease monitoring shall consist of a single grab sample at peak flow over a 24-hour period. 10 Whole effluent toxicity monitoring is required for Discharge Point 001, using samples collected at EFF-001B, see section V. Whole Effluent Toxicity Testing Requirements. 11 Analyze these radiochemicals by the following USEPA methods: method 900.0 for gross alpha and gross beta, method 903.0 or 903.1 for radium-226, method 904.0 for radium-228, method 906.0 for tritium, method 905.0 for strontium-90, and method 908.0 for uranium. Analysis for combined radium-226 & 228 shall be conducted Agreement No. 32400008 43
711
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-11
Parameter Units Sample Type6
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency7
Required
Analytical Test
Method
(Including gross alpha,
gross beta, combined
radium-226 and radium228, tritium, strontium-90
and uranium)
Arsenic g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Cadmium g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Chromium (VI) g/L Grab semiannually
2 Copper g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Lead g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Mercury g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Nickel g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Selenium g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Silver g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Zinc g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Cyanide g/L grab semiannually
2 Phenolic compounds (nonchlorinated)12 g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Phenolic compounds
(chlorinated)12 g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Endosulfan g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Endrin g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 HCH12 g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Acrolein g/L grab semiannually
2 Antimony g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Bis(2-chloroethoxy)
methane g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Chlorobenzene g/L grab semiannually
2 Chromium (III) g/L grab semiannually
2 Di-n-butyl phthalate g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Dichlorobenzenes g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Diethyl Phthalate g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 only if gross alpha and gross beta results for the same sample exceed 15 pCi/L or 50 pCi/L, respectively. If radium-226 & 228 exceeds the stipulated criteria, then analyze for tritium, strontium-90, and uranium. 12 See Attachment A for definition of terms
Agreement No. 32400008 44
712
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-12
Parameter Units Sample Type6
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency7
Required
Analytical Test
Method
Dimethyl Phthalate g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 4,6-dinitro-2-methylphenol g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 2,4-dinitrophenol g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Ethylbenzene g/L grab semiannually
2 Fluoranthene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Nitrobenzene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Thallium g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Toluene g/L grab semiannually
2 Tributyltin ng/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 1,1,1-Trichloroethane g/L grab semiannually
2 Acrylonitrile g/L grab semiannually
2 Aldrin g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Benzene g/L grab semiannually
2 Benzidine g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Beryllium g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Carbon Tetrachloride g/L grab semiannually
2 Chlordane12 g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
13 Chlorodibromomethane g/L grab semiannually
2 Chloroform g/L grab semiannually
2 DDT12 g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 1,4-dichlorobenzene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 3,3’-dichlorobenzidine g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 1,2-dichloroethane g/L grab semiannually
2 1,1-dichloroethylene g/L grab semiannually
2 Dichlorobromomethane g/L grab semiannually
2 13 The approved test procedures for Chlordane are methods: EPA 617, EPA 608.3 and EPA 625.1. In EPA 608.3, “In this revision to Method 608, Chlordane has been listed as the alpha- and gamma- isomers in Table 1.

Reporting may be by the individual isomers, or as the sum of the concentrations of these isomers, as requested or required by a regulatory/control authority or in a permit.” The 2015 Ocean Plan specfies that the sum shall be reported for compliance purposes.

Agreement No. 32400008 45
713
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-13
Parameter Units Sample Type6
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency7
Required
Analytical Test
Method
Dichloromethane g/L grab semiannually
2 1,3-Dichloropropene g/L grab semiannually
2 Dieldrin g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 2,4-dinitrotoluene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 1,2-diphenylhydrazine g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Halomethanes12 g/L grab semiannually
2 Heptachlor g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Heptachlor Epoxide g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Hexachlorobenzene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Hexachlorobutadiene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Hexachloroethane g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 Isophorone g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 N-Nitrosodimethylamine g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 PAHs12 g/L 24-hr composite semiannually
2 PCBs as Aroclors12 g/L 24-hr composite quarterly
2 PCBs as Congeners12,14,15 g/L 24-hr composite quarterly 2 TCDD Equivalents12,16 µg/L 24-hr composite quarterly
2 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane g/L grab semiannually
2 Tetrachloroethylene g/L grab semiannually 2
Toxaphene g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2

14 PCBs as congeners shall be individually quantified (or quantified as mixtures of isomers of a single congener in co-elutions as appropriate) using USEPA proposed method 1668c. PCBs as congeners shall be analyzed using method EPA 1668c for three years and an alternate method may be used if none of the PCB congeners are detected for three years using method EPA 1668c.

USEPA recommends that until USEPA proposed method 1668c for PCBs is incorporated into 40 CFR § 136, Dischargers should use for discharge monitoring reports/State monitoring reports: (1) USEPA method 608 for monitoring data, reported as aroclor results, that will be used for assessing compliance with WQBELs (if applicable) and (2) USEPA proposed method 1668c for monitoring data, reported as 41 congener results, that will be used for informational purposes to help assess concentrations in the receiving water. 15 To facilitate interpretation of sediment/fish tissue data and TMDL development, PCB congeners whose analytical characteristics resemble those of PCB-18, 28, 37, 44, 49, 52, 66, 70, 74, 77, 81, 87, 99, 101, 105, 110, 114, 118, 119, 123, 126, 128, 138, 149, 151, 153, 156, 157, 158, 167, 168, 169, 170, 177, 180, 183, 187, 189, 194, 201, and 206 shall be reported as a sum and individually quantified (or quantified as mixtures of isomers of a single congener in co-elutions as appropriate). 16 USEPA Method 1613 shall be used to analyze TCDD equivalents.

Agreement No. 32400008 46
714
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-14
Parameter Units Sample Type6
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency7
Required
Analytical Test
Method
Trichloroethylene g/L grab semiannually 2
1,1,2-Trichloroethane g/L grab semiannually 2
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol g/L 24-hr composite semiannually 2 Vinyl chloride g/L grab semiannually 2
Methyl-tert-butyl-ether g/L grab semiannually 2
V. WHOLE EFFLUENT TOXICITY (WET) TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Chronic Toxicity Testing

1. Discharge In-stream Waste Concentration (IWC) for Chronic Toxicity The chronic IWC is the concentration of a pollutant or the parameter toxicity in the receiving water after mixing. The chronic toxicity IWC for Discharge Point 001 is based on 1 part effluent to 108 parts seawater or 0.92 percent effluent.

2. Sample Volume and Holding Time
The total sample volume shall be determined by the specific toxicity test method used.

Sufficient sample volume shall be collected to perform the required toxicity test. For the receiving water, sufficient sample volume shall also be collected during accelerated monitoring for subsequent TIE studies, if necessary, at each sampling event. All toxicity tests shall be conducted as soon as possible following sample collection. No more than 36 hours shall elapse before the conclusion of sample collection and test initiation.

3. Chronic Marine Species and Test Methods
If effluent samples are collected from outfalls discharging to receiving waters with salinity >1 ppt, the Discharger shall conduct the following chronic toxicity tests on effluent samples, at the in-stream waste concentration for the discharge, in accordance with species and test methods in Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to West Coast Marine and Estuarine Organisms (EPA/600/R-95/136, 1995). Artificial sea salts or hypersaline brine shall be used to increase sample salinity if needed. In no case shall these species be substituted with another test species unless written authorization from the Executive Officer is received. a. A static renewal toxicity test with the topsmelt, Atherinops affinis (Larval Survival and Growth Test Method 1006.0).
b. A static non-renewal toxicity test with the red abalone, Haliotis rufescens (Larval Shell Development Test Method).
c. A static non-renewal toxicity test with the giant kelp, Macrocystis pyrifera (Germination and Growth Test Method 1009.0).

4. Species Sensitivity Screening
Species sensitivity screening shall be conducted during this permit’s first required sample collection. The Discharger shall collect a single effluent sample to initiate and concurrently conduct three toxicity tests using the fish, an invertebrate, and the alga species previously referenced. This sample shall also be analyzed for the parameters required on a monthly frequency for the discharge, during that given month. As allowed Agreement No. 32400008 47
715
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-15
under the test method for the Atherinops affinis, a second and third sample may be collected for use as test solution renewal water as the seven-day toxicity test progresses.

If the result of all three species is “Pass” and “Percent Effect” are less than or equal to 10, at the discharge IWC, then the Dicharger may continue to test with the species chosen based on the most recent, previous species sensitivity rescreening, after consultation with and written direction from the Regional Waer Board staff. If only one species fails, then that species shall be used for routine monitoring during the permit cycle. Likewise, if two or more species result in “Fail”, then the species that exhibits the highest “Percent Effect” at the discharge IWC during the suite of species sensitivity screening shall be used for routine monitoring during the permit cycle, until such time as a rescreening is required.

Species sensitivity rescreening is required every 24 months if there has been discharge during dry weather conditions. If the discharge is intermittent and occurs only during wet weather, rescreening is not required. If rescreening is necessary, the Discharger shall rescreen with the marine vertebrate species, a marine invertebrate species, and the alga species previously referenced, and continue to monitor with the most sensitive species.

If the first suite of rescreening tests demonstrates that the same species is the most sensitive then the rescreening does not need to include more than one suite of tests. If a different species is the most sensitive or if there is ambiguity, then the Discharger may proceed with suites of screening tests for a minimum of three, but not to exceed five suites.

During the calendar month, toxicity tests used to determine the most sensitive test species shall be reported as effluent compliance monitoring results for the chronic toxicity MDEL.

5. Quality Assurance and Additional Requirements
Quality assurance measures, instructions, and other recommendations and requirements are found in the test methods manual previously referenced. Additional requirements are specified below.
a. The discharge is subject to determination of “Pass” or “Fail” from a chronic toxicity test using the Test of Significant Toxicity statistical t-test approach described in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Test of Significant Toxicity Implementation Document (EPA 833-R-10-003, 2010), Appendix A, Figure A-1, and Table A-1, and Appendix B, Table B-1. The null hypothesis (Ho) for the TST statistical approach is: Mean discharge IWC response ≤0.75 × Mean control response. A test result that rejects this null hypothesis is reported as “Pass.” A test result that does not reject this null hypothesis is reported as “Fail.” The relative “Percent Effect” at the discharge IWC is defined and reported for each toxicity test as: ((Mean control response - Mean discharge IWC response) ÷ Mean control response)) × 100. This is a t-test (formally Student’s t-Test), a statistical analysis comparing two sets of replicate observations – in the case of WET, only two test concentrations (i.e. a control and IWC). The purpose of this statistical test is to determine if the means of the two sets of observations are different (i.e. if the IWC or receiving water concentration differs from the control (the test result is “Pass” or “Fail”)). The Welch’s t-test employed by the TST statistical approach is an adaptation of Student’s t-test and is used with two samples having unequal variances.
b. If the effluent toxicity test does not meet all test acceptability criteria (TAC) specified in the referenced test method Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to West Coast Marine and Estuarine Agreement No. 32400008 48
716
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-16
Organisms (EPA/600/R-95/136, 1995) (see Table E-6, below), then the Discharger must re-sample and re-test within 14 days.

Table E-6. USEPA Test Methods and Test Acceptability Criteria Species & USEPA Test
Method Number Test Acceptability Criteria (TAC)
Topsmelt, Atherinops affinis,
Larval Survival and Growth
Test Method 1006.01. (Table 3
of Test Method)
80% or greater survival in controls; average dry weight per surviving organism in control chambers equals or
exceeds 0.85 mg. LC50 with copper must be ≤ 205 μg/L,
<25% MSD for survival and <50% MSD for growth. If the
test starts with 9 day old larvae, the mean weight per larva must exceed 0.85 milligrams in the reference and brine
controls; the mean weight of preserved larvae must
exceed 0.72 milligrams. (required)
Purple Sea Urchin,
Strongylocentrotus purpuratus,
and the Sand Dollar,
Dendraster excentricus,
Fertilization Test Method
1008.0 (Table 7 of Test
Method)
70% or greater egg fertilization in controls, must achieve a MSD of <25%, and appropriate sperm counts. (required)
Red Abalone, Haliotis
rufescens, Larval Shell
Development Test Method
(Table 3 of Test Method)
80% or greater normal shell development in the controls; must have statistical significant effect at 56 μg/L zinc and achieve a MSD of <20%. (required)
Giant Kelp, Macrocystis
pyrifera, Germination and
Growth Test Method 1009.0
(Table 3 of Test Method)
70% or greater germination in controls, ≥ 10 μm germtube length in controls, No Observed Effect Concentration (NOEC) must be below 35 μg/L in the reference toxicant
test, and must achieve a MSD of <20% for both
germination and germ-tube length in the reference
toxicant. (required)
c. Dilution water and control water, including brine controls, shall be 1-µm-filtered uncontaminated natural seawater, hypersaline brine prepared using uncontaminated natural seawater, or laboratory water prepared and used as specified in the test methods manual. If dilution water and control water is different from test organism culture water, then a second control using culture water shall also be used. d. Monthly reference toxicant testing is sufficient. All reference toxicant test results should be reviewed and reported using the EC2517.

17 EC25 is a point estimate of the toxicant concentration that would cause an observable adverse effect (e.g. death, immobilization, or serious incapacitation) in 25 percent of the test organisms.

Agreement No. 32400008 49
717
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-17
e. The Discharger shall perform toxicity tests on final effluent samples. Chlorine and ammonia shall not be removed from the effluent sample prior to toxicity testing, unless explicitly authorized under this section of the MRP and the rationale is explained in the Fact Sheet (Attachment F).

6. Preparation of an Initial Investigation Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE) Work Plan The Discharger shall prepare and submit a copy of the Discharger’s initial investigation TRE work plan to the Executive Officer of the Regional Water Board for approval within 90 days of the effective date of this permit. If the Executive Officer does not disapprove the work plan within 60 days, the work plan shall become effective. The Discharger shall use USEPA manual EPA/833B-99/002 (municipal) as guidance, or the most current version. This work plan shall describe the steps that the Discharger intends to follow if toxicity is detected. At a minimum, the TRE Work Plan must contain the provisions in Attachment G. This work plan shall describe the steps that the Discharger intends to follow if toxicity is detected. At a minimum the work plan shall include:
a. A description of the investigation and evaluation techniques that will be used to identify potential causes and sources of toxicity, effluent variability, and treatment system efficiency.
b. A description of the Facility’s methods of maximizing in-house treatment efficiency and good housekeeping practices, and a list of all chemicals used in the operation of the Facility; and,
c. If a TIE is necessary, an indication of the person who would conduct the TIEs (i.e., an in-house expert or an outside contractor).

7. Accelerated Monitoring Schedule for Maximum Daily Single Result: “Fail.” The Maximum Daily single result shall be used to determine if accelerated testing needs to be conducted.

Once the Discharger becomes aware of this result, the Discharger shall implement an accelerated monitoring schedule within 5 calendar days of the receipt of the result.

However, if the sample is contracted out to a commercial laboratory, the Discharger shall ensure that the first of four accelerated monitoring tests is initiated within seven calendar days of the Discharger becoming aware of the result. The accelerated monitoring schedule shall consist of four toxicity tests (including the discharge IWC), conducted at approximately two-week intervals, over an eight-week period; in preparation for the TRE process and associated reporting, these results shall also be reported using the EC25. If each of the accelerated toxicity tests results in “Pass,” the Discharger shall return to routine monitoring for the next monitoring period. If one of the accelerated toxicity tests results in “Fail,” the Discharger shall immediately implement the TRE Process conditions set forth below. During accelerated monitoring schedules, only TST results (“Pass” or “Fail”) for chronic toxicity tests shall be reported as effluent compliance monitoring results for the chronic toxicity MDEL.

8. Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE) Process
During the TRE Process, monthly effluent monitoring shall resume and TST results (“Pass” or “Fail”) for chronic toxicity tests shall be reported as effluent compliance monitoring results for the chronic toxicity MDEL.
a. Preparation and Implementation of Detailed TRE Work Plan. The Discharger shall immediately initiate a TRE using, according to the type of treatment facility, USEPA manual Toxicity Reduction Evaluation Guidance for Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plants (EPA/833/B-99/002, 1999) and, within 15 days, submit to the Agreement No. 32400008 50
718
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-18
Executive Officer a Detailed TRE Work Plan, which shall follow the generic Initial Investigation TRE Work Plan revised as appropriate for this toxicity event. It shall include the following information, and comply with additional conditions set by the Executive Officer:
i. Further actions by the Discharger to investigate, identify, and correct the causes of toxicity.
ii. Actions the Discharger will take to mitigate the effects of the discharge and prevent the recurrence of toxicity.
iii. A schedule for these actions, progress reports, and the final report. b. TIE Implementation. The Discharger may initiate a TIE as part of a TRE to identify the causes of toxicity using the same species and test method and, as guidance, USEPA manuals: Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase I Toxicity Characterization Procedures (EPA/600/6-91/003, 1991); Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase II Toxicity Identification Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity (EPA/600/R-92/080, 1993); Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations, Phase III Toxicity Confirmation Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity (EPA/600/R-92/081, 1993); and Marine Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE):

Phase I Guidance Document (EPA/600/R-96-054, 1996). The TIE should be conducted on the species demonstrating the most sensitive toxicity response. c. Many recommended TRE elements parallel required or recommended efforts for source control, pollution prevention, and storm water control programs. TRE efforts should be coordinated with such efforts. As toxic substances are identified or characterized, the Discharger shall continue the TRE by determining the sources and evaluating alternative strategies for reducing or eliminating the substances from the discharge. All reasonable steps shall be taken to reduce toxicity to levels consistent with toxicity evaluation parameters.
d. The Discharger shall continue to conduct routine effluent monitoring for compliance determination purposes while the TIE and/or TRE is taking place. Additional accelerated monitoring and TRE work plans are not required once a TRE has begun.
e. The Regional Water Board recognizes that toxicity may be episodic and identification of causes and reduction of sources of toxicity may not be successful in all cases.

The TRE may be ended at any stage if monitoring finds there is no longer toxicity.

9. Reporting
The Self-Monitoring Report (SMR) shall include a full laboratory report for each toxicity test. This report shall be prepared using the format and content of the test methods manual chapter called Report Preparation, and shall include:
a. The valid toxicity test results for the TST statistical approach, reported as “Pass” or “Fail” and “Percent Effect” at the chronic toxicity IWC for the discharge. All toxicity test results (whether identified as valid or otherwise) conducted during the calendar month shall be reported on the SMR due date specified in Table E-16. b. Summary water quality measurements for each toxicity test (e.g. pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, conductivity, hardness, salinity, chlorine, ammonia).

Agreement No. 32400008 51
719
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-19
c. The statistical analysis used in National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Test of Significant Toxicity Implementation Document (EPA 833-R-10-003, 2010) Appendix A, Figure A-1 and Table A-1, and Appendix B, Table B-1. d. TRE/TIE results. The Executive Officer shall be notified no later than 30 days from completion of each aspect of TRE/TIE analyses. Prior to completion of the final TIE/TRE report, the Discharger shall provide status updates in the monthly monitoring reports, indicating which TIE/TRE steps are underway and which steps have been completed.
e. Statistical program (e.g., TST calculator, Comprehensive Environmental Toxicity Information System, etc.) output results, including graphical plots, for each toxicity test.
f. Graphical plots and tabular data clearly showing the laboratory’s performance of the reference toxicant, for each solution, for the previous 20 tests and the laboratory’s performance of the control mean, control standard deviation, and control coefficient of variation, for each solution, for the previous 12-month period. g. Any additional QA/QC documentation or any additional chronic toxicity-related information, upon written request of the Regional Water Board Chief Deputy Executive Officer or Executive Officer.

B. Ammonia Removal

1. Except with prior approval from the Executive Officer of the Regional Water Board, ammonia shall not be removed from bioassay samples. The Discharger must demonstrate the effluent toxicity is caused by ammonia because of increasing test pH when conducting the toxicity test. It is important to distinguish the potential toxic effects of ammonia from other pH sensitive chemicals, such as certain heavy metals, sulfide, and cyanide.
a. The following may be steps to demonstrate that the toxicity is caused by ammonia and no other toxicants before the Executive Officer would allow for control of pH in the test. There is consistent toxicity in the effluent and the maximum pH in the toxicity test is in the range to cause toxicity due to increased pH. b. Chronic ammonia concentrations in the effluent are greater than 4 mg/L total ammonia.
c. Conduct graduated pH tests as specified in the toxicity identification evaluation methods. For example, mortality should be higher at pH 8 and lower at pH 6. d. Treat the effluent with a zeolite column to remove ammonia. Mortality in the zeolite treated effluent should be lower than the non-zeolite treated effluent. Then add ammonia back to the zeolite-treated samples to confirm toxicity due to ammonia.

2. When it has been demonstrated that toxicity is due to ammonia because of increasing test pH, pH may be controlled using appropriate procedures which do not significantly alter the nature of the effluent, after submitting a written request to the Regional Water Board, and receiving written permission expressing approval from the Executive Officer of the Regional Water Board.

Agreement No. 32400008 52
720
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-20
C. Chlorine Removal
Chlorine may be removed from the OWTP effluent bioassay sampled from EFF-001B because there are no appropriate sampling locations that reflect dechlorinated conditions at the outfall.

VI. LAND DISCHARGE MONITORING REQUIREMENTS – NOT APPLICABLE VII. RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS
The reuse of the reclaimed water is regulated under a separate WDRs and Water Recycling Requirements (WRRs) for City of Oxnard Groundwater Recovery, Enhancement, and Treatment Program – Non-Potable Reuse Phase 1 Project (GREAT Program – Phase 1 Project), Order No.

R4-2008-0083 as amended by Order No. R4-2011-0079, Order No. R4-2011-0079-A01, and Order No. R4-2011-0079-A02, File No. 64-104 and File No. 08-070, CI-9456.

VIII. RECEIVING WATER MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
The City of Oxnard has been monitoring receiving water at Discharge Point 001 since 1999. Local receiving water trends over the 10-kilometer sample grid have generally remained steady and the 20-year record of data shows the Oxnard discharge plume is not sufficiently large to impact regional trends. Based on the most recent information from the federally-funded Southern California Coastal Ocean Observing System (SCCOOS), the Central Bight Cooperative Water Quality Survey is complete and no additional water quality monitoring is required at this time. Due to this reduction in regional water quality monitoring, this Order reduces the area sampled to improve information on the impact of the outfall and more accurately characterize the dilution which takes place at the outfall. However, the City of Oxnard shall continue to participate on the Central Bight Cooperative Water Quality Survey steering committee and provide assistance should this cooperative program undertake analysis of the collected data to contribute to a regional understanding of seasonal patterns in water column structure.

Receiving water shall continue to be monitored for local offshore water quality, shoreline bacteria, infaunal benthic community, sediment chemistry and toxicity, regional benthic health, local fish and macroinvertebrate population and tissue, regional fish and macroinvertebrate health, local seafood safety, regional seafood safety, and kelp bed health. If annual reporting and comparative studies identify unanticipated water quality trends at the smaller one-kilometer grid size, the wider sample grid may be reinstated. All receiving water stations shall be located by state-of-the-art navigational methods (e.g. Differential Global Positioning System or DGPS); other means (e.g. visual triangulation, fathometer readings) may be used to improve the accuracy of locating stations. Water quality measurements are made with a Conductivity, Temperature and Depth Instrument (CTD), which also measures other parameters such as pH and light transmissivity.

Table E-7. Schedule for Receiving Water Monitoring Requirements Monitoring Number Type
R4-2013-
0094
Frequency
R4-2018-
0140
Frequency
Reporting
Local offshore water quality 25 CTD, ammonia,
bacteria
-- Quarterly Annually
Regional offshore water quality 48 CTD and SCCWRP
support
Quarterly --- --
Bacteria/ammonia offshore
water quality
18/ three
depths
Bacteria, ammonia Quarterly -- --
Shoreline 9 Bacteria Quarterly Quarterly Annually
Agreement No. 32400008 53
721
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-21
Monitoring Number Type
R4-2013-
0094
Frequency
R4-2018-
0140
Frequency
Reporting
Local Benthic Infaunal
community
7 Community and
population
Annually Year two Year three
Local Sediment chemistry 7 Chemistry Annually Year two Year two Sediment toxicity 2 Amphipod Annually Year two Year two Regional Benthic SCCWRP support only 2013 2018, 2023 SCCWRP Local fish macroinvertebrate 3 Population Annually Year two Year two Local fish macroinvertebrate 3 Tissue Annually Year two Year two Local bagged mussels 3 Tissue Special Study Year four Year four Regional fish and
macroinvertebrate
SCCWRP support only 2013 2018, 2023 SCCWRP
Local seafood safety 5 species
in 3
zones
Test against
consumption
advisories
Year one,
three and five
Year four Year four
Regional seafood safety SCCWRP support only 2013 2018, 2023 SCCWRP Kelp bed monitoring SCCWRP support only 2013 2018, 2023 SCCWRP A. Water Quality Monitoring
Water quality monitoring is designed to determine if Ocean Plan and Basin Plan objectives for physical and chemical parameters and bacteria are being met. Water quality data will be collected to provide the information necessary to demonstrate compliance with the water quality standards and to contribute to the Bight’18 and Bight’23 regional monitoring programs, led by SCCWRP. Sample collection for water quality monitoring shall follow protocols described in the most current edition of the Field Operations Manual for Marine WaterColumn, Benthic, and Trawl Monitoring in Southern California, SCCWRP. Water quality data shall be analyzed to estimate spatial extent and movement of the wastewater plume over time. Changes in monitoring measurements shall be quantified each year, contrasted with the previous five years, and summarized annually.

1. Inshore/Offshore Monitoring - The Discharger shall monitor receiving water quality quarterly at 25 new core Receiving Water Column Monitoring Stations from A001 to E005 (Table E-2 and Attachment B-4) as follows.

Table E-8. Offshore Receiving Water Monitoring Requirements Parameter Units Sample Type
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency
Required
Analytical Test
Method
Dissolved oxygen mg/L continuous profile quarterly 2
Water temperature °C continuous profile quarterly 2
Light transmittance % transmittance continuous profile quarterly 18 Salinity ppt continuous profile quarterly 2

18 Light transmittance (transmissivity) shall be measured with a transmissometer, using equipment and procedure similar to that described by L.V. Whitney [Transmission of Solar Energy and the Scattering Produced by Suspensoids in Lake Waters, Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters, Vol. 31 (1938)]. Results shall be expressed as the percent of light transmittance. Path length of transmissometer should be noted.

Agreement No. 32400008 54
722
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-22
Parameter Units Sample Type
Minimum
Sampling
Frequency
Required
Analytical Test
Method
pH pH units continuous profile quarterly 2
Chlorophyll a g/L continuous profile quarterly 2
Visual observations --- --- quarterly 19
Total coliform MPN or CFU/100
mL
grab, surface and
mid-depth and near
bottom20
quarterly 2
Fecal coliform MPN or CFU/100
mL
grab, surface and
mid-depth and near
bottom 20
quarterly 2
Enterococcus MPN or CFU/100
mL
grab, surface and
mid-depth and near
bottom 20
quarterly 2
Ammonia nitrogen mg/L grab, surface and
mid-depth and near
bottom20
quarterly 2
Concurrent with the CTD profiling survey, discrete samples shall be collected quarterly for ammonia and fecal coliform, total coliform and Enterococcus at the surface, mid depth and near the bottom (or as deep as practicable for those stations located in depths less than 45 m). Sampling for bacteria is necessary to ensure the bacteria discharged at the outfall do not survive marine conditions and do not contribute to the bacteria identified by shoreline monitoring.

2. Shoreline Monitoring - The Discharger shall monitor receiving water quality at nine Ventura County Shoreline Bacteriological Monitoring Stations listed in Attachment B-8 for the constituents that follow:

19 Observations of wind (direction and speed), weather (e.g., cloudy, sunny, or rainy), current (e.g., direction), and tidal conditions (e.g., high or low tide) shall be made and recorded (every four hours during offshore sampling) at the time samples of the waters of the Pacific Ocean (shore, nearshore, and all offshore stations) are collected.

Observations of water color, discoloration, oil and grease, turbidity, odor, materials of sewage origin in the water or on the beach, and unusual or abnormal amounts of floating or suspended matter in the water or on the beach, rocks and jetties, or beach structures shall also be made and recorded at stations or while in transit. The character and extent of such matter shall be described. The dates, times and depths of sampling and these observations shall also be reported.
20 Bottom sampling shall be done 2.0 m (6.6 ft) above the seabed.

Agreement No. 32400008 55
723
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-23
Table E-9. Shoreline Receiving Water Monitoring Requirements for Bacteria Parameter Units Sample Type Minimum Sampling
Frequency
Required
Analytical
Test Method
Total coliform MPN or CFU/100 mL grab quarterly 2
Fecal coliform MPN or CFU/100 mL grab quarterly 2
Enterococcus MPN or CFU/100 mL grab quarterly 2
Visual observations shall be recorded when bacteriological samples are collected.

Monitoring at these nine stations is conducted for the purposes of public health assessment and to ensure protection for public recreational use of coastal ocean waters, and the results are not intended for use as compliance sites for OWTP, unless offshore bacteria monitoring demonstrates the outfall bacteria persist to the shoreline. In the event of stormy weather that makes sampling hazardous or impractical, these samples can be rescheduled.

B. Benthic Monitoring
Benthic monitoring includes infauna and sediment sampling. The data collected are used for the regular assessment of trends in sediment contamination and biological response along a fixed grid of sites within the influence of the discharge.

1. Local Benthic Monitoring - This survey is designed to determine if benthic conditions under the influence of the discharge are changing over time.

The Discharger shall monitor infauna, sediment chemistry and sediment toxicity at 7 receiving water benthic monitoring stations of RWS-001 to RWS-007 in year two of the permit and report changes in the conditions as compared to the historic and the most recent receiving water reports (See Table E-3 and Attachment B-5) in the year three annual report.
a. Infaunal Community Survey - These stations shall be sampled for benthic infauna21 during late summer (August/ September). Bottom samples for benthic infaunal analyses shall be taken at each benthic station prior to trawl sampling. The following determinations shall be made at each station, where appropriate; i. Identificiation of all organisms to lowest possible taxon (usualy species); and, ii. Total biomass of:
(a) Mollusks;
(b) Echinoderms;
(c) Annelids/polychaetes;
(d) Curstaceans; and,
(e) All other macroinvertebrates.

21 These bottom samples shall be taken by means of a 0.1 m2 (1.1 ft2) modified Van Veen sediment grab sampler.

The entire contents of each sample shall be passed through a 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) mesh screen to retrieve the benthic organisms. These organisms shall be fixed in 10% buffered formalin and transferred to 70% ethanol within two to seven days for storage. All specimens retrieved shall be archived.

Agreement No. 32400008 56
724
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-24
iii. Community structure22 analysis for benthic influana for each station and each replicate. Mean, median, range, standard deviation, and 95% confidence limits, if appropriate, for values determined above. The Discharger may use other statistical tools sufficient to determine temporal and spatial trends in the marine environment.
b. Sediment Chemistry Survey -Testing shall be required for these parameters during late summer (August/ September). Bottom samples for sediment chemistry analyses shall be taken at each benthic station prior to trawl sampling. All benthic sediment samples shall be taken at each station by means of a 0.1 m2(1.1 ft2) modified Van Veen sediment grab sampler. Sub-samples (upper two centimeters) of sediment from each sample shall be collected and analyzed separately for the following parameters at each station:
i. Total organic carbon (TOC) (mg/kg dry wt);
ii. Dissolved sulfides (water soluble) (mg/kg dry wt);
iii. Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (mg/kg dry wt);
iv. Grain size (sufficiently detailed to calculate percent weight in relation to phi size); and,
v. Arsenic; Cadmium; Chromium (total); Copper; Lead; Mercury; Nickel; Silver; Zinc; Cyanide; Phenolic compounds (non-chlorinated); Phenolic compounds (chlorinated); Total halogenated organic compounds; Aldrin and Dieldrin; Endrin; HCH; Chlordane and related compounds; Total DDT; DDT derivatives; Total PCB; PCB derivatives; Toxaphene; Total PAH; PAH derivatives. The data for these parameters shall be expressed in µg/kg dry weight. Additional testing shall be conducted such that a full priority pollutant scans is performed on the sediment samples.
c. Chronic Sediment Toxicity Survey - Sediment toxicity testing shall be conducted in August/September at the two receiving water sediment monitoring stations RWS-003 and RWS-007. Three replicate samples shall be collected for testing at each station.

Sub-samples (upper two centimeters) shall be taken from each sediment sample and tested for chronic toxicty. Testing shall be conducted using one of the three amphipod species Eohaustorius estuarius, Leptocheirus plumulosus, and Rhepoxynius abronius in accordance with EPA 600/R-94/0925 (USEPA, 1994), Methods for Assessing the Toxicity of Sediment-associated Contaminants with Estuarine and Marine Amphipods, and the Southern California Bight Project sediment toxicity testing guidelines (Bight ’18 Toxicology Committee, 2018). Test results shall be reported in percent survival, assessed for the presence of persistent toxicity, and included in the annual monitoring report. If persistent toxicity is observed at a sediment sampling location, a Phase I Toxicity Identification Evaluation (TIE) shall be conducted as defined in the Sediment Toxicity Identification (TIE) Phase I, II, and III Guidance Document (EPA/R-07/080). The Discharger shall submit a Sediment Toxicity TIE Work Plan within 90 days of the effective date of this

22 Community structure analysis of benthic infauna shall include number of species, number of individuals per species, total numerical abundance, species abundance per grab, species richness, species diversity (e.g., Shannon-Wiener), species evenness and dominance per station and replicate, similarity analyses (e.g., BrayCurtis, Jaccard or Sorensen), cluster analyses (using unweighted pair-group method) or other appropriate multivariate statistical techniques approved by the Executive Officer of this Regional Water Board and the Infaunal Index.

Agreement No. 32400008 57
725
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-25
Order. The work plan shall define persistent toxicity and outline the procedures that will take place if persistent toxicity is observed.

2. Regional Benthic Monitoring - This regional survey is designed to determine the extent, distribution, magnitude and trend of ecological change in soft-bottom benthic habitats within the Southern California Bight and the relationship between biological response and contaminant exposure. The data collected will be used to assess the condition of the sea-floor environment and the health of the biological resources within the Bight.

A regional survey of sediment chemistry and benthic infauna within the Southern California Bight took place in 2013 (Bight’13). The final survey design was determined cooperatively by the participants represented on the Regional Steering Committee. The Discharger provided support to the Bight’13 benthic surveys in the following ways:
a. Participation on the Steering Committee
b. Participation on the relevant Technical Committees (e.g., Information Management, Field Methods and Logistics, Benthos and Chemistry)
c. Field sampling at sea
d. Infaunal sample analysis
e. Sediment chemistry analysis
f. Data management
The Discharger’s level of participation in previous Bight surveys has been consistent.

The same level of participation is expected in Bight’18 and Bight’23 surveys.

C. Fish and Invertebrate Monitoring

1. Local Fish and Macroinvertebrate Survey – This survey is designed to determine how the health of demersal fish and epibenthic invertebrate communities near the discharge point is changing over time. The data collected will be used for regular assessment of temporal trends in community structure and bioaccumulation along an array of sites within the influence of the discharge. Trash and debris data will also be collected to contribute to the Santa Monica Bay Restoration Project’s (SMBRP’s) Sources and Loadings Program. The Discharger shall monitor fish and macroinvertebrate at three receiving water trawling stations RWT-001, RWT-002 and RWT-003 in year two (See Table E-3). Mussels will be deployed for three months (September to December) at three fixed locations for bioaccumulation (see Attachment B-7) in year four. The monitoring requirements are as follows:
a. Local Fish and Macroinvertebrate Population Survey
i. Offshore trawling will occur in year two during August/September for demersal fish and epibenthic macroinvertebrates with trawl locations along sample lines A001 to A005 through E001 to E005 (see Table E-2 and Attachment B-7). ii. Trawling methods shall follow the protocols described in the most current edition of the Field Operations Manual for Marine Water-Column, Benthic, and Trawl Monitoring in Southern California, SCCWRP.

Agreement No. 32400008 58
726
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-26
iii. Fish and macroinvertebrates collected by trawls shall be identified to the lowest taxon possible. At all stations and for each replicate, community structure analysis for fish and macroinvertebrates
23 shall be conducted for each station.
iv. Mean, range, standard deviation, and 95% confidence limits, if appropriate, shall be reported for the values determined in the community structure analysis. The Discharger may use other statistical tools to determine temporal and spatial trends in the fish and macroinvertebrate population in the marine environment.
v. Abnormalities and disease symptoms shall be described and recorded (e.g., fin erosion, external lesions, tumors, ectoparasites, and color anomalies). The frequency of abnormalities and incidence of disease shall be compared between the Zone of Initial Dilution (ZID) boundary and the reference station, and trends in these values shall be measured over time. The results of this comparison shall be included in the monitoring report.
b. Bagged Mussel Tissue
i. Bags of mussels will be deployed on anchored arrays, in replicate, at three locations (SS1, SS2 and SS3) in the vicinity of the outfall for a period of three months, from July to December in year four of the permit. A set of control mussels will be frozen at the beginning of the three month deployment, held for three months and then analyzed along with the field deployed mussels. The field deployed mussels will be retrieved after three months, dissected and analyzed for contaminants.
ii. All mussle tissue samples shall be analyzed for wet weight and percent lipid. iii. Testing shall include analysis for: Arsenic; Cadmium; Chromium (total); Copper; Lead; Mercury; Nickel; Silver; Zinc; Cyanide; Phenolic compounds (non-chlorinated); Phenolic compounds (chlorinated); Total halogenated organic compounds; Aldrin and Dieldrin; Endrin; HCH; Chlordane and related compounds; Total DDT; DDT derivatives; Total PCB; PCB derivatives; Toxaphene; Total PAH; and PAH derivatives and all priority pollutants. iv. The data for these parameters shall be expressed in µg/kg dry weight.

2. Regional Fish and Macroinvertebrate Survey
This regional survey is designed to determine the extent, distribution, magnitude and trend of ecological change in demersal fish and epibenthic invertebrate communities within the Southern California Bight and the relationship between biological response and contaminant exposure. The data collected will be used to assess the condition of the seafloor environment and health of biological resources within the Bight.

23 Community structure analysis of fish and macroinvertebrates shall include wet weight of fish and macroinvertebrate species (when combined weight of individuals of one species exceeds 0.2 kg), standard length of each individual, number of species, number of individuals per species, total numerical abundance per station, number of individuals in each 1-cm size class for each species of fish, species abundance per trawl and per station, species richness, species diversity (e.g., Shannon-Wiener), species evenness, similarity analyses (e.g., Bray-Curtis, Jaccard or Sorensen), cluster analyses (using unweighted pair-group method) or other appropriate multivariate statistical techniques approved by the Executive Officer of the Regional Water Board..

Agreement No. 32400008 59
727
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-27
A regional survey of trawl-caught demersal fish and megabenthic invertebrates within the Southern California Bight took place in 2013 (Bight’13). The final survey design was determined cooperatively by the participants as represented on the Regional Steering Committee. The Discharger provided support to the Bight’13 surveys in the following ways:
a. Participation on the Steering Committee;
b. Participation on the relevant Technical Committees (e.g., Information Management, Field Methods and Logistics, Fish and Invertebrates);
c. Field sampling at sea;
d. Trawl sample analysis; and,
e. Data management
The Discharger’s level of participation in previous Bight surveys has been consistent.

The same level of participation is expected in the Bight ’18 and Bight ‘23 surveys.

D. Seafood Safety Monitoring

1. Local Seafood Safety Survey
This survey is designed to determine if tissue concentrations of contaminants exceed the Advisory Tissue Concentration (ATC) where seafood consumption advisories exist locally, and tissue contaminant trends relative to the ATC in other species and for other contaminants not currently subject to local consumption advisories. The data collected will be used to provide information necessary for the management of local seafood consumption advisories.
a. One species from each of five groups of fish (rockfish, kelpbass, sandbass, surfperches and croakers) shall be sampled from each of the three zones, no later than year four of the permit. For rockfishes, scorpionfish (Scorpaena guttata) is the preferred species, followed by bocaccio (Sebastes paucispinis) and then by any other abundant and preferably benthic rockfish species. For surfperches, black surfperch (Embiotoca jacksoni) is the preferred species, followed by white surfperch (Phanerodon furcatus) and then by walleye surfperch (Hyperprosopon argenteum).

For croakers, white croaker is the preferred species, followed by black croaker, and then by white seabass. If an insufficient number of croakers are collected and a significant effort has been made to collect the appropriate number of croakers, one of the following alternative species may be substituted: ocean whitefish (Caulolatilus princeps), opaleye (Girella nigricans), blacksmith (Chromis punctipinnis), or pacific mackerel (Scomber japonicus).
b. For fish tissue analysis, one composite sample of ten individuals of each target shall be collected within each of the three zones. Sampling should take place in late summer/early fall and should focus upon a consistent size class of fish. All tissue samples shall be analyzed for:

Table E-10. Seafood Safety Monitoring Requirements
Parameter Units Sample Type Minimum Sampling
Frequency
% moisture %
composite of muscle tissue from 10
individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4
% lipid %
composite of muscle tissue from 10
individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4
Arsenic g/kg composite of muscle tissue from 10 No later than year 4 Agreement No. 32400008 60
728
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-28
Parameter Units Sample Type Minimum Sampling
Frequency
individuals of each of 5 species
Mercury g/kg composite of muscle tissue from 10
individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4
Selenium g/kg composite of muscle tissue from 10
individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4
DDT g/kg composite of muscle tissue from 10
individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4
PCB as
aroclors g/kg composite of muscle tissue from 10 individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4 PCB as
congeners
g/kg composite of muscle tissue from 10
individuals of each of 5 species No later than year 4

2. Regional Seafood Safety Survey
This regional survey is designed to determine if seafood tissue levels within the Southern California Bight are below levels that ensure public safety. The data collected will be used to assess levels of contaminants in the edible tissue of commercial or recreationally important fish within the Bight relative to Advisory Tissue Concentrations.

Sampling Design - A regional survey of edible tissue contaminant levels in fish within the Southern California Bight shall be conducted at least once every ten years, encompassing a broader set of sampling sites and target species than those addressed in the local seafood survey. The objective is to determine whether any unexpected increases or decreases in contaminant levels have occurred in non-target species and/or at unsampled sites. The final survey design may be determined cooperatively by participants represented on a Regional Steering Committee or by the State of California’s Office of Environmental Health and Hazard Assessment. The Discharger shall provide support to a Regional Seafood Safety Survey by participating in or performing the following the following activities:
a. Participation on the Steering Committee;
b. Participation on the relevant Technical Committees (e.g., Information Management, Field Methods and Logistics, Fish and Invertebrates, Chemistry); c. Tissue chemical analysis; and,
d. Data management
This level of participation in the Bight’08 survey was consistent with that provided by the Discharger to the previous surveys. The next regional survey is expected to occur in 2018 and 2023, and the Discharger’s level of participation shall be consistent with that provided in previous surveys.

E. Kelp Bed Monitoring
This regional survey is designed to determine if the extent of kelp beds in the Southern California Bight is changing over time and if some beds are changing at rates different than others. The data collected in this regional survey will be used to assess the status and trends in kelp bed health and spatial extent.

The Discharger shall participate in the Central Region Kelp Survey Consortium (CRKSC) to conduct regional kelp bed monitoring in Southern California coastal waters. The CRKSC design is based upon quarterly measures of kelp canopy extent using aerial imaging. The Agreement No. 32400008 61
729
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-29
Discharger shall participate in the management and technical committee's responsibility for the final survey design and shall provide financial support to help fund the survey based upon the number of participants in the study in an amount not to exceed a maximum of $10,000 per year. The information gained by the City through participation may be used to evaluate whether the discharge impacts kelp beds near the outfall.

IX. OTHER MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
A. Outfall and Diffuser Inspection
This survey is designed to ensure that the outfall structures are in serviceable condition and that they can continue to be operated safely. The data collected will be used for a periodic assessment of the integrity of the outfall pipe and ballasting system.

The ocean outfall (001) shall be inspected externally a minimum of once per year.

Inspections shall include general observations and photographic/videographic records of the outfall pipe and adjacent ballast ocean bottom. The pipe shall be visually inspected by a diver, manned submarine, or remotely operated vehicle. A summary report shall be submitted by August 1 of each year for the previous year. This written report, augmented with videographic and/or photographic images, will provide a description of the observed condition of the outfall structure from shallow water to the termini.

B. Biosolids and Sludge Management
The Discharger must comply with all Clean Water Act and regulatory requirements of 40 CFR § 257, 258, 501, and 503, including all applicable monitoring, record keeping, and reporting requirements.

X. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
A. General Monitoring and Reporting Requirements

1. The Discharger shall comply with all Standard Provisions (Attachment D) related to monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping.

2. If there is no discharge during any reporting period, the report shall so state.

3. Each monitoring report shall contain a separate section titled “Summary of Noncompliance” which discusses the compliance record and the corrective actions taken or planned that may be needed to bring the discharge into full compliance with waste discharge requirements. This section shall clearly list all non-compliance with discharge requirements as well as all excursions of effluent limitations.

4. The Discharger shall inform the Regional Water Board well in advance of any proposed construction or maintenance activity, or modification to the POTW that could potentially affect compliance with applicable requirements.

5. The date and time of sampling (as appropriate) shall be reported with the analytical values determined.

6. The laboratory conducting analyses shall be certified by the State Water Resources Control Board, Division of Drinking Water, Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP), in accordance with CWC section 13176, or approved by the Regional Water Board Executive Officer, in consultation with the State Water Board’s Quality Assurance Program, and USEPA for that particular parameter and must include quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) data in their reports. A copy of the laboratory certification shall be provided each time a new/renewal certification is obtained from ELAP and must be submitted with the annual summary report. Each monitoring report must affirm in writing that: “All analyses were conducted at a laboratory certified for such Agreement No. 32400008 62
730
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-30
analyses by the the State Water Resources Control Board, Division of Drinking Water, Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP), or approved by the Regional Water Board Executive Officer (in consultation with the State Water Board’s Quality Assurance Program), and in accordance with current USEPA guideline procedures or as specified in this MRP.”

7. Non-detect levels reported for the Oxnard Wastewater Treatment Plant effluent are generally higher than effluent limitations or water quality objectives for DDT, chlordane, PCBs and PAHs. Therefore, the Discharger shall strive for lower analytical detection levels than those specified in Appendix II of the 2015 Ocean Plan.

8. Upon request by the Discharger, the Regional Water Board, in consultation with the State Water Board’s Quality Assurance Program and/or USEPA, may establish an ML that is not contained in Appendix II of the 2015 Ocean Plan, to be included in the Discharger’s NPDES permit, in any of the following situations:
a. When the pollutant under consideration is not included in Appendix II; b. When the Discharger agrees to use a test method that is more sensitive than those specified in 40 CFR § 136 (most recent revision);
c. When the Discharger agrees to use an ML lower than those listed in Appendix II; d. When the Discharger demonstrates that the calibration standard matrix is sufficiently different from that used to establish the ML in Appendix II and proposes an appropriate ML for their matrix; or
e. When the Discharger uses a method whose quantification practices are not consistent with the definition of an ML. Examples of such methods are the USEPAapproved method 1613 for dioxins and furans, method 1624 for volatile organic substances, and method 1625 for semi-volatile organic substances. In such cases, the Discharger, Regional Water Board, State Water Board and USEPA shall agree on a lowest quantifiable limit, and that limit will substitute for the ML for reporting and compliance determination purposes.

9. Records and reports of marine monitoring surveys conducted to meet receiving water monitoring requirements shall include, at a minimum, the following information:
a. A description of climatic and receiving water characteristics at the time of sampling (weather observations, unusual or abnormal amounts of floating debris, discoloration, wind speed and direction, swell or wave action, time of sampling or measurements, tidal stage and height, etc.).
b. The date, exact place and description of sampling stations, including differences unique to each station (e.g., date, time, station location, depth, and sample type). c. A list of the individuals participating in field collection of samples or data and description of the sample collection and preservation procedures used in the various surveys.
d. A description of the specific method used for laboratory analysis, the date(s) the analyses were performed and the individuals participating in these analyses. e. An in-depth discussion of the results of the survey. All tabulations and computations shall be explained.

10. The Discharger shall arrange all reported data in a tabular format. The data shall be summarized to clearly illustrate whether the facility is operating in compliance with this Order.

Agreement No. 32400008 63
731
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-31

11. The Discharger shall attach a cover letter to the monitoring reports. The information contained in the cover letter shall clearly identify violations of the Order; discuss corrective actions taken or planned; and the proposed time schedule for corrective actions. Identified violations must include a description of the requirement that was violated and a description of the violation.

B. Self-Monitoring Reports (SMRs)

1. The Discharger shall electronically submit SMRs using the State Water Board’s California Integrated Water Quality System (CIWQS) Program website (http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/ciwqs/). The CIWQS website will provide additional information for SMR submittal in the event there will be a planned service interruption for electronic submittal.

2. The Discharger shall report in the SMR the results for all monitoring specified in this Order. The Discharger shall submit monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual SMRs including the results of all required monitoring using USEPA-approved test methods or other test methods specified in this Order. SMRs are to include all new monitoring results obtained since the last SMR was submitted. If the Discharger monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this Order, the results of this monitoring shall be included in the calculations and reporting of the data submitted in the SMR.

3. Monitoring periods and reporting for all required monitoring shall be completed according to the following schedule, except where specific monitoring periods and reporting dates are required elsewhere in the Order.

Table E-11. Monitoring Periods and Reporting Schedule
Sampling
Frequency Monitoring Period Begins Monitoring Period SMR Due Date Continuous Permit effective date All Submit with monthly SMR
Daily Permit effective date
(Midnight through 11:59 PM) or
any 24-hour period that
reasonably represents a calendar
day for purposes of sampling.

Submit with monthly
SMR
Weekly
Sunday following Permit effective date
or on Permit effective date if on a
Sunday
Sunday through Saturday Submit with monthly
SMR
Monthly
First day of calendar month following
Permit effective date or on Permit
effective date if that date is first day of
the month
1 st day of calendar month through
last day of calendar month
Submit with monthly
SMR
Quarterly
Closest of January 1, April 1, July 1, or
October 1 following (or on) Permit
effective date
January 1 to March 31
April 1 to June 30
July 1 to September 30
October 1 to December 31
By the 15th day of the
second month after
the month of
sampling
Semiannually Closest of January 1 or July 1 following
(or on) Permit effective date
January 1 to June 30
July 1 to December 31
May 15
November 15
Annually January 1 following (or on) Permit
effective date January 1 through December 31 August 15

4. Reporting Protocols. The Discharger shall report with each sample result the applicable reported Minimum Level (reported ML, also known as the Reporting Level, or RL) and the current Method Detection Limit (MDL), as determined by the procedure in 40 CFR §136.

Agreement No. 32400008 64
732
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-32
The Discharger shall report the results of analytical determinations for the presence of chemical constituents in a sample using the following reporting protocols:
a. Sample results greater than or equal to the reported ML shall be reported as measured by the laboratory (i.e., the measured chemical concentration in the sample).
b. Sample results less than the reported ML, but greater than or equal to the laboratory’s MDL, shall be reported as “Detected, but Not Quantified,” or DNQ. The estimated chemical concentration of the sample shall also be reported.

For the purposes of data collection, the laboratory shall write the estimated chemical concentration next to DNQ. The laboratory may, if such information is available, include numerical estimates of the data quality for the reported result. Numerical estimates of data quality may be percent accuracy (± a percentage of the reported value), numerical ranges (low to high), or any other means considered appropriate by the laboratory.
c. Sample results less than the laboratory’s MDL shall be reported as “Not Detected,” or ND.
d. Dischargers are to instruct laboratories to establish calibration standards so that the ML value (or its equivalent if there is differential treatment of samples relative to calibration standards) is the lowest calibration standard. At no time is the Discharger to use analytical data derived from extrapolation beyond the lowest point of the calibration curve.

5. Compliance Determination. Compliance with effluent limitations for reportable pollutants shall be determined using sample reporting protocols defined above and Attachment A of this Order. For purposes of reporting and administrative enforcement by the Regional Water Board and State Water Board, the Discharger shall be deemed out of compliance with effluent limitations if the concentration of the reportable pollutant in the monitoring sample is greater than the effluent limitation and greater than or equal to the reported Minimum Level (ML).

6. Multiple Sample Data. When determining compliance with a measure of central tendency (arithmetic mean, geometric mean, median, etc.) of multiple sample analyses and the data set contains one or more reported determinations of “Detected, but Not Quantified” (DNQ) or “Not Detected” (ND), the Discharger shall compute the median in place of the arithmetic mean in accordance with the following procedure:
a. The data set shall be ranked from low to high, ranking the reported ND determinations lowest, DNQ determinations next, followed by quantified values (if any). The order of the individual ND or DNQ determinations is unimportant. b. The median value of the data set shall be determined. If the data set has an odd number of data points, then the median is the middle value. If the data set has an even number of data points, then the median is the average of the two values around the middle unless one or both of the points are ND or DNQ, in which case the median value shall be the lower of the two data points where DNQ is lower than a value and ND is lower than DNQ.

7. The Discharger shall submit SMRs in accordance with the following requirements:

The Discharger shall arrange all reported data in a tabular format. The data shall be summarized to clearly illustrate whether the facility is operating in compliance with interim and/or final effluent limitations. The Discharger is not required to duplicate the Agreement No. 32400008 65
733
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-33
submittal of data that is entered in a tabular format within CIWQS. When electronic submittal of data is required and CIWQS does not provide for entry into a tabular format within the system, the Discharger shall electronically submit the data in a tabular format as an attachment.

8. The Discharger shall attach a cover letter to the SMR. The information contained in the cover letter shall clearly identify violations of the waste discharge requirements; discuss corrective actions taken or planned; and the proposed time schedule for corrective actions. Identified violations must include a description of the requirement that was violated and a description of the violation.

C. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs)
DMRs are USEPA reporting requirements. The Discharger shall electronically certify and submit DMRs together with SMRs using Electronic Self-Monitoring Reports module eSMR 2.5 or any upgraded version. Electronic DMR submittal shall be in addition to electronic SMR submittal. Information about electronic DMR submittal is available at the DMR website at:
<http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/discharge_monitoring>.

D. Other Reports

1. Pretreatment Report
The Discharger shall submit annual pretreatment reports to the Regional Water Board, with copies to the State Water Board, and USEPA Region 9, describing the Discharger's pretreatment activities over the period. The annual reports shall contain, but not be limited to, the information required in the attached Pretreatment Reporting Requirements (Attachment I), or an approved revised version thereof. If the Discharger is not in compliance with any conditions or requirements of this Order, the Discharger shall include the reasons for noncompliance and shall state how and when the Discharger will comply with such conditions and requirements.

An Enhanced Source Control study was completed in 2017 and the results will be used to improve the pretreatment program when modifications to the recycled water program include Indirect Potable Reuse (IPR). Resulting modifications to the pretreatment program shall be reported in the annual report.

2. The Discharger shall report the results of any special studies, chronic toxicity testing, TRE/TIE, Pollutant Minimization Program (PMP), and Pollution Prevention Plan required by Special Provisions – section VIII.B. The Discharger shall submit reports in compliance with SMR reporting requirements described in subsection X.B. above.

3. Annual Summary Report
By August 15 of each year, the Discharger shall submit an annual report containing a discussion of the previous year’s influent/effluent results (including the average and peak flow for the year), the date of the outfall inspection, and upgrades to the treatment plant’s collection system, the treatment processes, or the outfall system. The Discharger shall submit annual reports to the Regional Water Board in accordance with the requirements described in subsection X.B.7. above.

Each annual monitoring report shall contain a separate section titled “Reasonable Potential Analysis” which discusses whether or not reasonable potential was triggered for pollutants which do not have a final effluent limitation in the NPDES permit. This section shall contain the following statement: “The analytical results for this sampling period did/ did not trigger reasonable potential.” If reasonable potential was triggered, then the following information should also be provided:

Agreement No. 32400008 66
734
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-34
a. A list of the pollutant(s) that triggered reasonable potential; b. The Ocean Plan criteria that was exceeded for each given pollutant; c. The concentration of the pollutant(s);
d. The test method used to analyze the sample; and,
e. The date and time of sample collection.

The Discharger shall submit to the Regional Water Board, together with the first monitoring report required by this permit, a list of all chemicals and proprietary additives which could affect this waste discharge, including quantities of each. Any subsequent changes in types and/or quantities shall be reported promptly.

4. Receiving Water Monitoring Report
An annual summary of the receiving water monitoring data collected during each sampling year (January-December) shall be prepared and submitted so that it is received by the Regional Water Board by August 15 of the following year. The annual summary shall include data tables and a description of receiving water data.

A detailed Receiving Water Monitoring Biennial Assessment Report of the data collected during the two previous calendar sampling years (January-December) shall be prepared and submitted so that it is received by the Regional Water Board by September of every other year. Any effluent compliance issues during that period shall also be discussed.

This report shall include a description of the nearfield zone and an in-depth analysis of the biological and chemical data following the Model Monitoring Program Guidance Document (Schiff, K.C., J.S. Brown and S.B. Weisberg, 2001. Model Monitoring Program for Large Ocean Dischargers in Southern California. SCCWRP Tech. Rep #357.

Southern California Coastal Water Research Project, Westminster, CA. 101 pp.). Data shall be tabulated, summarized, graphed where appropriate, analyzed, interpreted, and generally presented in such a way as to facilitate ready understanding of its significance.

Spatial and temporal trends shall be examined and compared. The relationship of physical and chemical parameters shall be evaluated. See also Section VIII of this MRP.

All receiving water monitoring data shall be submitted in accordance with the California Environmental Data Exchange Network (CEDEN), when the system accepts data such as bioassessment /taxonomic data and continuous data. The Discharger shall submit all receiving water monitoring data in accordance with CEDEN, when feasible. An electronic copy of the receiving water document shall also be submitted to the CIWQS, the state electronic data repository.

The first assessment report shall be due August 15, 2020, and cover the sampling periods of January-December 2018 and January-December 2019. Subsequent reports shall be due August 15, 2022, and August 15, 2024, to cover sampling periods of January 2020-December 2021 and January 2022-December 2023, respectively.

5. Outfall Inspection Report
By August 1 of each year, a summary report of the outfall Inspection findings for the previous calendar year shall be prepared and submitted to the Regional Water Board.

This written report, augmented with videographic and/or photographic images, shall provide a description of the observed external condition of the discharge pipes from shallow water to their respective termini.

The first summary report shall be due August 1, 2020, covering the monitoring period from January 2019 – December 2019.

Agreement No. 32400008 67
735
CITY OF OXNARD ORDER R4-2018-0140
OXNARD WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT NPDES NO. CA0054097
ATTACHMENT E MONITORING AND REPORTING 10/11/2018 E-35

6. Technical Report on Preventive and Contingency Plans The Regional Water Board requires the Discharger to file with the Regional Water Board, within 90 days after the effective date of this Order, a technical report on its preventive (failsafe) and contingency (cleanup) plans for controlling accidental discharges, and for minimizing the effect of such events. The technical report should:
a. Identify the possible sources of accidental loss, untreated waste bypass, and contaminated drainage. Loading and storage areas, power outage, waste treatment unit outage, and failure of process equipment, tanks, and pipes should be considered.
b. Evaluate the effectiveness of present facilities and procedures and state when they become operational.
c. Describe facilities and procedures needed for effective preventive and contingency plans.
d. Predict the effectiveness of the proposed facilities and procedures and provide an implementation schedule contingent interim and final dates when they will be constructed, implemented, or operational
Agreement No. 32400008 68
736
Public Works and Transportation Committee
June 13, 2023
City Council
June 29, 2023
Jan Hauser
Wastewater Division Manager
Trade Services Agreement 32400008 with
Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc.
(ABC Labs) for Ocean Monitoring Services
737
2 RECOMMENDATION
That the Public Works and Transportation Committee
recommend the City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to execute an agreement with Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (ABC Labs) for an amount not to exceed $1,850,000 for a five year term ending December 31, 2028 for ocean outfall monitoring services.
738
3 RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council approve and authorize the Mayor to execute an agreement with Aquatic Bioassay and Consulting Laboratories, Inc. (ABC Labs) for an amount not to exceed $1,850,000 for a five year term ending December 31, 2028 for ocean outfall monitoring services.
739
• The Oxnard Regional Wastewater System operates under a National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit • Issued by the California Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) - Los Angeles Region
• Identifies ocean monitoring requirements to discharge treated wastewater into the ocean
• Permit duration is 5 years
4 BACKGROUND
740
• The NPDES permit requires the following testing/monitoring • Water quality monitoring
• Ocean acidification testing
• Benthic sediment monitoring
• Fish & invertebrate monitoring
• Kelp bed monitoring
• Outfall and Diffuser inspection
• Toxicity testing
• Seafood safety monitoring
• Annual requirements vary over the duration of the permit 5 BACKGROUND
741
6 BACKGROUND
Water quality monitoring locations off the coast of Oxnard 742 7 BACKGROUND
Gathering of oceanic wildlife for testing/ monitoring 743 • February 23, 2023 - Purchasing Department published RFP PW 23-89 for ocean monitoring services
• Proposals were due March 24, 2023
• Only one proposal was received from ABC Labs
• Work in this field is highly specialized
• Proposal reviewed by Buyer, Wastewater Division Manager, Operations Manager, Chief Operator, and Management Analyst • ABC Labs was determined to be qualified
• History performing requested services - over 30 years for the City • Technical Competence

DISCUSSION
8 744
• Total cost for this Agreement with ABC Labs shall not exceed $1,850,000 over the term of five years
• Funded using budgeted appropriations from the Wastewater Fund (611)

FINANCIAL IMPACT
9 ESTIMATED SPENDING PLAN
DIVISION FY 23/24 FY 24/25 FY 25/26 FY 26/27 FY 27/28 TOTAL Wastewater $550,000 $400,000 $280,000 $330,000 $290,000 $1,850,000 745
Questions?
746

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.7
DATE: June 29, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Emilio Ramirez, Housing Director, (805) 385-8094, [email protected] SUBJECT: First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de Las Americas. (10 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council:

1. Approve a First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de las Americas for the use of property owned by the City of Oxnard and located at 321 West Sixth Street; and

2. Authorize the City Manager to execute the First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de las Americas. (The Community Services, Public Safety, Housing & Development Committee heard the item, and although they agreed 3-0 to forward the item to the City Council, they did not forward the item with a recommendation.) Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/iWA84w1W1z8

BACKGROUND

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Based on discussion at the Committee, staff proposes a revised First Amendment to the Lease with Teatro de Las Americas. Based on the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic, which prevented the theater from being open for a period of time, staff amended the lease agreement that was presented to Committee to include a lease payment credit for a total of approximately sixteen months, with the credit amount not to exceed $15,000.

BACKGROUND
The City of Oxnard owns certain real property located at 321 West Sixth Street in downtown Oxnard. The property is improved with a building of 1,980 square feet. The City of Oxnard entered into a three year lease agreement with Teatro de las Americas (“Tenant”) on November 18, 2019 authorizing their occupancy and use of the building for small live theater-related programs. Per the Lease the tenant was to pay the City a monthly rental rate of fifty-cents per square foot, resulting in a payment of $990/month. However, Section 4.4.1 of the Lease allowed a credit toward the rent payment obligation in an amount not-to-exceed of $35,000 for permanent improvements to the building.

DISCUSSION
The First Amendment to the Lease that was presented to Committee:

1. Extended the lease to November 20, 2024.

2. Replaced Section 3 of the lease to require payment of rent at a rate of Fifty Cents ($.50) per square foot effective June 1, 2023.
747

3. Clarified that Section 4.4.1 of the Lease, which allowed for up to a $35,000 rent credit, has been complied with and is no longer in further force or effect. The Tenant received the full value of the credit during the Lease Agreement.

At the Committee meeting on June 13, 2023 the President of Teatro de las Americas requested a further credit or rent reduction for the term of the First Amendment. The justification provided encompassed several factors, including the building improvements exceeding $35,000, the organization's non-profit status, and the impact of the pandemic.

Staff offers the following in response the Teatro de las Americas request for rent reductions:

1. Tenant improvements are standard when a tenant occupies a space. The City offered full credit for the tenant improvement towards their rent for the entire original term of the Lease.

2. The current market rate rent in downtown is approximately $1.50/square foot. The proposed $.50/ square foot is a below market rate rent. In essence the rent is already at a reduced rate or subsidized.

3. The pandemic did negatively impact Teatro de las Americas ability to put on shows and in turn generate revenues. Typically Teatro puts on four shows per year, selling ten to forty seats per show at varying rates. The lease was executed in November 2019, but in March 2020 a State of Emergency was declared. Teatro was able to complete their tenant improvements during the State of Emergency, but they did not have their first show until July 30, 2021. Teatro lost approximately sixteen (16) months, which would equate to six shows they likely would have otherwise produced. In light of this, staff is amending their recommendation that was presented to Committee.

Based on the impact of Covid-19, the revised draft First Amendment to the Lease adds Section 3.1. “As a result of the Building’s closure due to the COVID-19 State of Emergency, Tenant shall receive a rent credit for a period of approximately sixteen months, with the credit amount not exceeding $15,000.”

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports Economic Development strategy. The purpose of Economic Development strategy is to focus on the retention and expansion of Oxnard businesses by increasing the skills and employability of our local workforce, invite new business investments, and target site-based redevelopment opportunities.

This agenda item supports the Quality of Life strategy. The purpose of the Quality of Life strategy is to restore and increase quality services and programs that enrich Oxnard's diverse community, promotes safe neighborhoods, encourages community engagement, and supports our residents in their efforts to improve their quality of life.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
As allowed by Section 4.4.1 of the Lease, in exchange for permanent building improvements there was no rent received by the City during the original term of the lease. However, on June 1, 2023, Teatro made their first rent payment of $990. The draft First Amendment proposes an additional credit not to exceed $15,000 due to the impacts of the global pandemic. If approved as drafted, the rental revenue for the First Amendment would be $2,820. If Council does not wish to further subsidize the Lease, the rental revenue for the term of the First Amendments would be $17,820 over the remaining term of the Lease. Any rent received will be received into the General Fund Housing Department in FY 2023-

24. No revenue was included in the FY 2023-24 General Fund Housing Department budget associated with this agreement.

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Community Services, Public Safety, Housing & Development Committee heard the item, and although they agreed 3-0 to forward the item to the City Council, they did not forward the item with a recommendation.

Prepared by: Emilio Ramirez, Housing Director

ATTACHMENTS

1. Teatro de las Americas Lease Amendment (Revised since Committee)

2. Lease

3. Committee Staff Report with Attachments

4. Presentation
748
749
Agreement No. 8828-19-CD

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE WITH TEATRO DE LAS AMERICAS
This First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the Lease of 321 West 6th Street (“Lease”) is made and entered into in the County of Ventura, State of California, this 29th day of June, 2023, by and between the City of Oxnard, a municipal corporation (“City”) and Teatro de las Americas (“Tenant”). This First Amendment amends the Lease entered into on November 18, 2019 by City and Tenant.

City and Tenant agree as follows:

1. The first sentence of Section 2 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “The term of this Lease (“Term”) shall commence on November 20, 2019 (the “Commencement Date”) and shall expire on November 20, 2024 (the “Expiration Date”), subject to earlier termination as provided herein.”

2. Section 3 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following term:
“Commencing on June 1, 2023, Tenant agrees to pay City as rent for the Building, the sum of Fifty Cents ($.50) per square foot per month in advance.”

3. Section 3.1 is hereby added to the Agreement to read as follows: “As a result of the Building’s closure due to the COVID-19 State of Emergency, Tenant shall receive a rent credit for a period of approximately sixteen months, with the credit amount not exceeding $15,000.”

4. The City and Tenant acknowledge that Section 4.4.1 of the Lease has been complied with an has no further force or effect. Neither City or Tenant owes any further obligation arising from Section 4.4.1 of the Lease.

5. All other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Agreement on the date first written above.

CITY OF OXNARD TEATRO DE LAS AMERICAS
Alexander Nguyen Date Juan Gonzalez Date
City Manager President, Teatro de las Americas
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Stephen M. Fischer Date
City Attorney
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

COMMUNITY SERVICES, PUBLIC SAFETY, HOUSING &

DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. D.3
DATE: June 13, 2023
TO: Community Services, Public Safety, Housing & Development Committee FROM: Emilio Ramirez, Housing Director, (805) 385-8094, [email protected] SUBJECT: First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de Las Americas. (10 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That the Community Services, Public Safety, Housing & Development Committee recommend that the City Council:

1. Approve a First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de las Americas for the use of property owned by the City of Oxnard and located at 321 West Sixth Street; and

2. Authorize the City Manager to execute the First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de las Americas.

Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/2WyQugKqAuY

BACKGROUND
The City of Oxnard owns certain real property located at 321 West Sixth Street in downtown Oxnard. The property is improved with a building of 1,980 square feet. The City of Oxnard entered into a lease agreement with Teatro de las Americas on November 18, 2019 authorizing their occupancy and use of the building for small live theater-related programs at a monthly rental rate of fifty-cents per square foot. The term of that lease expired on November 20, 2022. However, the same lease offers a two-year extension upon mutual assent of the City of Oxnard and Teatro de las Americas.

Teatro de las Americas is a non-profit organization located in the heart of downtown Oxnard. Teatro de las Americas is a bilingual theatre company that engages in the performing arts and education reflecting and nurturing the community. With a vision to be the dominant Spanish-language theatre on the Central Coast, Teatro de las Americas values respect among peoples and envisions that every segment of our community will come together in artistic and creative efforts to promote these values.

Teatro de las Americas has performed on its obligations of the original lease including the provision of performing arts and improvements to the property.

Teatro de las Americas has requested to extend the lease agreement for the two-year period contemplated in the lease agreement. Staff supports the request and recommends approval of the attached First Amendment to Lease with Teatro de las Americas.
766

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports Economic Development strategy. The purpose of Economic Development strategy is to focus on the retention and expansion of Oxnard businesses by increasing the skills and employability of our local workforce, invite new business investments, and target site-based redevelopment opportunities.

This agenda item supports the Quality of Life strategy. The purpose of the Quality of Life strategy is to restore and increase quality services and programs that enrich Oxnard's diverse community, promotes safe neighborhoods, encourages community engagement, and supports our residents in their efforts to improve their quality of life.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
Rental revenue of $17,820 is anticipated to be received into the General Fund Housing Department in FY2023-

24. Prepared by: Emilio Ramirez, Housing Director

ATTACHMENTS

1. Lease

2. Teatro de las Americas Lease Amendment

3. PowerPoint Presentation
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
Agreement No. 8828-19-CD

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE WITH TEATRO DE LAS AMERICAS
This First Amendment (“First Amendment”) to the Lease of 321 West 6th Street (“Lease”) is made and entered into in the County of Ventura, State of California, this 29th day of June, 2023, by and between the City of Oxnard, a municipal corporation (“City”) and Teatro de las Americas (“Tenant”). This First Amendment amends the Lease entered into on November 18, 2019 by City and Tenant.

City and Tenant agree as follows:

1. The first sentence of Section 2 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: “The term of this Lease (“Term”) shall commence on November 20, 2019 (the “Commencement Date”) and shall expire on November 20, 2024 (the “Expiration Date”), subject to earlier termination as provided herein.”

2. Section 3 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following term:
“Commencing on June 1, 2023, Tenant agrees to pay City as rent for the Building, the sum of Fifty Cents ($.50) per square foot per month in advance.”

3. The City and Tenant acknowledge that Section 4.4.1 of the Lease has been complied with an has no further force or effect. Neither City or Tenant owes any further obligation arising from Section 4.4.1 of the Lease.

4. All other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the Agreement on the date first written above.

CITY OF OXNARD TEATRO DE LAS AMERICAS
Alexander Nguyen Date Juan Gonzalez Date
City Manager President, Teatro de las Americas
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Stephen M. Fischer Date
City Attorney
783
Teatro de las Americas Lease
Agreement
Emilio Ramirez, Director
Housing Department
Community Services, Public Safety, Housing & Development Committee June 13, 2023
784
City Owned Property 2

1. The City of Oxnard owns a 1,980 square foot building at 321 West Sixth Street in downtown Oxnard

2. The City of Oxnard entered into a lease agreement with Teatro de las Americas on November 18, 2019 for a performance arts theater

3. Monthly rental rate of fifty-cents per square foot

4. The term of that lease expired on November 20, 2022

5. Lease offers a two-year extension opportunity
785
Teatro de las Americas
3 1. Teatro de las Americas bilingual
theatre company that engages in the
performing arts and education
reflecting and nurturing the
community located in the heart of
downtown Oxnard

2. With a vision to be the dominant
Spanish-language theatre on the
Central Coast, Teatro de las
Americas values respect among
peoples and envisions that every
segment of our community will come
together in artistic and creative
efforts to promote these values
786
Proposed Lease Extension
4 1. Teatro de las Americas has
performed on its obligations of the
original lease including the provision
of performing arts and
improvements to the property

2. Teatro de las Americas has
requested to extend the lease
agreement for the two-year period
contemplated in the lease
agreement

3. Staff supports the request and
recommends approval of the
attached First Amendment to Lease
with Teatro de las Americas

4. The General Fund is expected to
generate approximately $17,820 of
benefit from rent-receipts
787
Recommendation
5 That the Community Services, Public
Safety, Housing & Development
Committee recommend:

1. Approve a First Amendment to
Lease with Teatro de las Americas
for the use of property owned by the
City of Oxnard and located at 321
West Sixth Street;

2. Authorize the City Manager to
execute the First Amendment to
Lease with Teatro de las Americas.
788
End of Presentation
789
Teatro de las Americas Lease
Agreement
Emilio Ramirez, Director
Housing Department
City Council
June 29, 2023
790
City Owned Property 2

1. The City of Oxnard owns a 1,980 square foot building at 321 West Sixth Street in downtown Oxnard

2. The City of Oxnard entered into a lease agreement with Teatro de las Americas on November 18, 2019 for a performance arts theater

3. Monthly rental rate of fifty-cents per square foot

4. Rent credit of up to $35,000 for permanent build improvements

5. No rent was paid during the term of the lease
791
Teatro de las Americas
3 1. Teatro de las Americas bilingual
theatre company that engages in the
performing arts and education
reflecting and nurturing the
community located in the heart of
downtown Oxnard

2. Witha vision to be the dominant
Spanish-language theatre on the
Central Coast, Teatro de las
Americas values respect among
peoples and envisions that every
segment of our community will come
together in artistic and creative
efforts to promote these values
792
Lease Extension Proposed to Committee 4

1. Extend the lease to November 20, 2024.

2. Replaces Section 3 of the lease to
require payment of rent at a rate of Fifty
Cents ($.50) per square foot effective
June 1, 2023.

3. Clarifies that Section 4.4.1 of the Lease,
which allowed for up to a $35,000 rent
credit, has been complied with and is no
longer in further force or effect.

4. Under these terms the General Fund is
expected to generate approximately
$17,820 of benefit from rent-receipts
793
Discussion at Committee 5

1. At the Committee meeting on June 13, 2023 the President of Teatro de las Americas requested a further credit or rent reduction for the term of the First Amendment.

2. The justification provided included: the building improvements exceeding $35,000, the organization's non-profit status, and the impact of the pandemic
Staff Response to Request/Discussion:

1. Tenant improvements are standard when a tenant occupies a space. The City offered full credit for the tenant improvement towards their rent for the entire original term of the Lease.

2. The proposed $.50/square foot is approximately $1 below market rate rent.

3. Teatro de las Americas lost approximately sixteen (16) months due to the pandemic. In light of this, staff is amending their recommendation that was presented to Committee.
794
Proposed Lease Extension – Changed Since Committee 6

1. As a result of Committee discussion add
Section 3.1:“As a result of the Building’s
closure due to the COVID-19 State of
Emergency, Tenant shall receive a rent
credit for a period of approximately
sixteen months, with the credit amount
not exceeding $15,000.”

2. Other terms discussed at committee
remain the same.

3. This will reduce the General Fund
expected rental revenue for the First
Amendment from $17,820 to $2,820.
795
Recommendation 7
That the City Council:

1. Approve a First Amendment to
Lease with Teatro de las Americas for
the use of property owned by the City
of Oxnard and located at 321 West
Sixth Street; and

2. Authorize the City Manager to
execute the First Amendment to Lease
with Teatro de las Americas.
796
End of Presentation
797

CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT

REPORTS
AGENDA ITEM NO. M.8
DATE: June 29, 2023
TO: City Council
FROM: Jason Benites, Police Chief, (805) 385-7624, [email protected] SUBJECT: Police Department 2022 Military Equipment Use Report. (15 minutes)

RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council receive and file this annual report of the Police Department's military equipment inventory and use.

Please click the following link to view the required Measure M pre-recorded presentation video: https://youtu.be/jowPrnbh12U

BACKGROUND
Beginning on January 1, 2022, AB 481 was codified in Government Code sections 7070 through 7075. AB 481 mandated Law Enforcement Agencies (LEA) to obtain approval from their applicable governing body via the adoption of a “military equipment” use policy by ordinance before the LEA funded, acquired, or used such equipment.

On June 7, 2022, the Oxnard City Council adopted the Oxnard Police Department Military Equipment Use Policy to allow the Oxnard Police Department to continue to use the equipment specified therein. The Policy exists in section 708 of the Oxnard Police Department’s Policy Manual and went into effect on July 6, 2022. This policy is available to the public on the Oxnard Police Department’s website: (https://sites.google.com/oxnardpd.org/department-policymanual/department-policy-manual).

California Government Code 7072 requires, after receiving approval for its military equipment use policy, the law enforcement agency must submit an annual military equipment report providing certain required information for each type of military equipment approved by the governing body for as long as the equipment is available for use. The report must include, at a minimum, the following information for the immediately preceding calendar year for each type of military equipment:
• A summary of how the military equipment was used and the purpose of its use. • A summary of any complaints or concerns received concerning military equipment. • The results of any internal audits, information about violations of the military equipment use policy, and any actions taken in response.
798
• The total annual cost for each type of military equipment, including acquisition, personnel, training, transportation, maintenance, storage, upgrade, and other ongoing costs, and from what source funds will be provided for the military equipment in the calendar year following submission of the annual military equipment report.
• The quantity possessed for each type of military equipment. • If the law enforcement agency intends to acquire additional military equipment in the next year, the quantity sought for each type of military equipment.

Since the Oxnard Police Department’s military equipment policy did not go into effect until July 6, 2022, this year’s report will include information gathered from that date until December 31, 2022. Future reports will include information for entire calendar years.

California Government Code 7070(c)1 - Unmanned, remotely piloted, powered aerial or ground vehicles.

The Oxnard Police Department has deployed unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) since 2019. UAS systems are easily deployable and can perform many functions that a helicopter would serve at a fraction of the cost. The use of UAVs has proven to be an invaluable tool for the Department and are frequently used for several missions, including; crime scene documentation (photographing, videoing, and creating 3D diagrams), conducting area searches in an attempt to locate missing or wanted individuals, inspecting hazardous materials and or explosives, and providing real-time situational awareness during high-risk SWAT operations.

All of the Oxnard Police Department’s Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) Unit personnel receive initial and ongoing training to operate this equipment, must pass a certification course, and must earn a certificate from the Federal Aviation Administration. All UAS flights are documented with flight logs, and the Police Department’s policy expressly forbids arming or weaponizing such equipment. There are no reasonable alternatives that can perform the functions served by this equipment. Using UAVs has significantly mitigated the risk to officers during high-risk incidents.

During this reporting period, one Sergeant attended the required training course to pilot these aircraft. The cost of this training was $1,500.00. Except for this training, no other funds were spent on training or equipment. The equipment currently being used by the UAS Unit was purchased before the passage of AB 481.
799
During this reporting period, the Police Department utilized UAVs fifty-one (51) times. Below is a breakdown of how this equipment was utilized.

July 6, 2022 - December 31, 2022
Field Operation Support (e.g., area searches) 15
Tactical Assists 12
Crime Scene Documentation 12
Special Event Support 4
Search and Rescue 1
Training 7
Total 51
The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

Unmanned ground robotic vehicles are small, battery-operated, remote-controlled vehicles equipped with cameras and a two-way communication system.

The Department possesses one of these types of vehicles and is utilized by the SWAT Team. This small robot is used to enter structures to locate violent, often armed, subjects wanted for violent crimes. Using this robot prevents officers from entering a building and potentially becoming engaged in a lethal force encounter. The robot’s two-way communications system allows officers to communicate and hopefully negotiate a suspect’s surrender. This robot is only used to enter residences after obtaining a search warrant.

There are no ongoing costs associated with this equipment. The required training needed to operate this equipment is provided to SWAT officers by Department members. There were no maintenance costs associated with this item during this reporting period.

The robot was not used during this reporting period, and the Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

California Government Code 7070(c)2- Mine-resistant ambush-protected (MRAP) vehicles or armored personnel carriers.

The Police Department owns two Lenco Bearcat armored vehicles. The first vehicle was purchased in 2000, and the Oxnard Police Department K9 Foundation donated the second in 2022. These vehicles are purpose-built for civilian police departments and are built on commercially available Ford heavy-duty truck chassis.

These vehicles are invaluable tools for officers during high-risk incidents. These vehicles allow officers to utilize de-escalation tactics utilizing the ballistic protection that these vehicles provide. 800
The SWAT Team routinely uses both vehicles during high-risk search warrants and other high-risk incidents. The SWAT Team uses personnel from the Oxnard City Fire Department assigned to operate as Tactical Emergency Medical Services (TEMS) personnel. These TEMS personnel are unarmed; however, because of the safety provided by these vehicles, they can closely work with SWAT personnel from the relative safety of these vehicles. Having TEMS personnel located with SWAT personnel allows them to quickly treat any injuries to officers, suspects, or community members.

The only ongoing costs associated with these vehicles are preventative maintenance (brake replacement, oil changes, etc.) and fuel costs. The chart below shows the annual operating costs for these two vehicles. This cost includes maintenance, fuel, and mechanical repairs.

The Department used these armored vehicles thirteen (13) times during this reporting period. In every instance, they were used by the SWAT Team during high-risk situations, including high-risk search and arrest warrant services and suspect barricades. During several of these incidents, the suspects were wanted for particularly violent crimes, including homicide and assault with a deadly weapon. Using these vehicles allowed officers to bring these incidents to a safe conclusion without using deadly force.
801
The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

California Government Code 7070(c)4- Tracked armored vehicles that provide ballistic protection to their occupants and utilize a tracked system instead of wheels for forward motion.

Although the Department does not have any of these vehicles in its inventory, the Ventura County Sheriff’s Department does possess one. It does make it available for use by other agencies in the County, including Oxnard.

The Ventura County Sheriff's Department owns a small Caterpillar front loader called the “Rook.” This small tractor is armored, providing high ballistic protection. It is also equipped with several implements, including a large ballistic platform, a device to introduce chemical irritants into structures when dealing with barricaded suspects, and an implement that allows it to open doors and windows forcibly. The Rook is only used during unusually high-risk incidents and often when a suspect is barricaded and believed to be armed with a firearm. The Rook allows SWAT Team officers to safely use various less lethal tools when attempting to take a wanted suspect into custody. Although it is not frequently used, the times it was used proved invaluable, and had it not been available, officers would have had to put themselves into a great deal of danger.

The “Rook” is owned, maintained, and operated by the Ventura County Sheriff’s Department; therefore, there is no cost to the City of Oxnard associated with this equipment.

The Oxnard Police Department SWAT Team requested and used the Rook on two (2) occasions during this reporting period. One of those occasions involved a suspect that was wanted in connection with an armed home invasion robbery and homicide who had barricaded himself inside an apartment. The second occasion involved a suspect wanted for criminal threats and for having brandished multiple people with a deadly weapon.

The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

California Government Code 7070(c)5- Command and control vehicles that are either built or modified to facilitate the operational control and direction of public safety units.

The Police Department currently possesses six (6) vehicles that would fall under the category of “command and control vehicles''; one (1) large mobile command vehicle, one (1) mid-sized SWAT command vehicle, and four (4) Ford Explorer sport utility vehicles. Although these vehicles are technically considered “military equipment” under the statute, these vehicles are commercially sold vehicles used to assist the Department with managing large-scale incidents.

For reporting “use,” the Department has only included large-scale, protracted operations such as SWAT incidents when reporting the number of uses for the small command and control vehicles. The Ford Explorers are driven daily and are therefore in “use” in literal terms; however, it is the interpretation of the Police Department that “use” would be defined as explicitly being used for command and control purposes under the spirit of the law.

Command vehicles were used eleven (11) times during this reporting period. This included several incidents involving barricaded suspects and several high-risk warrant services served by the Department’s SWAT Team. The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.
802
The large mobile command vehicle was used fourteen (14) times during this reporting period. Uses included community events, major crime scene investigations, and DUI checkpoints.

After the initial purchase, the only costs associated with these vehicles are for fuel and maintenance. The City of Oxnard Public Works Fleet Services Division maintains these vehicles.

California Government Code 7070(c)7- Battering rams, slugs, and breaching apparatuses that are explosive in nature. However, items designed to remove a lock, such as bolt cutters or a handheld ram designed to be operated by one person, are specifically excluded from this subdivision.

The SWAT Team has two shotguns in its inventory designed to defeat locked doors. These shotguns use a frangible slug composed of clay. This frangible slug is designed to defeat the locking hardware of doors without penetrating past the door. This mitigates the risk to anyone who may be located inside. These devices are used by SWAT Team members to quickly defeat locks during those incidents where officers need to gain quick access to a structure. This would most often be during a hostage or active assailant incident.

The Department conducts the training required to use this equipment, and there is no cost associated 803
with this training. The SWAT Team has had this equipment in its inventory for many years, requiring little maintenance. There were no costs associated with these shotguns during this reporting period.

During this reporting period, the Police Department did not use any breaching shotguns. The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

California Government Code 7070(c)10- Specialized firearms and ammunition of less than .50 caliber, including assault weapons as defined in Sections 30510 and 30515 of the Penal Code, with the exception of standard issue service weapons and ammunition of less than .50 caliber that are issued to officers, agents, or employees of a law enforcement agency or a state agency.

The Department does utilize 5.56mm rifles. These rifles are assigned to SWAT Team personnel and other sworn personnel who have received the requisite training and completed a qualification course. Officers may deploy these rifles when the circumstances lead officers to reasonably expect that using the rifle may become necessary. Examples of situations, when officers may deploy rifles, include but are not limited to:

Situations where the officer reasonably anticipates an armed encounter • When an officer is faced with a situation that may require accurate and effective fire at long range
• Situations where an officer reasonably expects the need to meet or exceed a suspect’s firepower
• When an officer reasonably believes that there may be a need to fire on a barricaded person or a person with a hostage
• When an officer reasonably believes that a suspect may be wearing body armor.

Officers assigned to carry rifles must successfully re-qualify with their rifles bi-annually.

During this reporting period, nineteen (19) officers attended a 3-day Peace Officers Standards and Training certified school. This school is a requisite and must be completed by officers assigned to carry a rifle. The Ventura County Sheriff’s Department hosted this course at no cost to the Oxnard Police Department. Repairs and maintenance for these weapons are performed by certified armorers from the Oxnard Police Department’s Range Safety Unit. The only ongoing cost of these rifles is the ammunition required for training and qualification. The approximate annual cost of the ammunition used by these rifles is $57,000.

The California Peace Officers Standards and Training (POST) defines the intentional pointing of a firearm at a member of the public as a reportable use of force. Anytime a rifle is intentionally pointed at a member of the public by Department officers, this incident is documented, including the circumstances necessitating the need to point the weapon. All reportable use of force reports is recorded and logged by the Professional Standards Unit.

During this reporting period, eighty-four (84) rifles were pointed on twenty-five (25) occasions. Except for training, these rifles were not fired during this reporting period. The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

The SWAT Team has six (6) .308 caliber precision rifles, commonly referred to as “sniper rifles,” in its inventory. A small select group of SWAT officers utilizes these rifles. These rifles are used 804
during high-risk tactical incidents involving armed and violent suspects. Sniper rifles allow SWAT officers to deliver accurate fire from both short and long ranges when deadly force is required to protect the lives of community members and officers, and no other means of force is feasible.

SWAT officers assigned to carry these rifles receive extensive training, including a mandatory POST-certified 40-hour school. Two SWAT officers attended a POST-40-hour Precision Rifle course during this reporting period. The cost of this training was $350.00 per officer. To maintain proficiency, officers train with and qualify with these rifles monthly.

As is the case with other firearms used by members of the Department, anytime an officer intentionally points this type of rifle at a member of the public. It is considered a reportable use of force and is tracked by the Professional Standards Unit. During this reporting period, precision rifles were pointed four (4) times. Except for training, these rifles were not fired during this reporting period.

California Government Code 7070(c)12- ‘Flashbang’ grenades and explosive breaching tools, ‘tear gas,’ and ‘pepper balls,’ excluding standard, service-issued handheld pepper spray.

Light, sound diversionary devices, commonly called “flashbangs,” are used by SWAT Team members and during high-risk incidents. They are a less-lethal tool that emits an intense light and loud sound to disorient a suspect or divert their attention from officers. The Department’s SWAT Team has successfully used this tool for several decades. Often, using these devices causes enough of a distraction to suspects that officers can employ other less-lethal tools or de-escalation techniques.

These devices are frequently used to distract a suspect’s attention away from a door during those incidents, such as a barricaded suspect, where officers must open a door forcibly. This significantly reduces the risk to officers when dealing with potentially violent individuals.

All personnel authorized to use light, sound, and diversionary devices attend mandatory training, which includes a qualification course. POST-certified Department members provide this training. No costs were associated with light, sound, and diversionary devices during this reporting period.

Light and sound diversionary devices were used fourteen (14) times during this reporting period. Incidents where these devices were used, included barricaded suspects and high-risk search and arrest warrant services.

The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment. 805
The SWAT Team also utilizes chemical agents, more commonly known as teargas. Chemical agents are a less lethal tool that gives officers the ability to force a barricaded suspect from a structure or vehicle, preventing officers from having to enter and potentially becoming involved in a violent encounter. The use of chemical agents is limited to use by the SWAT Team. Exposure to this chemical irritant is physically uncomfortable, but the effects are brief and quickly subside once an individual is moved from the area where it has been introduced.

All SWAT officers receive training on the use of chemical agents and must demonstrate proficiency with this equipment before being authorized to use it. This training is provided by POST-certified Department personnel. There were no costs associated with chemical agents during this reporting period.

During this reporting period, chemical agents were utilized three (3) times. Each incident involved a felony wanted suspect who was barricaded in a residence.

The Police Department received one (1) complaint concerning an incident that occurred on September 2, 2022. On that date, Oxnard SWAT Team members assisted the Ventura County Sheriff's Department with an effort to arrest a suspect who was involved in an armed robbery at a business in Thousand Oaks. The suspect was located at an address in the City of Port Hueneme. The suspect refused to exit the residence, and barricaded himself inside an attic. After numerous unsuccessful attempts to gain the suspect's compliance for him to exit and surrender, chemical agents were introduced into the house. The suspect exited the residence after the chemical agent deployment, and was taken into custody. Although SWAT officers knew there was an elementary school nearby (about a block's distance away), they believed that given the time of day, the school was no longer occupied. Unbeknownst to officers, some staff members were still on campus. Due to the wind conditions, some school staff sensed residual chemical agents in the air. A few staff members were slightly exposed to the chemical agents, resulting in watery eyes and sneezing. These effects subsided quickly and did not require any medical intervention. No students were on campus at the time. Since this incident, the Special Operations Commander has worked with the school districts to develop a protocol to notify schools of future SWAT operations. The SWAT Team is also aware that many schools have after-school programs, and are mindful that campuses may still be occupied even when school is no longer in session.

The Department does utilize the pepperball launcher as one of its less-lethal weapons. Pepperballs are small spheres containing a chemical irritant (OC powder). The spheres are fired from a launcher using compressed air. The spheres are designed to break upon impacting a suspect, exposing the suspect to the chemical irritant. Pepperballs are one of several less-lethal tools used to overcome a 806
resistant violent suspect without the need to resort to the use of lethal force.

Before carrying this less lethal system, officers must attend a mandatory user course and complete a qualification course. This training is provided by POST-certified Department personnel. There were no costs associated with this equipment during this reporting period.

During this reporting period, the Police Department did not use any pepperballs. The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

Government Code 7070(c)14- The following projectile launch platforms and their associated munitions: 40mm projectile launchers, ‘bean bag,’ rubber bullet, and specialty impact munition (SIM) weapons.

The Oxnard Police Department utilizes several less-lethal weapons, including 40mm projectile launchers and less-lethal shotguns that fire “bean bag” impact munitions. These less-lethal tools allow officers to engage violent, potentially armed suspects from a safe distance, allowing officers to attempt de-escalation techniques. These types of less-lethal projectiles often prevent officers from using lethal force.

During this reporting period, officers utilized the less-lethal shotgun on five (5) occasions and the 40mm projectile on three (3) occasions.

Any time a less lethal projectile is deployed, regardless of whether or not it strikes the suspect, the circumstances of the incident are thoroughly investigated by the Oxnard Police Department Professional Standards Unit to determine whether or not the use of the weapon was within policy.

The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of this equipment.

Future Military Equipment Acquisitions
807
As part of the annual military equipment use report, Government Code 7070 requires the Police Department to disclose any equipment deemed military equipment under this statute that the Department intends to acquire, including the number and type sought, during the next reporting period.

The Department intends to acquire the following equipment during the 2023 calendar year:
• Mobile Command Vehicle- On February 7, 2023, the City Council approved the purchase of a new mobile command vehicle. $750,000 of American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds were made available for this purchase. This vehicle will replace two existing mobile command vehicles. Due to evolving technologies, the equipment in these vehicles has become antiquated and no longer able to function adequately. Once the Department takes delivery of the new command vehicle, the two existing vehicles will be sold or auctioned.

The City Council approved the acquisition of the following items on April 4, 2023:
• DUI Enforcement Command Trailer- The Department will outfit a thirty-foot trailer to serve as a command center during DUI enforcement operations. The Department’s Traffic Unit will utilize the trailer. It will assist the Department with its ongoing goal of reducing DUI and drugrelated traffic collisions in the City through enforcement and education. The trailer will be outfitted with communications equipment, computers, workstations, lighting, etc. The cost to outfit the trailer will be $124,286.39 and will be funded using California Highway Patrol Cannabis Tax Fund Grant monies.
• Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Response Van- The Department’s Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) systems unit recently acquired a Mercedes Benz Sprinter Van. This van will be outfitted with communications equipment, computers, and monitors and will serve as a mobile command center for the UAS unit. The van will allow UAS members to respond quickly to incidents and provide a safe and secure work location for unit members to conduct operations. The van will also provide a secure location to store sensitive equipment. The approximate cost to outfit the van is $35,000 to $40,000 and will be paid using monies from the California Supplemental Law Enforcement Services Fund (SLESF). Additionally, the UAS Unit intends to purchase batteries and UAVs to replace damaged and worn equipment during the 2023 calendar year. The estimated cost of this equipment is $25,000. The Police Department will seek Council’s approval for these purchases in 2023. • Traffic Collision Response Van- The Traffic Unit will be outfitting a Mercedes Benz Sprinter Van and will be used to respond to major traffic collisions and other significant investigations. This van will be equipped with workstations, computers, radios, and lighting and will store sensitive equipment for documenting crime scenes. The cost to outfit the van will be $26,693.99 and will be paid using funds from the Ventura County Service Authority for Freeway Emergencies (V.C. SAFE).
• Patrol Sergeant Command Vehicles- The Department will purchase three (3) patrol vehicles to serve as patrol sergeant command vehicles. These vehicles will have additional radios, computers, and dry-erase boards. These vehicles will be replacing three (3) existing patrol cars in the Police Department’s fleet that have reached the end of their service lives. These vehicles will be purchased through the Enterprise Lease Management Agreement (A-8136) Plan.
• Precision Rifles- The Police Department’s SWAT Team will purchase three (3) .308 caliber precision rifles, commonly called sniper rifles. These rifles will replace three (3) rifles currently in the SWAT Team’s inventory that have reached the end of their service lives. The rifles cost approximately $20,000 and will be funded using Asset Forfeiture money. 808
• Chemical Agents- The SWAT Team will purchase CS chemical agents, known as tear gas, to replenish its inventory. The cost of these chemical agents is $2,173.03 and will be paid for by the Oxnard Police Department’s Ordinance Budget.

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
This agenda item supports Public Safety strategy. The purpose of the Public Safety strategy is to restore and modernize the delivery of public safety services to provide for the safety of our neighborhoods and health of our community.

FINANCIAL IMPACT
There is no financial impact.

COMMITTEE OUTCOME
The Community Services, Public Safety, Housing & Development Committee approved 3-0 on June 13, 2023, to approve the staff recommendation and to forward the item for Council consideration.

Prepared by: Timothy Kelley, Police Commander

ATTACHMENTS

1. 2022 Military Equipment Use Report .pptx (4)
809
POLICE DEPARTMENT - 2022 MILITARY

EQUIPMENT USE REPORT
Oxnard Police Department
Tim Kelley, Special Operations Commander
810
That the City Council receive and file this annual report of the Police Department’s military equipment inventory and use.

RECOMMENDATION 2
811
• Beginning January 1, 2022, AB 481 codified Government Code sections 7070 through 7075
• On June 7, 2022, the Oxnard City Council adopted the Oxnard Police Department Military Equipment Use Policy
• California Government Code 7072 requires each law enforcement agency submit an annual military equipment report
• This report will include information gathered from July 6, 2022 until December 31, 2022
BACKGROUND 3
812
• Government Code 7072 requires the following information be contained in this report:
• Summary of use
• Summary of any complaints received
• Results of internal audits
• Total annual cost of each type of military equipment
• Quantity possessed
• Military equipment the Department intends to acquire
BACKGROUND 4
813
Unmanned, remotely piloted, powered aerial or ground vehicles • The UAS Unit has utilized unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) since 2019
• These vehicles provide a wide range of critical missions • All operators are certificated by the FAA
• UAV missions are documented in a “flight log”
• During this reporting period, one (1) sergeant attended pilot training course ($1,500.00)
• No complaints were received regarding the use of UAVS • UAVs were used fifty-one (51) times during this reporting period
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)1
5 814
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)1
6 Field Operation Support (e.g., area searches) 15
Tactical Assists 12
Crime Scene Documentation 12
Special Event Support 4
Search and Rescue 1
Training 7
Total 51
July 6, 2022 - December 31, 2022
815
Unmanned, ground, robotic vehicles
• Small, battery operated, remote controlled vehicles
• SWAT Team possesses one (1) of these vehicles
• Has the ability to locate and communicate with suspects • A search warrant must be obtained prior to using this vehicle to enter a residence
• Training to operate is provided by SWAT officers
• No ongoing costs associated with this item
• This equipment was not used during this reporting period CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)1
7 816
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)1
8 817
Mine-resistant ambush-protected vehicles or armored personnel carriers • The Department owns two (2) Lenco Bearcat armored vehicles • Provides ballistic protection during high-risk incidents • Gives officers the ability to safely utilize de-escalation techniques • Utilized by the Fire Department Tactical Emergency Medical Services (TEMS) operators
• Only ongoing costs are preventative maintenance and fuel • Used on thirteen (13) occasions during high-risk situations • No complaints were received during this reporting period CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)2 9
818
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)2 10
819
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)2 11
820
Tracked armored vehicles that provide ballistic protection and utilize a tracked system
• The Department does not own this type of vehicle
• The Ventura County Sheriff’s Department owns a Rook
• Small ballistic Caterpillar
• Mitigates risks to SWAT officers while performing dangerous tasks during high-risk incidents
• The Sheriff’s Department makes this equipment available to the Department
• Used on two (2) occasions this reporting period
• There are no costs to the City associated with its use • No complaints were received
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)4 12
821
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)4 13
822
Command and control vehicles
• The Department currently owns six (6)
• One (1) large command vehicle
• One (1) mid-sized SWAT command vehicle
• Four (4) Ford Explorer sport utility vehicles
• The Ford Explorers were used eleven (11) times (this does not include daily usage)
• The large command vehicle was used fourteen (14) times • The SWAT command vehicle was not used (this vehicle is currently in the process of being replaced)
• After the initial purchase cost, the only ongoing costs are fuel and maintenance
• No complaints regarding the use of these vehicles were received CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)5 14
823
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)5 15
824
Battering rams, slugs, and breaching apparatuses that
are explosive in nature
• The SWAT Team owns two (2) shotguns designed for breaching • The shotguns were purchased approximately twenty years ago • All required training is provided by department personnel • There are no ongoing costs associated with this equipment • These items were not used during this reporting period outside of training
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)7 16
825
Specialized firearms and ammunition of less than .50
caliber, including assault weapons as defined in
Sections 30510 and 30515 of the Penal Code
.556 caliber rifles
• Officers who have received POST training may carry .556 caliber rifles
• Officers must qualify and re-qualify on an annual basis • Rifles are only used when circumstances indicate the use of lethal force may become necessary
• Nineteen (19) officers attended a 3-day course this reporting period at no cost
• The Department spent approximately $57,000 on ammunition CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)10 17
826
• Ongoing training and maintenance is provided by Department Range Safety Unit personnel
• Outside of training, these weapons were not fired during this reporting period
• California POST defines the intentional pointing of a firearm at a member of the public as a “reportable use of force”
• All reportable uses of force are investigated and tracked by the Professional Standards Unit
• During this reporting period rifles were “pointed” on eight-four (84) times during twenty-five (25) occasions
• The Department did not receive any complaints regarding the use of rifles
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)7- continued 18
827
Precision .308 caliber rifles
• In addition to .556 caliber rifles, the Department also possesses six (6) .308 caliber precision rifles
• These rifles are only utilized by a few select officers assigned to the SWAT Team
• Officers assigned these rifles receive extensive training and qualify on a monthly basis
• During this reporting period, these rifles were “pointed” four (4) times during high-risk SWAT operations
• These rifles were not fired other than during training • The Department did not receive any complaints
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)7- continued 19
828
“Flashbang”grenades and explosive breaching tools,
“tear gas”, and pepper balls
Flashbangs
• The SWAT Team does utilize light, sound, diversionary devices • Provides officers with a method to distract violent suspects • Significantly reduces risks to officers when dealing with violent suspects
• Officers authorized to use these devices must attend a POST-certified course provided by Department personnel
• These devices were used fourteen (14) times this reporting period
• The Department did not receive any complaints
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)12 20
829
“Flashbang”grenades and explosive breaching tools,
“tear gas”, and pepper balls
Teargas
• The SWAT Team also utilizes chemical agents, more commonly known as teargas.
• Less lethal tool used to safely force barricaded suspects from vehicles or structures
• Used during high-risk incidents to mitigate risks to officers • Training is provided by POST-certified SWAT personnel • Used three (3) times during this reporting period
• One (1) complaint was received
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)12 21
830
“Flashbang”grenades and explosive breaching tools,
“tear gas”, and pepper balls
Pepperball
• Less lethal weapon that deploys small spheres filled with a chemical irritant
• Used to overcome a resistant violent suspect without the need to use lethal force
• Officers are trained by POST-certified personnel
• The pepperball was not used during this reporting period • No complaints were received
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)12 22
831
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)12 23
832
40mm projectile launchers, “bean bag”, rubber bullet,
and specialty impact munition weapons
Bean bag shotgun/ 40mm extended range impact weapon
• The department does use 12 gauge less lethal shotguns and 40mm impact weapons
• This less lethal weapons give officers the ability to address a violent suspect from a safe distance
• Increased distance provides for more opportunity to use de-escalation techniques
• The less lethal shotgun was used on five (5) occasions while the 40mm was used three (3) times
• Any deployment, whether or not it makes contact with a subject, is a reportable use of force and is reviewed by the Professional Standards Unit
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)14 24
833
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 7070(C)14 25
834
As part of the annual military equipment use report,
Government Code 7070 requires the Police
Department to disclose any equipment deemed
military equipment under this statute that the
Department intends to acquire, including the number
and type sought, during the next reporting period.

Military Equipment Acquisitions 26
835
The Department intends to acquire the following
equipment during the 2023 calendar year:
• Mobile command vehicle
• Approved by City Council on February 7, 2023
• $750,000 of American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds will be used for the purchase
• Once delivered, this vehicle will replace the existing large command vehicle and SWAT command vehicle
Military Equipment Acquisitions 27
836
• DUI Enforcement Trailer
• 30 foot trailer
• Serve as a command center during DUI operations
• Assist with the Department’s goal of reducing DUI/ drug colisions • The $124,286.39 cost will be funded using California Highway Patrol Cannabis Tax Fund Grant monies
• Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Response Van
• Serve as a mobile command center for the Unmanned Aerial Services (UAS) Unit
• The approximate cost to outfit this van will be $35-40,000 • Paid for using California Supplemental Law Enforcement Services Fund monies
Military Equipment Acquisitions- continued 28
837
Military Equipment Acquisitions- continued 29
838
• Traffic Collision Response Van
• Respond to major traffic collisions and large-scale criminal investigations
• The cost to outfit the van will be $26,693.99
• Paid for using funds from the Ventura County Service Authority for Freeway Emergencies
• Patrol Sergeant Command Vehicles
• Three (3) Ford Explorers or similar sport utility vehicles • Will replace three (3) patrol vehicles currently in the fleet that have reached the end of their service lives
• Purchased through the Enterprise Lease Management Agreement Plan Military Equipment Acquisitions- continued 30
839
• Precision Rifles
• The SWAT Team will purchase three (3) .308 caliber rifles to replace three (3) existing rifles
• The SWAT Team’s inventory will remain at six (6) rifles • The cost of this purchase is approximately $20,000
• Purchase will be paid for using Asset Forfeiture Funds • Chemical Agents
• The SWAT Team will be purchasing CS chemical agents to resupply its inventory
• The cost of this purchase will be $2,173.03
• Paid for by the Police Department’s Ordinance Budget
Military Equipment Acquisitions- continued 31
840

QUESTIONS
32 841